• MCCT 2026 Full Programme

    MIDLANDS CONFERENCE IN CRITICAL THOUGHT 2026
    Faculty of Arts Building (FAB), 6 University Rd, University of
    Warwick, Coventry CV4 7EQ
    May 21st & May 22nd 2026

    Welcome to the third Midlands Conference in Critical Thought (MCCT). The MCCT is an offshoot of the highly successful London Conference in Critical Thought (LCCT), first established in 2011. The MCCT has taken onboard the LCCT ethos in that it is a free interdisciplinary conference in critical thought, providing a space for those who share theoretical approaches and interests, but
    may find themselves at the margins of their academic department or discipline.


    MCCT, in line with the LCCT, follows a non-hierarchical and decentralised model of organisation that undoes conventional academic distinctions between plenary lectures and break-out sessions, aiming instead to create opportunities for intellectual critical exchange regardless of participants’ disciplinary field,
    institutional affiliation, or seniority. Following this decentralised, ‘margins-atthe-centre’ logic, both the MCCT and LCCT have no overarching or predetermined theme. Each year the conference’s intellectual content and academic tone are set by thematic streams that are conceived, proposed and curated by a group of stream organisers. Each stream generates its own intellectual rationale and Call for Presentations, with conference participants
    responding to the accepted stream proposals.

    Information for Participants
    (Please note that the Streams will not all proceed in sequential order: check the programme carefully to ensure you are aware of when and where your preferred sessions will run.


    Thursday 21st May
    9:00-9:30 – Registration
    9:30-11:00 – Parallel Sessions 1
    11:00-11:30 – Break
    11:30-13:00 – Parallel Sessions 2
    13:00-14:00 – Lunch Break (food not provided)
    14:00-15:30 – Parallel Sessions 3
    15:30-16:00 – Break
    16:00-17:30 – Parallel Sessions 4
    17:30 – Drinks Reception


    Friday 22nd May
    9:00-9:30 – Registration
    9:30-11:00 – Parallel Sessions 5
    11:00-11:30 – Break
    11:30-13:00 – Parallel Sessions 6
    13:00-14:00 – Lunch Break (food not provided)
    14:00-15:30 – Parallel Sessions 7
    15:30-16:00 – Break
    16:00-17:30 – Parallel Sessions 8
    17:30 – Post-Conference Drinks


    Registration and Information
    All participants are asked to register online before attending. Details for doing so are at: mcct.margins.org.uk

    Venue and Location: Faculty of Arts Building, 6 University Rd, University of Warwick, Coventry CV4 7EQ.

    When arriving, check in at the registration desk in the FAB main entrance lobby area (to the right of the revolving doors).

    Transport to and from venue: The university’s bus interchange is 5-7 minutes’ walk away from the conference venue, offering regular buses to/from Coventry, Leamington Spa, and Warwick Town. Taxis are also available.

    Internet access: All venue rooms offer audio-visual technology and free Wi-Fi access for presenters and attendees.

    Funding: The conference is free to attend for all, run by volunteers. Regrettably, the MCCT cannot provide any funds to support travel/accommodation for attendees, including if you have limited or no institutional support.

    Food and Drink: Subject to funding, light refreshments and basic snacks will be provided during morning and afternoon breaks, but no lunch or other food will be served due to budget constraints. There are several cafés and restaurants on campus, notably in and around Warwick’s Student Union – which also has a Co-op grocery shop in the ‘Rootes’ Building near the conference venue. A large Tesco hypermarket and additional food/drink options are 12-15 minutes’ walk away, at the Cannon Park Shopping Centre located just east of the Warwick University Campus (please use maps to navigate around as it can be a large and confusing campus).

    Social events: On Thursday evening, we have a conference reception event in the Faculty of Arts Building lobby. This will also include a short film showing. After the conference, there will be a social drinks event at the Dirty Duck / Terrace Bar in Warwick Student Union.

    Conference streams

    1. Creative Health. Can the Arts Aid Health?
      Susan Hogan, University of Derby, University of Nottingham
    2. Critical Praxes and Black Feminist Thought
      Erkan Gursel, University of Cambridge and Faustine Petron-Daniels, University of Warwick
    3. Beyond the nature/culture divide: Posthuman and New Materialist explorations
      Victoria Cluley, University of Nottingham; Nick Fox, University of Huddersfield; Alida Payson, Cardiff
      University; and Katie Powell, University of Sheffield
    4. Studio-ing as Critical, Creative and Interdisciplinary Pedagogy
      Maggie Ayliffe, Liverpool John Moores University; Andrew Bracey, University of Lincoln; Joanne Lee,
      Sheffield Hallam University; Danica Maier, Nottingham Trent University; Laura Onions, University of
      Wolverhampton
    5. Buzzwords and Beyond: Navigating the Terrain Between Individualism and Collectivism
      Saaliha Lone, University of Bristol
    6. Hegemonies, Counter-Hegemonies, Anti-Hegemonies: The Theory and Politics of Social Control and
      Resistance
      Phil Burton-Cartledge, University of Derby
    7. Crime and the Media
      Hannah Marshall, Department of Sociology, University of Warwick and Silvia Gomes, Department of
      Sociology, University of Warwick
    8. (trickle, river, flood, wadi) Post-Anthropocene Scenes
      Andrew Fergus Wilson, University of Derby
    9. Critical Perspectives on Diversity in Science – Resistance, Paradigm Shifts, and the Power of Critical
      Thinking
      Camila Infanger, University of São Paulo and Jaquelyne Rosatto, University of São Paulo
    10. Work and career in the Neoliberal Edu-factory: Systemic Pressures and Inequities
      Ricky Gee, Nottingham Trent University; Daniele Bruno Garancini, University of Salzburg; Anastasia
      Fjodorova, University of Stirling; Ranier Abengana, University College Dublin; Ylva Gustafsson, Åbo
      Akademi University; Tristram Hooley, University of Derby; Miranda Ridgeway, Nottingham Trent
      University; and Tom Stuanton, University of Derby
    11. ‘Beneath the remains’: A critical exploration under and beyond the blinkered rationalities of
      contemporary civilisational decay
      Romain Chenet, University of Warwick and Andrew Fergus Wilson, University of Derby
    12. Bodies in Flux: Reimagining the Human Form in Contemporary Culture
      Michael Rees, Nottingham Trent University
    13. Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance
      Renia Korma, Vienna Contemporary Art Space; Patrick Loan, Vienna Contemporary Art Space; Abby
      Brown, Vienna Contemporary Art Space and Ziegi Boss, Vienna Contemporary Art Space
    14. Autoethnography as Critical Praxis – Lived Experience, Reflexivity, and Identity
      Cat Brice, St George’s University of London

    Thursday 21st May

    9:30 – 11:00 – Parallel Sessions 1
    Room FAB 0.23 – 28: Crime and Media, Panel 1 – Reclaim Voices Film Showing

    Reclaimed Voices is a documentary produced by a Melbourne-based African-Australian youth organisation (ASPYA)
    about how ‘youth crime’ impacts their community. It follows a young man Sabir and his journey of change—through
    employment, faith and the arts—after going through the youth justice system, challenging one-dimensional media
    portrayals of young African-Australians. The documentary also incorporates stories of African-Australian families
    affected by youth crime, showing that although the media sensationalises the issue, many of its wounds are felt most
    deeply within the community itself. The documentary, grounded in personal narratives of loss, redemption and the
    power of community, runs for 68 minutes and is part of the ‘Crime and the Media’ stream.

    The screening features Sabir and two panellists from ASPYA—joining online—and emceed by Mark Yin, a PhD
    student who worked with ASPYA to evaluate the documentary—attending in person. The facilitated screening
    includes an introduction from ASPYA, then after the film a Q&A discussion covering topics like motivations, impact,
    reception, and evaluation of the film

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KiAmmKFqmsc


    Room FAB1.10 – 24: Hegemonies, Counter-Hegemonies, Anti-Hegemonies: Theory and Politics of Social Control and Resistance – Panel 1, Conceptualising/Theorising Hegemony


    Simulation and hegemony: Baudrillard’s surprising political realism
    Phil Burton-Cartledge


    Having come to prominence with declaring the death of the real, the implosion of the social, and, most famously, his argument that the Gulf War did not take place, in his final books, Carnival and Cannibal and The Agony of Power, Jean Baudrillard recast his approach in terms of hegemony. Somewhat under explored in the literature, having spent a career criticising Marxism, feminism, and mainstream politics as simulations that have no referents apart from the signs they construct, Baudrillard’s repositioning invites us to take a fresh look at his oeuvre – one that has often been characterised as obscurantist, indulgent, and nihilistic. Contrary to these write-offs, at the centre of his explorations
    of hyperreality are arguments around deterrence and power (as challenge). These are not only consistent with the Gramscian and radical democratic theorising of hegemony but are arguably more appropriate to the world now than when Baudrillard wrote his key works.


    Universal Credit and Hegemonic Crisis Governance
    Robyn Fawcett


    In a conjuncture marked by deepening inequality, social and environmental crisis, and the apparent resilience of capitalist social relations, welfare reform provides a critical site for examining questions of social stasis and social change. This paper examines Universal Credit the UK’s first digital-by-default welfare system as a form of governance
    that reshapes everyday life and the organisation of social reproduction. The paper forms part of a wider qualitative, longitudinal research project examining lived experiences of Universal Credit and its role in producing, managing, and normalising social harm.
    Rather than treating Universal Credit as a discrete policy failure, the paper situates it within broader strategies of crisis governance through which insecurity is redistributed onto households and experienced as necessity. Drawing on perspectives concerned with social reproduction and symbolic power; the paper explores how welfare governance
    structures the labour required to sustain everyday life under conditions of austerity and precarity. In dialogue with accounts of symbolic violence as the misrecognition of domination as necessity (Bourdieu and Wacquant, 1992; Bourdieu, 2005), it considers how conditionality, digitalisation, and administrative practices compel compliance while
    obscuring the structural origins of hardship.
    This paper argues that Universal Credit exemplifies a contemporary mode of governance that stabilises crisis by absorbing social harm within households rather than enabling structural transformation, raising broader questions about power, social control, and the limits of welfare-based social change.

    Managed Hegemony: Why Resistance Fails to Consolidate under Conditions of Collapsing Realizability
    Jooyeol Kim


    Contemporary debates on hegemony and resistance are often organised around moments of rupture: revolutionary breaks, counter-hegemonic mobilisation, or the exhaustion of capitalist legitimacy. Yet across many advance societies marked by stagnating living standards, institutional erosion, and widening inequality, sustained resistance
    frequently fails to consolidate. The paper argues that contemporary hegemony increasingly operates through the management and redirection of social pressure rather than its ideological neutralisation. Discontent is not eliminated, but channelled away from collective, visible forms of resistance toward individualised exits such as withdrawal, addiction, and self-destructive trajectories. These outcomes are commonly framed as moral failure, depoliticisation, or psychological pathology. This analysis instead situates them as structurally produced effects of constrained political and social choice under conditions of prolonged systemic adaptation.
    Central to this process is the collapse of realizability: the erosion of credible pathways through which political participation, collective action, or dissent can plausibly alter outcomes within an individual’s lived time horizon. As realizability declines, voice mechanisms lose efficacy, participation costs rise, and collective strategies increasingly appear irrational from the standpoint of actors themselves. Under such conditions, hegemonic order does not require ideological consent or intensified repression. Power is maintained less by defeating counter-hegemonic movements than by preventing their consolidation through non-eventful, non-collective forms of disappearance. This approach
    situates contemporary capitalist resilience not as the triumph of ideology, but as a brittle configuration sustained by systemic adaptation and the redirection of political energy. In doing so, the paper offers a framework for understanding social stasis not as the absence of conflict, but as managed deferral of breakdown.


    Insurgent Norm Genesis as Anti-Hegemonic Practice: Theorizing Normative Production from the Margins of International Relations
    Kurt İbrahim

    This presentation introduces the concept of insurgent norm genesis to theorize how marginalized, stateless actors produce counter-hegemonic normative orders outside the state-centric international system. Drawing on Rojava’s Democratic Confederalism, I demonstrate how actors positioned at the margins excluded, unrecognized, and often labeled “terrorist” generate binding normative frameworks that fundamentally challenge hegemonic structures.
    Insurgent norm genesis operates through three dialectical stages grounded in James C. Scott’s metis (local practical knowledge), Michel Foucault’s power/knowledge reversibility, and Donna Haraway’s situated knowledges. First, epistemic rupture occurs when marginalized actors consciously reject hegemonic knowledge regimes (patriarchal, statist, colonial) and construct counter-hegemonic epistemologies. In Rojava, this materializes through Jineolojî-“women’s science” which centers women’s experiential knowledge against state-centered and patriarchal truth regimes. Second, institutional codification transforms this insurgent knowledge into binding normative frameworks. Rojava’s Social Contract (2023) mandates 50% gender quotas, grants women’s councils veto power, and establishes autonomous women’s justice mechanisms. Third, transformative practice reproduces these norms through everyday mechanisms. The concept contributes to decolonizing IR by showing that normative authority can emerge from the “constitutive outside” of international society. This presentation thus engages critical theories of hegemony, challenging the assumption that only dominant actors produce norms. It shows how existential threat, systemic exclusion, and ontological rupture enable marginalized collectives to construct anti-hegemonic normative orders through epistemic rebellion and embodied resistance.



    Room (FAB1.14 – 20): Critical Perspectives on Diversity in Science – Resistance, Paradigm Shifts, and the Power of Critical Thinking


    The ‘whole’ is assemblage of ‘parts’: Questioning the split of collective and individual in heritage studies and practice, thinking how it shaped our everyday lives
    Yelyzaveta Nesterova


    ‘Collective’ and ‘individual’ are intricately connected domains constantly (re)forming dynamic assemblages that transcend limits of present-day time and space. Say, you are observing national celebration going on in the town; the street is decorated with the flags and balloons, people are cheering and greeting one another, sharing foods and drinks at the tables set right in the middle of the street and taking part in typical festive activities. An atmosphere of the celebration is, all of sudden, interrupted by what you see around a heritage monument (a monumental tomb from a distant past) meters from these table – couples, small groups, and individuals are sitting on their own, physically so close and yet mentally so distant from the air of collective process. This is one of the actual ‘vignettes’ from a special
    day observed during a fieldwork in Türkiye, and many more similar vignettes, observed on both special and ordinary days triggered my mind. How to attend to these individual experiences amidst conspicuous collective motions? How heritage studies may navigate intricate connections of collectivism and individualism to stand by the latter more and acknowledge the capacity of individual to shape the collective?
    Beyond being buzzwords, collectivism and individualism are juxtaposed ‘concepts-metaphors’ that have been shaping anthropological thinking for several decades now (Moore 2004:73). The initial connections to the theories and contexts that have produced these concepts have been steadily vanishing reducing these metaphors, open-ended and dynamic, to fathomed and static ‘name and description’ (Brown 1976:175) incapable of ‘maintaining ambiguity’ (Moore 2004:71). This, as well as rare questioning of the established concepts themselves, is conspicuous in current proceedings in heritage studies working around individual aspects of ‘social value’ of heritage.
    ‘Social value’, as a term, has arrived with the critical turn in heritage studies, as a response to the top-down authorized discourses (Smith 2006). The legislative landscape and practice that has advanced implementation of this notion has been heavily relying on collectivism-driven logic and rhetoric, leaving no space for individual voices and readings (Tenzer 2023:269; Johnston 2023:247). Such rhetoric has evicted individuals from public space and limited relevance of individual perceptions to the limits of the households (Ireland et al 2025) obscuring their subtle relations with the outer environment at best as ‘minor’ (Manning 2016). Thinking with assemblage theory, collective and individual never exist separately.
    Looking at the specific case study and relying on the observations conducted in the scope of the exploratory fieldwork, this presentation resorts to a set new materialism informed perspectives and methods (e.g. Mazzei 2016, Manning 2016, McCormack 2015), as well as handful of existing heritage studies proceedings (e.g. Whitehead, Schofield and Bozoğlu 2021) in order to brainstorm about the ways individual experiences, however minor or subtle, and ‘ruptures’ (Cole 2013:222) fill in the gaps in understandings of collective phenomena and consider how personal narratives gently unfold global experiences and portray the global (Bozoğlu 2024).


    Becoming a Critical Scholar: Autoethnography on how Work Psychology Suppresses
    Matthijs Bal & Mehmet A. Orhan


    The field of Work and Organizational Psychology has a dominant (post-) positivistic paradigm (Johnson & Cassell,2001), and has no tradition of critical perspectives. Recently, more critical perspectives and work have emerged in the field (e.g., Abrams et al., 2023; Bal & Dóci, 2018). The two authors of this piece have been at the forefront of the introduction of critical perspectives to the field. At the same time, during the last 10 years of becoming critical
    scholars, the authors also experienced a strong backlash and resistance to their critical work by fellow scholars in the field. This autoethnographic study is based on the analysis of 31 ‘events’ where our critical work was suppressed by fellow scholars in the field. This included rejection letters, reviews, anecdotes from conversations at conferences or other public events, emails, experiences during job interviews, and published commentaries on our work. We analyzed these data to assess how critical work is suppressed in a dominant non-critical field. Through our critical
    discourse analysis, we elucidate four main ways through which critical scholarship is excluded, suppressed, and silenced. Figure 1 shows the four main ways, and how these unfold. We found that critical scholarship is excluded through the closing of space (in journals, conferences or other public space) on reasons of not fitting with hegemonic norms. A next step to exclude critical scholarship is through discrediting critical work or the content of
    critical work. For instance, critical work is often called ‘ideological’ and contrasted to objective, neutral research. A more extensive form of exclusion concerns the discrediting of critical research (e.g., that it is not the task of work psychologists to engage in critique), or even discrediting critical researchers through personal attacks. Finally, a more direct and ultimate way is to enforce a disciplinary control, which includes the direct exclusion of critical
    researchers, and the explicit distancing from critical researchers. Jointly, this paper is not the first to show that critical scholarship is silenced and suppressed, but it does show how such dynamics unfold, and building on actual experiences of critical researchers how their work and their characters are discredited by the hegemonic elites in an attempt to keep critical scholarship out of a disciplinary field. The paper aims to inform contemporary discussions on how academic freedom is threatened, and how voices within academia are silenced and suppressed.


    Speaking science to power: a tale of how gender agenda’s demands are raised in science policymaking tables
    Camila Infanger


    The institution of science was constituted on beliefs of a meritocratic society, which comprehends an emphasis on
    the principles of standardization, a prized culture of competition, which valued the spirit of contest (Roach, 1971). The referred principles of standardisation and competition, as the wording suggests, induce the promotion of objectively shared values and the suppression of individuals, subjectivities and, overall, diversity. In order to promote the broadening of the spectrum of profiles making science, it is important to look at the welfare of scientists as an academic matter worthy of space in science policy decision making tables. The resistance to diversity still in place currently makes it urgent to challenge the pillars of privilege preventing expansions in knowledge production, and in the achievement of effective transformation as result of efforts made from the margins. Along these lines, efforts have been applied from inside academic communities towards political spaces that form science policy frameworks.
    This work stands on experiences that Feminist Academic Critical Actors – FACA(Childs, 2024) had in pushing forward the gender agenda in Brazilian science policymaking in order to broadly theorize over this case. Social movements may be distinguished from other political actors given their adoption of ‘unusual’ patterns of political behaviour. The actions of FACA, for instance, is a clear example of the unusual behaviour towards mobilisation: methods such as data raising on specific issues, communication through social media and addressing issues in academic conferences are a few channels to act politically that are not necessarily the orthodox avenues taken by typical political actors. The case showed that through academic activism, those actors were able to lift debates from the margins to be incorporated into the mainstream scientific discourse. Advocating for epistemological diversity that is only achievable through changes in the face of science, FACAs take advantage of strategies such as the formation of collectives, the interface with political actors and the raising of data on the problems they are fighting against. Once this strategy is presented and acknowledged, the question that instigated this work is around the adherence of it in the pillars of the institution of science. In other words: how does the macro institution of science – comprising universities, science policy
    framework and academic communities – interact with relevant scholarship that carry evidence that challenges its structures of academic privilege?
    Stemming from scientific evidence-based problems, I question whether science policy bodies and actors acknowledge the voices in the academic communities surrounding them to make decisions that impact precisely the lives of academics.

    “[…]the prejudice that permeates the so-called hard sciences in relation to the humanities/social sciences. For many,
    studying a social or cultural issue, producing data about it, and proposing actions and public policies does not count
    as making science.” Fernanda Staniscuaski, Parent in Science Movement founder.

    By analysing the historical behaviour of key actors in science policymaking in both universities and political arenas,
    this work explores the nuances of influence that academics are able to exercise, through their own production,
    towards social changes in academic science.

    “The act of raising data and publishing local, even comparative, experiences is an important part of how academic social movements work; data and analysis are fundamental for them to be able to speak the language of higher education, so to increase buy-in of their ideas and, nevertheless to make them able to continue their activist work since it overlaps with their day job.” Heloisa Buarque de Almeida, founder of the faculty-led network Rede Não Cala at University of Sao Paulo

    The empirical material analysed is the actions of some Brazilian congress members in trajectory of the inclusion of maternity leave benefit for graduate students in the country. In the angle to be approached by this work, I explore how the agenda has reached and persuaded political actors to act upon them, breaking down the arguments and materials used in the political negotiation. Based on evidence drawn from the interviews, this work hypothesis lies with the idea that in spite of vast scholarship produced on problems that policy propositions address, such as the circumstance for the retention of mothers in academic careers, political actors are not aware and do not make use of them in defending policy ideas. Findings indicate the triggers for gender agenda related debates being individual experiences that inspire policy propositions, whereas academic literature may appear in policy design phases.


    Between the individual and the collective: the dream as an expression of history
    Jaquelyne Rosatto


    This paper is based on my PhD thesis, in which I construct a historical narrative of the year 2020 through a psychoanalytic interpretation of dreams reported during that period. The research is grounded in a collection of dream narratives gathered in Brazil in response to the question: “What did you dream in 2020?” By approaching these dreams not only as individual psychic productions but also as historical traces, the thesis proposes a way of reading dreams as documents of a shared time. Consequently, dreams are taken as manifestations that condense
    the dialectic between individual suffering and the sociopolitical reality of the dreamer. Based on the interpretative method of psychoanalysis, the study departs from the Freudian and Lacanian premise that dreams are formations of the unconscious provoked by day residues that reveal the subjectivity of an era.
    Rather than treating dreams as purely subjective experiences, the analysis focuses on how fragments of daytime reappear in dream form. These residues function as mediators between individual psychic life and the broader historical context, allowing the dream to be read as a point of articulation between the unconscious and the social world.
    Through a qualitative and quantitative analysis of the collected dream reports, the research identifies recurring themes, figures, and narrative structures that reflect the collective experience of the pandemic. The results suggest that dreams, in this context, operate less as isolated personal productions and more as expressions of a shared historical atmosphere. The repetition of certain symbols, affects, and situations across different dreamers indicates the presence of common concerns and anxieties that exceed individual biography.
    In this sense, the findings resonate with ethnographic and anthropological studies of South American Indigenous peoples, in which dreams are understood not as private psychological events but as experiences shared among members of the community. In these contexts, dreams are discussed collectively and integrated into social and political life, functioning as a medium through which the group reflects on its present and its future.
    Findings indicate that the way a society understands dreams is closely linked to the way it organizes itself. The dream can thus be seen as a privileged site where the individual and the collective intersect, revealing how historical experience is registered in the unconscious. In this perspective, dreams become not only psychic phenomena but also historical expressions, capable of narrating a time through the voices of those who lived it.



    Room FAB2.31 – 24: Beyond the nature/culture divide: Posthuman and New Materialist explorations Panel 1

    Theorizing nonhuman change/process ‘Natural Othering’ of Plants: human and non-human decoupling
    Ian Brown


    The paper considers “natural othering” as a potential tool in mitigating anthropocentric views of nature. Rather than a humancentric view to exploit as resources, it will consider the possibility of the importance of othering as a recognition of necessary separation to provide vegetal agency. Questioning the depiction of plants, via filmic technologies and its depiction on screen (from fiction to natural history documentaries), where time lapse photography grants access to the non-human temporal state of plant activity for human consumption, the paper
    discusses the role of the ‘electric plant’ in terms of plant agency or otherwise. The paper considers what frameworks we can generate to mitigate anthropomorphisation through an ethical othering and what role speculative fiction could have in revealing these potentials.
    The paper contextualises artistic practice as a means to explore plant/human relations, between scientific study and popular culture, allowing for a consideration of the different forms of the othering of nature in documentary and fictional storytelling. The text/image work Orchid Unknown (2016) weaves factual accounts and fictional speculation to connect a group of detailed orchid models to a collection of miscellaneous reports related to economic botany and global colonial networks. The use of models allows for a focus on nature’s aesthetic value as an anthropocentric trait, embedded in the orchid’s commodified social and cultural value. Transformative acts, within the narrative, aim to
    address broader implications of the distinction between ‘artificial’ and ‘natural’ and complications arising from separating human and non-human activity.
    The paper considers the conventions of speculative fiction in both establishing of nature as instrumentalised anthropocentricism and as a space to recognise plants outside of an anthropocentric view. This investigation takes place in relation to the discourses of Marder, Määtä, Meeker, Szabari and Hailwood.

    Materializing Time & Emotion: Translating PanWan Practice into Contemporary Wearable Narratives
    Aria Bitong Luan, Roberta Bernabei, Ken Ri Kim


    In contemporary jewellery and artifact studies, the wearer is typically posited as active subject, while the ornament remains a passive object of adornment carried and mobilised by humans for a variety of purposes. This paper challenges such anthropocentric hierarchies of agency by examining the Chinese practice of “PanWan” (盘玩) – a sustained, tactile engagement with handheld objects—through the lens of New Materialism and Posthumanism.
    “PanWan” (literally “to play with while coiling/rubbing”) refers to a sustained, ritualized manual interaction with handheld objects (such as walnuts, jade, or wooden beads) and involves repetitive choreography – kneading, rotating, and caressing the object for hours, days, and years.
    This persistent friction gives birth to “Baojiang” (包浆), a term often translated simply as “patina,” yet distinctly different from mere wear or decay. Building on the nature/culture divide, this research argues that Baojiang represents the collapse of the boundary between the biological human body and the geological material. The object is no longer “dead” matter; through the absorption of human fluids and the heat of the palm, it becomes a living archive of touch. Baojiang is re-framed as a manifestation of material agency. It is the object’s active response to touch, a “skin” that is arguably both human and non-human. Through the formation of patina, the object absorbs the human and, in turn, disciplines the human body through the repetitive, meditative choreography of handling.
    Based on practice-oriented PhD research in jewellery design, this paper explores how we can design not just for visual consumption, but for this tactile “becoming-with.” This qualitative grounded research aims to investigate a pathway to “emotional durability,” fostering a kinship between human and matter that resists the disposability of the Anthropocene. By acknowledging the vibrancy of matter, it may transform the object from a static possession into a dynamic partner in the performance of daily life.


    Room (FAB2.32 – 28): Work and career in the Neoliberal Edu-factory: Systemic Pressures and Inequities, Panel 1

    Student precarity in the Edu-Factory Care, Courage and Collective Action: Improving careers and employability provision amid precarious conditions
    Keren Coney


    This contribution examines how precarity shapes the everyday labour of educators in higher education and sets out practical ways to counter its effects in order to safeguard staff wellbeing and advance equity for disadvantaged students. It is grounded in a participatory action research project within a university careers service, where a practitioner‑researcher worked alongside autistic students to redesign employability support. The session addresses impacts on mental health, professional identity and pedagogic practice, and considers the intersection with disability
    and institutional power. Crucially, it moves beyond critique to outline concrete proposals that improve conditions for
    both workers and learners.
    Autistic students continue to encounter significant barriers in careers provision, including inaccessible information, unclear communication and a perceived lack of staff confidence in autism‑informed practice. While autism is frequently framed through a deficit lens, the neurodiversity paradigm positions it as part of human variation, which renders these barriers inequitable. In response, the project applied Freire’s critical pedagogy, emphasising dialogue, co‑creation and action, to collaborate directly with autistic students in the design of improved support for employability development. Framed by Hooley et al. (2021)’s Five signposts to a socially just approach to career guidance, the project sought to reposition autistic students as partners rather than passive recipients and to embed emancipatory intent within routine service delivery.
    Practitioner‑researcher reflections illuminate the conditions that produce precarity. The absence of workable pathways to contact autistic students, opaque data governance, slow ethics processes and inconsistent collegiate engagement generated continuous emotional strain and a sense of pushing against entrenched structures. These pressures were offset by moments of professional satisfaction when co‑created provision flourished, yet minimal formal time allocated to disability‑focused work exposed the fragility of justice‑oriented initiatives that rely on individual dedication rather than institutional commitment.
    The study also identifies conditions that enable progress. Regular dialogue with autistic students, solidarity with like‑minded colleagues, the support of a critical friend and engagement with professional networks provided intellectual, practical and emotional scaffolding that sustained the work. These relationships anchored decision making, mitigated isolation and strengthened collective purpose.
    Building on these insights, the session will outline a set of practical recommendations. At an institutional level, these will include dedicated workload time and formal recognition for practitioner research, alongside more reliable cross departmental coordination. Pedagogical and organisational suggestions will involve recognising co-creation with students as a valuable tool, sharing facilitation responsibilities to broaden leadership, planning activities outside peak assessment periods to maintain engagement and incorporating peer led contributions to strengthen knowledge exchange. To support long-term sustainability, further recommendations will focus on establishing structures of care such as peer supervision, critical friend arrangements, manageable project pacing, realistic expectations and clear boundaries around out of hours work, reinforced by senior sponsorship to extend influence and rebalance power.
    Overall, the contribution demonstrates how Freirean praxis can underpin careers and employability provision that challenges inequity while safeguarding practitioner wellbeing. It presents a model that connects critical consciousness with practical institutional structures, thereby strengthening careers and employability support, advancing disability justice and building collective capacity for meaningful organisational change.


    Do more with less: An ethnography of a community sport organisation.
    Dee Yeagers


    This presentation draws on 18 months of ethnographic observation and interviews undertaken as part of PhD research within a community-based Sport for Development (SfD) organisation. The organisation aims to foster social cohesion among disadvantaged young people through sport and community engagement. I will consider the organisation’s staff and volunteer management, alongside the difficulties faced in evidencing outcomes. These issues are explored in relation to the complex landscape in which the organisation operates―one characterised by limited resources, fragmented local provision, and increasing expectations to fill gaps in public services.
    The first finding is that this organisation, like many in the third sector, rely upon unpaid and low-paid workers (Bennett and Savani, 2011; Bingham and Walters, 2013). This practice is justified firstly under the banner of ‘charity’ and with the pretence of providing personal development and employability benefits. In practice, this can lead to job insecurity and can be exploitative (Wilson, 2012). This way of working blurs the line between empowerment and extractive labour practices, leaving many volunteers holding insecure roles without clear career pathways or stable income. Because such organisations tend to emphasise passion and commitment as the most valued qualities in staff and volunteers, opportunities for job progression are often overlooked, reinforcing a culture in which organisations rely on sustained goodwill rather than offering secure employment.
    The second finding is that there is a persistent gap between the organisation’s charitable aims and its ability to evidence sustainable social outcomes. Staff and volunteers strongly value inclusion, empowerment, and community. However, funding instability (Lambert and Paterson, 2023), short-term projects, and demands for quick, measurable “impact” limit their work and what they are able to evidence. Impact is then often measured only by attendance or anecdotes, rather than empirical evidence (Hartmann and Kwauk, 2011; Matthews et al., 2022).
    Thirdly, these workforce challenges are compounded by broader sector dynamics, which often operate in highly complex landscapes (Lambert and Paterson, 2023). As public funding contracts and local provision diminish, community organisations are asked to do more with less. Third sector organisations fill gaps left by the state, while attempting to address complex social problems on limited budgets. Community-based interventions are then considered as a one-stop ‘cure-all’ for a range of issues. Organisations face increasing pressure to demonstrate efficiency and accountability. However, they often lack sufficient skills, training, infrastructure, and resources for sustained evaluation or growth. What appears as local disorganisation or inefficiency is, in part, a symptom of broader policy logics that privilege short-term results and cost-effectiveness.
    In conclusion, these findings underscore the need for more sustainable working practices to help deliver meaningful and measurable outcomes for service users, while also supporting the organisation and those volunteering and working within it.


    Break 11.00 –11.30


    11:30 – 13:00 – Parallel Sessions 2


    Room FAB 0.23 – 28: Creative Health. Can the Arts Aid Health?


    Inscribed on the Body: Musing on Gender and Difference and the Possibility of Transformative Practices for Community Change
    Susan Hogan


    In a forthcoming chapter (Hogan 2026 in-press) I air the notion of poly-crisis’ (Pink 2025). Poly-crisis is the acknowledgement of multiple crises converging. These include war, climate instability, an aggressive model of Capitalism which exacerbates inequality and is premised on an impossible model of perpetual ‘growth’ that in turn is causing environmental destruction and unprecedented species extinction, coupled with the revival of fascism and fascistic policies of exclusion and profound breaches of international law. I posit the audacious question – how can art therapy be more than the handmaiden of neoliberal capitalism, ameliorating the lot of those less able to adapt to precarity? Or, alternatively, will the arts in health be increasingly called upon to provide a sort of disaster relief, mopping up after the destruction caused by neoliberal regimes?
    This paper will justify why thinking about operations of power is important for art therapy practice. It will then present a case study which attempts to disrupt the dominant ideology around the subject of perinatal mental health. The chapter will discuss how this alternate approach looks at institutional practices which are ‘iatrogenic’ in nature (relating to illness and distress caused by medical practices) and how this can impact individual women. It will engage with two key questions:
    1. How can social arts practice engage with systemic inequalities and foster collaborative, transparent, and reflexive forms of care?
    2. In what ways do socially grounded practices of creativity
    resist and reimagine institutional and discursive power structures?


    Performing Wellness: Ritual, Gender, and the Everyday Theatre of Health
    Olivia Hamblett and Elinor Rowlands


    We approach this paper as a collaborative, situated inquiry into wellness as performance, shaped by two intersecting practices. We attend to how wellness operates as an everyday performance that organises bodies, affects, and value, while also asking what kinds of care fall outside dominant scripts of health. Together, we
    foreground how wellness culture disproportionately recruits unwell women and marginalised bodies, positioning self-optimisation as both moral obligation and emotional labour. For disabled, chronically ill, neurodivergent, grieving, or otherwise non-normative bodies, these scripts often become exclusionary, intensifying shame and surveillance. What promises care can function as an ableist mechanism of social discipline disguised as compassion.
    Placing Western wellness in dialogue with Eastern philosophical traditions; we explore alternative frameworks of wellbeing grounded in non-striving, impermanence, interdependence, and acceptance. This dialogue is approached through a decolonial lens that resists cultural appropriation while interrogating how contemporary wellness culture erases histories of extraction, vulnerability, decline, and death. Ultimately, we propose an emergent, non-performative mode of wellbeing: not a consumable routine or visible achievement, but a relational and sensory way of being-with bodies, memories, and limits. Wellness is reimagined not as something to perfect or display, but as a practice of care attentive to trauma, difference, slowness, and the realities of living in vulnerable bodies.


    Performative Subversion in S/M: Performance Art and Resistance
    Cristian Gonzalez Arevalo


    This paper examines the intersection of Michel Foucault’s theoretical framework on power and sexuality with the performative dimensions of sadomasochistic (SM) practices and radical performance art. Drawing on La volonté de savoir and Foucault’s reflections on the microphysics of power, this analysis foregrounds SM not merely as a mechanism of repression but as a dynamic process through which power becomes productive. This productivity shapes experiences, identities, and social practices, illustrating that power is embedded within the very fabric of
    human interaction. SM, I argue, offers a uniquely powerful lens for understanding power because it transcends mere symbolic representation. Instead, it embodies and enacts power within ritualized, consensual, and aesthetically coded spaces, creating a tangible experience of dominance, submission, and negotiation.
    Unlike political theatre and other performing arts that rely heavily on the mediation of fiction and the reflective distance afforded to spectators, SM situates relations of dominance and submission on a sensorial and corporeal plane. This physicality reveals the reversibility, contingency, and prior negotiations that sustain power dynamics. As articulated in La volonté de savoir, power is not a substance one possesses but a network of mobile relations. In SM practices, this fundamental truth is dramatised with striking transparency, exposing hierarchies as assumed roles rather than inherent essences. The consensual nature of SM rituals underscores the constructedness of authority, challenging the viewer—or participant—to reconsider foundational assumptions about power and control in broader social contexts.


    Depoliticizing Distress? Critical Pedagogy and the Emotion/Reason Binary in Creative Arts Therapies
    Russell Christie


    Creative arts therapy studios and counselling rooms are not known as places of political reflection. Emotions, and those who carry them, remain private, separate from the public sphere. Yet, an emphasis on seeking an inner self and its emotional constitution decouples and individuates, turning away from reflexively examining the systemic social constitution of affect and mental health. This paper examines whether creative arts therapies inadvertently function as depoliticizing practices by naturalizing the emotion/reason distinction and directing attention inward rather than toward structural critique.
    When participants are encouraged to “process feelings” about precarity, discrimination, or alienation without interrogating their sociopolitical origins, therapy may function as what Mark Fisher termed the “privatization of stress”—converting systemic failures into individual pathologies (and shopping opportunities in the wellness industry). When emotional expression becomes the endpoint rather than a catalyst for understanding one’s positioning within power structures, therapy serves as an instrument of disempowerment and disenfranchisement. I propose, as a therapeutic alternative to inner self obsessions, a more integrative framework, one combining Paulo Freire’s critical pedagogy with therapeutic practices, especially in the creative arts. This involves: (1) treating emotions as politically informed rather than pre-political, (2) using creative expression to make power relations visible and analysable, (3) facilitating collective rather than purely individual meaning-making, and (4) linking personal narrative to broader patterns of oppression and resistance. Therapeutic self-understanding must integrate emotional intelligence with a sociological understanding, looking both outward and inward to redeem the disenfranchised self from its individuated imprisonment in reactionary therapeutic structures.



    Room FAB Room 1.10 – 24: Crime and Media, Panel 2: Mediating Crime in Digital and Platformed Cultures

    Re-coding Crime: Digital Media, Gendered Violence, and the Politics of “Narrative Repair” in China
    Cheryl S. Peng


    This paper examines how the lived experiences of gender-based violence victims are systematically distorted and erased by media infrastructures in contemporary China. While digital platforms occasionally allow these experiences to surface, state-aligned media and platform moderation quickly engage in a process of “narrative repair.” This process involves reclassifying criminal acts—such as human trafficking, forced marriage, and systemic abuse—into “safer,” non-criminal categories that prioritize social harmony over individual justice.
    Through a multi-case analysis of high-profile incidents, including the “Feng County Chained Woman” and the “sheltered” missing woman, we discussed how the media hijacks the victim’s voice. In these reports, the structural violence of the crime is often replaced by administrative or domestic euphemisms, such as “mental illness symptoms” or “family disputes.” We argue that this distortion serves a specific hegemonic project: it produces a model of “sacrificial citizenship,” where the victim’s legal rights and bodily autonomy are subordinated to the state’s demographic and stability goals. The media does not simply report on the crime; it actively “re-codes” the victim’s experience to prevent a broader critique of the legal and social system.
    The paper also highlights the counter-appropriate strategies used by pan-feminist activists and female netizens to reclaim these erased experiences. By analysing “naming politics” and the use of linguistic metaphors to bypass censorship, we show how everyday media activism attempts to restore the victim’s status as a subject of justice rather than an object of governance. By situating these struggles within the Global South, the paper contributes to the “Crime and the Media” stream by revealing the mechanisms of narrative erasure and the ongoing struggle to make the lived experience of victimization visible and heard.


    Gen-AI and the British Mainstream Media: Criminalisation of Users and Limited Platform Criticality
    Thais Sardá


    While artificial intelligence (AI) has been debated in the public sphere for decades, the recent widespread use of Generative-AI (Gen-AI) applications, such as ChatGPT (launched in 2022 by OpenAI) and Google Gemini (launched in 2023), has created a derivative although more specific discussion. While AI as a new medium raises general concerns about ethical behaviour, potential implications and future developments, Gen-AI tools have been consistently associated to more specific worries, such as students cheating on their assignments, employees maintaining an indolent behaviour, artists having their original work misused by AI algorithms. Considering the role of the media in terms of introducing new technologies to people, helping to inform its uses, analysing the media framing of Gen-AI tools provides a good insight on how these platforms and represented and, therefore, perceived and used. This research aims to critically analyse the ways in which Gen-AI applications are framed by the British news media. The objectives of this study are: (1) to determine the discussions about agency and affordances of Gen-AI; (2) to establish how criminal or anti-social behaviour are framed in the context of Gen-AI tools; and (3) to discuss to what extent this representation contributes with the media panic surrounding Gen-AI. For that, the methodological approach is a case study focused on the representation of the most used Gen-AI platforms in the UK: ChatGPT and Google Gemini. The data includes all news articles about these three tools published between January and December 2025 by the five main news websites in terms of audience reach in the UK, according to the Ipsos iris Online Audience Measurement Service (November 2025): BBC, The Sun, The Guardian, The Independent, and Mirror. The unit of analysis is each article in which Gen-AI, including its branded forms (ChatGPT an Gemini), is mentioned in the title of an article. The data is explored using a combination of content analysis,critical discourse analysis and thematic analysis, a combination of qualitative and quantitative approaches.
    Initial findings suggest that although newspapers include a reflection on Gen-AI tools affordances, issues and agency, the criminalisation is entrenched to the use, therefore, the criminalisation constructed by the British media focuses on users, not the platforms.


    KAHRIZAK, 720×480: The Morgue as Platform Under Blackout
    Parham Ghalamdar


    This paper examines how state violence is mediated when authorities deliberately break connectivity. It centres on a leaked video from the Kahrizak forensic centre in Tehran, circulated during the January 2026
    internet blackout in Iran. In the clip, families stand behind a monitor and scroll through a list of faces to identify missing relatives. The scene links three sites that are often treated separately: the criminal legal
    system, platform-style indexing, and public mourning.
    I ask two questions. First, what happens to evidence when a blackout prevents witnesses from synchronising and blocks images from forming a shared public record? Second, how does the forensic interface govern grief by turning recognition into a procedural action: match or no match, proceed or stop?
    Using close description of the leaked footage and its circulation through unstable channels (including rare satellite access and signal disruption), I argue that blackout should be understood as a eedistribution of visibility. Images do not vanish. They move from public circulation into internal administration. They become files, counters, and resolution settings. This shift matters because it manufactures uncertainty. It keeps deaths countable inside an archive while making them disputable in public.
    At Kahrizak, the face functions as an administrative handle. It routes a body through a workflow whilewithholding public acknowledgement. The interface presses families into the role of operators who must
    produce identification on behalf of the state. The familiar gesture of scrolling becomes a forced ritual. Design choices that look neutral in other contexts (lists, thumbnails, metadata, speed) become instruments of pressure when applied to death.
    I then consider the leak as a media event. It creates a fragile public assembled from fragments and doubt. It also exposes the technical layer of state violence: how institutions process death as an entry rather than recognise it as loss. By treating the interface as part of the crime scene rather than a passive window onto it, the paper contributes to debates on crime and the media. It shows how media representations can challenge punitive and denialist narratives by making infrastructures of visibility legible.



    Room FAB1.14 – 20: Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance, Panel 1, Living Inside Platform Logic: Optimisation, Algorithms, and Digital Slop


    How Not to Be Invisible: Visibility as Scarcity in Algorithmic Societies
    Ziyao Lin


    In contemporary socio-technical systems, visibility has become a scarce and quota-based privilege rather than an inherent right. Platforms, welfare agencies, and algorithmic scoring systems increasingly shape who appears in public, whose narratives are amplified, and whose presence is filtered out. Drawing on symbolic capital theory and attention-as-scarcity frameworks, this presentation argues that visibility today operates as a designed and distributed resource.
    How Not to Be Invisible is a practice-based project that constructs an interactive scoring simulation to foreground these hidden mechanisms. Participants navigate a fragmented landscape of more than fifty symbolic objects such as degrees, letters of recommendation, VIP cards and digital likes. Each object carries an arbitrary “visibility value,” and the final score directs participants either into an illuminated visible room or into a silent and indifferent invisible room. Through critical design and digital spatial construction, the installation transforms structural inequality into a lived experience of being assessed, misrecognized and categorised. Rather than advocating for an increase in visibility, the work examines how visibility itself is produced as a selective and institutionalised arrangement that draws strength from the myth of algorithmic neutrality. The project encourages reflection on the broader conditions that determine how people become unseen and unheard within a scoresociety.

    Navigating the Networked Archive: Feed as Post-Internet Essay and Resistance
    Nam Huh


    This paper proposes that interactive works such as Loopntale’s Feed (2022/2025) function as post-internet documentary/essay works that reframe how histories, ecologies, and social relations are mediated in the digital age. By situating Feed within the context of the “Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology” stream, I argue that such works
    do not merely use technology as a tool, but rather engage in what Nam June Paik called a “genuine antagonism” – using the mechanics of the digital to critique and resist the homogenisation of contemporary creative life.
    To clarify how Feed positions itself within artistic genres, I compare it with The Catacombs of Solaris (2016), an indie work exhibited at the Australian Centre for the Moving Image. Solaris uses perception and open-ended navigation to foreground experience over goal-oriented play. Like Solaris, Feed eludes easy categorisation as a game in the
    entertainment sense. Its mechanics do not centre on scoring, competition, or mastery; instead, they invite an interpretation of the relations between beings and information flows. This comparison helps distinguish Feed as an art practice where reflection and sensory engagement take precedence over traditional, metric-driven game
    objectives.
    Feed situates players under a bridge where urban waterways and road networks intersect. The work’s multi-screen environment reflects a world deeply embedded in networked conditions where digital and physical realities are entwined. Crucially, even when no one is playing, Feed continues to generate its own archive. This suggests that the
    system itself, including non-human agents, contributes to the documentary. This aligns with the stream’s inquiry into how creativity is increasingly entangled with technological infrastructures, challenging inherited models of individual authorship and “originality.”
    The panel description highlights the risk of “creative fatigue” and “habitual scrolling” in an age of constant stimulation. Feed addresses this by subverting the very concept of the “feed.” In a platform-dominated landscape, a feed is typically an algorithmically managed workflow designed for passive consumption. In Loopntale’s work, however, the “feed” becomes a mediated archive that requires active, “slow” assembly by the spectator.
    By employing an essayistic documentary tradition, where fragments, observations, and mediated evidence are assembled rather than narrated linearly, Feed resists the “homogenisation” of digital systems. It provides a site where the player’s interpretations become the primary site of meaning production. This process navigates the tensionbetween the “internet state of mind” and the need for unstructured, spontaneous moments of thought. raming Feed through post-internet documentary strategies, this presentation argues that interactive works should be considered vital art practices that interrogate the conditions of contemporary life. They demonstrate how artists can resist “metric-driven creation” by using technology to create reflective documentary environments. In doing so, Feed marks a space where human presence is felt not through the mastery of the machine, but through the poetic navigation of its friction and noise.


    Fake Bodies, Real Solace: Authenticity Cues and Emotional Compensation in Virtual Influencers
    Keyki Sun


    As emerging technologies reshape artistic production and platform aesthetics, social media virtual influencers (VIs) are expanding beyond brand communication and entertainment to become care agents perceived as sources of emotional support. This form of digital care often operates at an everyday level, buffering stress and offering a sense of companionship. However, when care is performed by synthetic subjects who lack lived experience and clear accountability, audiences face new uncertainties in interpreting authenticity cues when judging credibility and intent. Existing research offers a limited mechanism-oriented explanation of this process. How do audiences weigh a lack of accountability against psychological safety when deciding whether to invest emotionally?
    This study conducted a comparative focus group (N = 8), using human influencers as a control condition and three VI forms as stimuli in anxiety and emotional support contexts: a hyper-realistic human-like VI, a stylised human-like VI,and a non-human VI. The analysis suggests an ongoing negotiation between aesthetic form and trust. In high-stakes topics, human influencers remain the trust baseline because participants treat real-world accountability as a key authenticity cue. By contrast, hyper-realistic, “zero-error” VIs often triggered manipulation inferences and wariness about corporate authorship and control. In low-risk contexts, however, VIs that adopt explicit fictiveness through stylisation and non-human form reduced anxiety about deception via transparency cues, enabling a lower-pressure
    sense of companionship.
    Building on these findings, this study proposes “lucid illusion” as a mechanism-oriented account of how audiences work with authenticity cues through knowing engagement: audiences choose to engage while recognising the VI’s fictionality, turning that fictiveness into a resource for psychological safety that can support emotional compensation.
    This study argues that explicit fictiveness is not a technological defect but a relational aesthetic framework that can be strategically mobilised. Rather than pursuing ever greater human-likeness, embracing fallibility, friction, and non-human qualities may be crucial for designing clearer digital relationships and lower-pressure companionship experiences.


    Room FAB2.31 – 24: 4. Beyond the nature/culture divide: Posthuman and New Materialist explorations – Panel 2, Wellbeing and the more-than-human


    The material and more-than-human production of dis/advantage in workers’ home environments
    Nick J Fox


    Sociological analyses of inequality have typically marginalised the role of NHM (Fox and Gavilyuk, 2021), privileging instead top-down structural explanations or, more recently, focusing on the distribution of economic, social and cultural assets (Bourdieu, 1984: 114; Savage et al, 2013: 223). These approaches consequently underplay the everyday material processes through which dis/advantage is lived and reproduced. To address this gap, we shift analytical attention to the daily production of inequality. We apply the concept of ‘tiny dis/advantages’ (Fox and Powell, 2022) to capture the small yet consequential effects of everyday human interactions with domestic spaces and non-human matter that incrementally enable or constrain opportunities.
    The paper draws on semi-structured interviews with 37 workers aged 16–29 in Western Siberia to demonstrate how diverse forms of non-human matter within the home – ranging from spatial arrangements to material objects and infrastructures – shaped respondents’ well-being, relationships, and developmental trajectories by enabling or
    constraining bodily capacities. The data analysis is informed by Deleuze and Guattari’s (1988: 311) theorisation of the home as a territory organised to create consistency and exclude the chaos of the external environment, and micropolitics of the home can both territorialise bodily and supply the security from which a deterritorialising ‘line of flight’ may be launched, opening up new possibilities for action (Deleuze and Guattari, 1988: 327). We conclude that everyday interactions with non-human matter play a significant role in the production of relative dis/advantage, offering valuable complement to existing sociocultural analyses of material inequality and social divisions, and a new insight into how the home contributes to this key aspect of contemporary life.


    Revitalising Disability Studies Through A Rhizomatic Way Of Thinking, Writing, Being And Becoming
    Hsiao-Fang Chang


    Drawing from online conversations with eight Chinese disabled activists who have been engaging in various forms of self-representational practices on social media, this paper explores Deleuze and Guattari’s (1987) ‘rhizome’ in destabilising the ontological foreclosure through which disabled individuals are immediately predictable, manageable and governable.
    Reimagining disability rhizomatically holds potential for decolonising disability studies from Global North frameworks and revitalising disability studies in Chinese contexts. It constitutes an affirmatively political intervention that re-enlivens differences, dissensions, contradictory meanings and worldviews (Neimanis et al., 2015), and disrupts technocratic rationality as part of broader critical interdisciplinary humanities engagements with the current
    Anthropocene epoch (Braidotti et al., 2024). While the representation of nonhuman and more-than-human representation is central to this research, it remains underdeveloped at this stage. Disabled activists’ representational practices on non-human and more-than-human, to varying degrees, challenge categorical differences that underwrite conventional Northern models of disability. I hope this conference will provide a generative space for feedback that helps me develop my writing on posthuman embodiment.


    Cultural Heritage, Well-being and the City in Bhutan
    Yola West-Dennis


    This presentation draws on focus group research on the inter-connectivity between wellbeing, cultural heritage and urban development in Thimphu, Bhutan, involving focus groups with citizens living in the city. Through consideration of the cultural landscape, I explore embodied meanings, values and usage of these urban spaces, aiming to establish ways in which urban developments can utilise, embed and enhance existing cultural practises and values that align
    with citizen well-being and sustainability.
    The protocol for the fieldwork critically engaged with the Capability Approach to development by Amartya Sen, frameworks for culture and wellbeing, and discourses on care and participatory research methodologies. The intention was for discourses on culture and culture frameworks be used to help inform and analyse the prioritisation of capabilities in an urban environment and to understand how these capabilities manifest and the visions citizens
    have for strengthening these capabilities. Considerations on the discourse on nature/ culture is explored within the Buddhist and Bon, cultural context with a cosmology where humans are considered guests in a land that truly belongs to spirits/ deities of various classes and which associate with different land typologies.


    Room FAB2.32 – 28: Work and career in the Neoliberal Edu-factory: Systemic Pressures and Inequities – Panel 2, The political parameters of the student body in the Edu-factory


    The Value of the Student Voice: Student Discourse and Political Agency in Neoliberal UK Higher Education
    Rebecca Godwin


    Despite institutional commitments to student representation and social justice, analyses of neoliberal higher education have paid limited attention to how students themselves experience and negotiate political agency within increasingly precarious educational and labour market conditions (Giroux, 2014). Understanding the gap between
    voice and influence is therefore critical to evaluating student political agency in neoliberal universities. Existing research frequently conceptualises student voice as an institutional tool for enhancing teaching quality, student satisfaction and graduate outcomes narrowing participation to individualised feedback and consumer choice (Brown and Carasso, 2013; Raaper, 2024). This framing obscures the ways in which student voice operates within a broader
    political economy that aligns education with employability and future work in a context of widespread insecurity.
    Drawing on a hermeneutic phenomenological study, this presentation examines the lived experiences of undergraduate, postgraduate and doctoral students across Post 1992, 1960s “Plate Glass” and Russell Group universities in the UK during the 2024-2025 academic year. Semi-structured interviews were conducted to explore how students make sense of their value, voice, political participation and career futures within the marketised university. Interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) (Smith, Flowers and Larkin, 2009) was utilised to identify shared patterns of meaning making while attending to how students’ language and narratives reflect broader neoliberal and managerial logics shaping higher education.
    This exploratory research reveals complicated accounts of student disengagement by revealing subtle and everyday forms of critique and resistance. Students articulate scepticism toward metricised participation and student unions, challenge dominant employability narratives, express despondency towards political agency and foster informal solidarities that enable alternative understandings of voice, value and agency to emerge. These practices point to the development of constrained but meaningful forms of critical consciousness (Freire, 2000).
    Students are not merely consumers; they are co-creators of knowledge, community, and change. Thus, this study encourages engagement with student discourse through public sociology and participatory research. It foregrounds the forms of political agency that persist, even under conditions of precarity and marketisation.


    Market-Ready Workers or Planet-Ready Work? Rethinking Graduate Employability in UK Higher Education through an Ecocritical Methodology
    Victoria Metcalf


    Since the 1990s, graduate employability has become a homogenising pressure and marketing necessity within UK higher education institutions. Founded in human capital theory and intensified by massification and neoliberal performance metrics, this discourse positions universities as producers of labour-market-ready workers, critical to a competitive and unsustainable global economy (Dalrymple et al., 2021; Tight, 2019) . Within this context, university employability and career services are under pressure to align student aspiration with employer demand, resulting in a growing body of literature critically challenging the role of careers guidance in relation to social justice (Hooley et al., 2025; Thomsen et al., 2022) . Simultaneously, universities are under increasing pressure to respond to the climate
    emergency and sustainable development agenda. It remains unclear, however, the extent to which strategic sustainability priorities or Education for Sustainable Development curricula are integrated across careers and employability services. When pathways to economic greening are narrowly defined through politically driven STEM-focused careers, broader questions of responsibility and environmental justice risk being excluded from careers guidance altogether. This research asks why, despite growing institutional commitments to sustainability, environmental justice remains marginal within graduate employability discourse and careers guidance practice.
    Arguably, the greatest impact a university can have lies in how its graduates behave in the workplace across their working lives. Inspired by the Stockholm Resilience Centre’s SDG ‘Wedding Cake’ model, which positions the biosphere as the foundation for social and economic systems, this doctoral mixed-methods research introduces an ecocritical methodological framework for interrogating graduate employability and careers guidance services within the neoliberal university. Drawing on empirical ecocriticism (Małecki, 2026; Schneider-Mayerson et al., 2020) , the approach extends ecocritical analysis beyond its literary roots to examine how environmental values, non-human life, and ecological limits are understood, represented, marginalised, or excluded within professional discourse and everyday institutional practice. Methodologically, the paper outlines a pragmatic research design combining a national questionnaire of careers practitioners; semi-structured interviews with sustainability managers; and focus group discussions as sites of collective meaning-making. The data are analysed through a multi-scalar ecocritical lens examining employability and careers guidance across systemic (policy and performance regimes), institutional
    (careers services as professional labour), and individual (ethical agency and subjectivity) levels. Rather than treating employability as a generic and neutral set of skills, and resisting the political predilection of green ‘solutionism’, this approach draws on ecocritical pedagogy to examine how careers guidance participates in shaping understandings of ecological responsibility, agency, and work (Garrard & Knights, 2017; Haraway, 2015; Lussier et al., 2011)
    The paper contributes to Stream 11 by proposing an original methodological framework through which to challenge and reframe market-driven notions of employability, opening space for alternative imaginaries of work grounded in ecological limits and multi-species justice.


    Beyond Deficit: Student Substance Use as Anti-Hegemonic Praxis in Academia
    Arleth Lugo Ruiz


    Society and universities tell a clear story about drug use. It is dangerous, deviant, and incompatible with success. Academic institutions reinforce this through neoliberal ideas about discipline, productivity, and sobriety, presenting abstinence as the only path to achievement. These narratives ignore the realities of students who use psychoactive substances and do little to address the ongoing drug-toxicity crisis. Most research continues to follow these hegemonic lines, focusing on addiction or pathology, while overlooking lived experience, cognitive liberty, and the complex ways students engage with substances.
    This project challenges those assumptions and situates student substance use as a form of anti-hegemonic practice. Using the lens of lived experience and cognitive liberty, it investigates how students at Carleton University consume psychoactive substances on campus. The goal is to produce nuanced insights from the people most affected by prohibitionist and abstinence-focused frameworks and to explore how personal autonomy and resistance to normative control operate in everyday academic life.
    The study uses arts-based methods, including narrative inquiry and poetry as ethnography, within qualitative semi-structured interviews. Seven participants shared their experiences, which were analyzed thematically. Full ethics clearance was granted by Carleton University, ensuring careful and respectful research practices. The findings challenge dominant assumptions. Participants maintained high academic standards, and substance use did not hinder their studies. Many reported that substance use enhanced focus, creativity, and engagement. Participants described intentional, complex relationships with substances, demonstrating agency, critical self-reflection, and resistance to normative pressures.
    These results offer a critique of neoliberal and abstinence-focused paradigms, framing student substance use as a counter-hegemonic site where normative ideologies of productivity, discipline, and risk are questioned. Students can thrive academically while consuming substances, and their lived experience represents knowledge that is usually excluded from institutional discourse. Engaging with these perspectives could enrich research, teaching, and institutional policy, producing spaces in which alternative epistemologies, autonomy, and critical reflection are recognized.
    Ultimately, this research argues for a paradigm shift. Substance users should not be reduced to stereotypes or excluded from academia. Their experiences can be mobilized to challenge dominant assumptions, broaden intellectual inquiry, and foster a more inclusive and humane academic environment. By centering lived experience
    and cognitive liberty, this study contributes to debates about power, social control, and resistance, offering a vision of academic life where anti-hegemonic practice is both lived and theorized, demonstrating that spaces of possibilityexist even within highly regulated institutions.



    13:00-14:00 – Break for lunch (food and drink not provided)



    14:00 – 15:30 – Parallel Sessions 3


    Room FAB 0.23 – 28: Buzzwords and Beyond: Navigating the Terrain Between Individualism and Collectivism


    Muslim Communitarianism vs Liberal Individualism: Freedom of Expression in European Public Spheres
    Haris Aziz


    Debates on freedom of expression in contemporary Europe are largely shaped by liberal individualist assumptions, where speech is understood as an individual right exercised by autonomous subjects in a supposedly neutral public sphere. Yet recurring public controversies involving Muslims, particularly around blasphemy, caricatures, and
    religious offence, reveal persistent tensions that cannot be explained simply through legal limits or questions of tolerance. This paper argues that these conflicts reflect a deeper moral and conceptual clash between liberal individualism and Muslim communitarian ethical reasoning. The paper addresses three main research questions. First,
    how does liberal individualism structure dominant understandings of freedom of expression in European public spheres? Second, why are Muslim moral claims regarding offensive speech frequently dismissed as illegitimate, irrational, or incompatible with democratic values? Third, what do these tensions tell us about the actual limits of
    pluralism in liberal democratic societies? By focusing on these questions, the paper shifts the discussion away from free speech as a legal issue and towards free speech as a moral and political framework.
    The analysis suggests that Muslim objections to offensive speech are often excluded from legitimate debate because they rely on a communitarian moral logic, where speech is socially embedded and morally consequential. Within this framework, speech affects collective dignity and moral order, not just individual preference. Liberal public spheres, however, tend to recognise only those arguments that begin from individual autonomy. The paper concludes that the conflict is not between freedom and censorship, but between competing moral ontologies of speech, and that European public spheres remain less plural than they often claim.


    ‘The Room of Many, of One’: Feminism under Surveillance
    Salim Murad & Patricie Kyslikova


    This paper explores the potential of using Fiction-Based Research (FBR) as a critical praxis for young people navigating the neoliberal and patriarchal surveillance of contemporary life. Rooted in a Community-Led Research and Action (CLRA) cycle, this project emerged from a collective of young women from a peripheral Central and Eastern European (CEE) context who found it impossible to openly share their lived feminist experiences due to the pervasive nature of social scrutiny and self-policing. Faced with the challenge of articulating sensitive topics, such as workplace sexism, body image spirals, and the invisible theatre of gender performance; the group utilized FBR not as an escape, but as a methodological necessity which provided them a safe medium to analyse their lived experience. The resulting narrative – The Room of Many, of One, follows the protagonist X through a surreal landscape of panel houses with glowing windows and endless mirror rooms. These symbols serve as metaphorical compressions for the group’s collective data regarding the monetized reality of precarity and the judging voices of societal expectation.
    However, this intervention primarily serves to deconstruct the myth of community and the fallacy of creating one shared space in an era that prizes neoliberal individualism. A central critique within this presentation is how the youth community endeavours are stifled by the very neoliberal conditions – such as the necessity of maintaining multiple jobs and surviving precarious living conditions, that make
    collective action unsustainable or hard to achieve. Furthermore, the work highlights how intersectionality is frequently misunderstood, leading to a performative feminism where diversity is treated as a hollow aesthetic or a single woman placed at the table just to look nice while nothing else changes. By locking their data safely into fiction,
    the researchers argue that FBR functions as a shield that allows them to speak the subliminal, hidden, and at times even absurd truths of their existence. Ultimately, this project demonstrates that a shared space is paradoxically built through the recognition of fragmentation.


    Elizabeth Feldhake – Abstract and title to follow soon



    Room FAB 1.10 – 24: Hegemonies, Counter-Hegemonies, Anti-Hegemonies: Theory and Politics of Social Control and Resistance – Panel 2, Digitising Hegemonies


    The Politics of LLMs and their Psychic Power
    Mark Carrigan


    Debates about large language models are increasingly polarised between instrumental accounts that frame them as neutral tools and critical accounts that treat them primarily as ideological mystifications. Both positions struggle to grasp what kind of power is emerging at the intersection of language models, platform capitalism and everyday life.
    This paper argues that LLMs exercise a distinctive form of power grounded in their capacity for attunement: the ability to respond to human articulation in ways that feel supportive and contextually appropriate. There is a psychic power operating in this register which AI labs are increasingly discovering as an object of commercial opportunity and regulatory concern.
    Drawing on philosophical anthropology, interpretive sociology and psychoanalytic theory, I provide an overview of an LLM use centred on how users position models, articulate experience through them and encounter responses that appear to ‘get’ them. This experience of being met is not intersubjective in a strong sense yet it has real effects on how users deliberate, decide, and orient themselves in moral and social space. I argue that the political stakes of LLMs lie less in their headline technical capabilities than in how their capacity for attunement is progressively reorganised and exploited under conditions of platform capitalism. As commercial pressures intensify the attunement power of language models is likely to be systematically turned towards retention, dependency and behavioural modulation in
    ways that echo enshittification dynamics observed across earlier platform ecosystems.


    Fashwave to AI: Nostalgia, Hauntology and Hegemony of the Late Capitalist Far-Right
    Jac Lewis


    In Spectres of Marx, Jacques Derrida coined the term hauntology to describe the uncanny temporal and eschatological influence of communism beyond its own ‘death’ in 1991. Perhaps a similar approach is now needed for the strange hauntological sensibilities of an increasingly hegemonic 21st century far-right; the ‘Spectres of Hitler’. My talk proceeds in three main sections. The first draws on the history of emotions to explore the hauntological tensions of online far-right nostalgia, and in particular the heterogenous melancholic psychology of the now already obsolete ‘alt-right’ phenomenon. The second traces these nostalgic tensions into the ever-intertwining networks of capital accumulation and (neo)reactionary social governance, drawing on Antonio Gramsci and Jean Baudrillard’s conflicting theoretical accounts of hegemony to understand this new and emerging ideological character of contemporary political economy.
    The third section extends this question of hegemony into the context of AI, its enabling of authoritarian and fascist politics, and the resulting hauntological impasse of antifascism. With AI’s reduction, marginalisation and precarisation of human labour in commodity production, are we in the age of a cruder, more brutal form of class
    domination at the expense of any meaningful pretence of cross-class cohesion or hegemony? If so, what do these mutations in the social and technological operation of ideology and hegemony mean for the formation of antifascist resistance? Drawing on Gramsci and Baudrillard’s theories of hegemony, I explore how this hauntological far-right sensibility and aesthetic is becoming hegemonic alongside the new technological infrastructures and diffusion of AI.
    One problem for (re)formulating antifascism today is that this mutating techno-fascist nostalgia is far from a sentimental break on neoliberal-capitalist temporality; nostalgia instead is becoming a catalyst of the latter’s acceleration.


    Autonomy Under Constraint: Algorithmic Discipline and the Persistence of Counter-Conduct in Music Streaming Culture
    Aminn Obermayer


    The contemporary promise of digital culture is organised around a constitutive paradox: liberation through personalisation. Streaming platforms, algorithmic feeds, and data-driven recommendation systems present themselves as infrastructures of choice and access, yet they operate by progressively constraining the field of cultural
    experience. This paper situates these systems within an expanded genealogy of Foucauldian panopticism, arguing that platform governance intensifies disciplinary power precisely by mobilising the rhetoric of freedom, convenience, and consumer sovereignty. Against claims of algorithmic inevitability, however, this paper identifies emergent practices of counter-conduct that disrupt platform rationality. Across disparate cultural sites—from the renewed uptake of college radio among Gen Z to anti-algorithm platforms such as ROVR and Baihui—users are not exiting algorithmic systems so much as strategically resisting them. The political significance of these counter-movements lies not in their capacity to overthrow algorithmic governance, but in their insistence on keeping struggle open. They preserve spaces for encounter, collectivity, and unanticipated discovery—capacities systematically eroded by platform logics of prediction and control. In doing so, they challenge the prevailing equation of autonomy with choice proliferation, suggesting instead that autonomy may emerge through selective refusal, constraint, and the persistence of social mediation. Spaces where people still choose for one another thus remain crucial sites of contestation within contemporary regimes of data capitalism. By mapping these tensions between subjection and resistance, this paper returns to Foucault not to diagnose algorithmic determinism, but to ask how cultural agency
    persists—fragile, partial, and contested—under conditions of ubiquitous surveillance and biopolitical management.


    Room FAB1.14 – 20: Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance – Panel 2, System Failure: Glitches, Breakdowns, and Presence


    Restricted Drawing: Embracing the Glitch as Creative Method
    (I) Instructor (artist name of Patrick Loan)


    This participatory workshop explores the concept of the “human glitch” through collective drawing practice, examining how deliberate breakdown and systemic failure can generate unexpected creative outcomes. Building directly on “Glitches, Blips and Bugs,” an exhibition I co-curated with Questioner in July 2025, this workshop extends
    the investigation of how glitch aesthetics manifest beyond the digital screen through physical media and disrupted processes.
    As part of that exhibition, Questioner and I performed a piece where physical restraint created a “human glitch” in the drawing process—Questioner attempted to draw the surrounding environment while I used masking tape to restrain his arms and legs, creating interference in what should be a meticulous, controlled activity. This workshop
    scales that initial experiment into a collective, systemic investigation, inviting participants to explore how error, friction, and breakdown can become generative creative methods.
    In her “Glitch Studies Manifesto” (2011), Rosa Menkman argues that glitches are not merely errors but moments that “break the flow of the ordinary” and expose the normally invisible structures of systems. When smooth operation fails, we suddenly see the machinery underneath—the protocols, dependencies, and fragilities that functional systems conceal. Glitches create “a lost opportunity to make the machine conform to protocol” and thus represent moments
    of deviation, rupture, and possibility. This workshop translates glitch theory from the digital realm into embodied,analog practice, revealing the gap between intention and execution, between systemic control and individual agency.
    The workshop centers on a collective instruction-based drawing system performed on a large shared surface. Participants follow simple, sequential drawing commands called out at regular intervals—”draw a circle,” “add vertical lines,” “fill an area with dots.” This creates an algorithmic, protocol-driven process where everyone executes identical instructions simultaneously, mirroring computational logic: standardized input, coordinated processing, and
    predictable output.
    However, as the drawing progresses, designated “interrupters” will physically restrain participants using masking tape, restricting their hands and arms. These constraints create human glitches—participants must continue attempting to follow instructions while physically restricted. The system begins to break down. Some areas develop density and coherence while others show gaps, distortions, and failed executions. The final drawing becomes a visual map of systemic degradation, revealing where the protocol succeeded and where it collapsed.
    This workshop addresses several key questions from the stream. Is the glitch the last space where human presence can be felt? By making breakdown physical and visible, the workshop suggests that error and friction mark human presence because they resist the smooth functioning that characterizes technological systems. How can embodied approaches serve as resistance to efficiency-driven creation? The deliberate introduction of restriction slows and
    complicates what should be a simple task, forcing participants to negotiate between systemic demands and bodily limitations.
    The session begins with a brief presentation of the original performance and glitch theory (5-10 minutes), followed by the collective drawing exercise (15-20 minutes), and concludes with group reflection on the process and artifact created (10 minutes). Participants will leave with both a collective artifact documenting the workshop’s glitches and an understanding of how breakdown, rather than precision, might offer productive territory for creative
    experimentation. In an era of platform aesthetics and standardized toolkits, perhaps the glitch—human or digital—remains a vital space for resistance, presence, and unexpected discovery.


    Interrupted Ice: Failure, Presence, and Method in Antarctic Imagery
    Liberty Quinn


    This paper examines interruption as a critical lens within digital climate imaging, exploring how technological failures and data anomalies in satellite documentation of Antarctica create new narratives about our relationship with remote environments amid climate breakdown.
    Drawing from my research-based artistic practice, I investigate how the instability of non-human imaging systems formulate visual metaphors for witnessing planetary transformation. Imagery of these landscapes creates a lexicon for understanding our human agency – revealing collapsing planetary systems across distances, data, and time scales.
    I ask whether technological breakdown might represent the final site where human interpretation, judgment, and embodied perception remain necessary. These systems try to capture the real-time acceleration of the Anthropocene yet continuously fail – producing
    corrupted data streams, sensor errors, and transmission failures. Within my practice, I position these interruptions not as technical inadequacies but as valuable disruptions that enhance our understanding rather than diminish it.
    More critically, I examine whether these moments of failure constitute the last point for human presence within environmental observation – spaces where subjective meaning reasserts itself against total operational images, or whether even our errors have become predictable, algorithmic, and automated. Interruption operates across multiple dimensions: it disrupts the sublimity of seamless environmental surveillance, reveals the material infrastructures embedded in ecological imaging, and creates temporal gaps that expose the incompatibility between human and geological timescales.
    This paper demonstrates how these moments of failure provide access to the limitations and politics of digital witnessing itself. Through examining glitches and transmission errors in Antarctic ice imagery, I connect research with my own artwork to open these dialogues – exposing what is concealed and revealed within the disrupted sublime nature, while questioning whether the glitch remains a space of human resistance or can open us up to new
    possibilities.
    By embracing interruption as method, I offer alternative approaches to visualising remote environments and create new narrative possibilities precisely when technology fails to grasp environmental complexity – investigating whether these failures still require us, or whether the machine has learned to interpret its own breakdowns without human
    intervention.



    Room FAB2.31 – 24: Bodies in Flux: Reimagining the Human Form in Contemporary Culture – Panel 1: Embodied Creativity, Sensory Knowledge & Artistic Resistance


    Stimming as Artistic Methodology: Relational Attunement, Sedimented Memory, and the Autistic Body as Haunted House
    Elinor Rowlands


    This paper-performance reframes autistic stimming not as repetition, pathology, or self-regulation, but as an artistic methodology for engaging trauma, memory, and what I describe as the somatic archive. Drawing on immersive art practice developed through my doctoral research and presentations at the Royal College of Art and multiscreen immersive installations, I position the autistic body as a haunted house in the woods: a structure in which histories,
    affects, and unresolved memories do not disappear, but linger, echo, and periodically re-emerge. Grounded in Husserl’s concept of sedimentation (2001), I argue that trauma is not only remembered cognitively but is inscribed somatically, settling into the body as latent strata. My work explores how these sedimented memories
    can erupt violently when uncontained, as experienced during a psychic crisis in Norway in 2018, where suppressed histories of wartime sexual violence surged through my sensorium as overwhelming, bodily affect. I understand this not as hallucination, but as an autistic body encountering unresolved collective memory without relational scaffolding.
    Within this context, stimming emerges as both survival response and aesthetic practice. When unsupported, stimming attempts to metabolise overwhelming affect; when structured through ritual, rhythm, and immersive environments, it becomes a poetic grammar that allows memory to surface without collapsing the body. I develop
    this through immersive, multisensory works that refuse representational metaphor and instead operate through what I term Alethephor: a mode of meaning-making that carries truth directly through sensation, movement, and spatial experience rather than symbolic representation.
    Using immersive technologies, multiscreen density, sound, and tactile environments, my practice externalises the autistic sensorium, allowing audiences to encounter memory as embodied, ecological, and relational. Works such as The Tarot Walk and Retelling of the Wild Woods demonstrate how land, body, and technology co-author experience. Here, the body is not a closed container of trauma but a porous structure in relation with place, history, and more-than-human agencies. The haunted house becomes navigable through stimming-as-method: a way of pacing, attuning, and re-wetting the autistic body, akin to the reactivation of peat bogs described through what I call Biodivergent Poetics.
    This contribution speaks directly to questions of trauma, memory, and embodiment by proposing stimming as an epistemological and artistic practice that challenges dominant medicalised and ableist frameworks. It situates autistic perception as a site of resistance to normative bodily regulation and argues for immersive art as a necessary methodology for engaging forms of memory that cannot be spoken, represented, or neatly contained. The session will combine paper, audiovisual material, and performative elements, inviting participants into an experiential encounter with autistic sensory knowing, and offering a reimagining of the body not as stable form, but
    as a haunted, living archive in flux


    The Soft Machinery of Refusal: Silicone, Simulation, and Queer Embodied Knowledge
    Yorgos Petrou


    In most surgical training labs, the human body is already a fiction. Silicone phantoms, plastic torsos, and colour-coded diagrams stand in for living tissue, yet their realism is only surface-deep. I first entered this world as a technician at Imperial College London, hired to design and fabricate anatomical models for surgical simulation. My work involved reverse-engineering tissue through touch: the drag of fascia, the lobules of fat, the slight resistance of nerves and sphincters. These models are designed to be punctured, entered, and discarded. Over time, I came to see them as ideological objects that imagine certain bodies as endlessly available for access, learning, and extraction. This raised a fundamental question: whose bodies does the system imagine as open, whose remain protected, overlooked, or
    refused?
    My practice now sits inside and against this framework. In my studio, which functions as a kind of rogue laboratory, I still produce anatomical phantoms for clinicians, but I also work with the waste these systems generate. Offcuts, torn membranes, miscast organs, broken moulds, and surplus silicone become the starting point for a different kind of
    body. These fragments are combined with low-value, discarded, or overlooked materials such as hair nets, agricultural tools, seashells, and rusted metal to form sculptural assemblages. These are bodies built from leftovers, fragility, scar tissue, and everyday life residue, asking what forms are deemed worthy of care, repair, visibility, or
    mourning.
    Within medical environments, the body is framed through control and classification. My work foregrounds friction and instability. Silicone itself becomes a collaborator: temperamental, fluid, sensitive, and prone to forming unexpected structures. In one project, I created arachnoid membranes by heat, pressure, and release to stretch
    uncured silicone until it formed delicate filigrees that echoed neural tissue. This slow, tentative gesture resembled caretaking more than fabrication and mirrored the vulnerability of anatomies historically absent or mistranslated in clinical research.
    My positionality shapes this practice. Growing up queer in rural Cyprus, embodied knowledge came through looking after indigenous land and plants, repair and improvisation rather than formal instruction. That inheritance now intersects with the tactile epistemologies of surgical training. The meeting of these two knowledge systems allows me to explore how bodies carry memory, displacement, and resistance and how they can exceed the structures that attempt to contain or classify them.
    This work resonates with practices such as those of Mona Hatoum, where political trauma and material form are inseparable. At the same time, it draws attention to the overlooked behind medical simulation, where non-male, racialised, and queer anatomies are still peripheral to the “universal” body model. My presentation will reflect on silicone as a material charged with ideological tension, resistance, and queer possibility and will include a short sound piece, images of sculptural works, and a brief film extract to situate the research within its tactile and material context. I approach this as a reclamation of authorship and care. I refuse to accept it as a crossover between art and science.
    In spaces that often demand detachment, I propose bodies that feel, materials that resist, and forms of knowledge cultivated through touch. Not all wounds can be stitched, but they can be held.


    Tactics of Softness: Embodied Negotiation in the Survival Performance Series
    Qiyao Chen


    During the “Zero-COVID” era in Mainland China (2020–2022), the human body was subjected to a rigid choreography of control. Public spaces were partitioned by digital health codes, and mobility was strictly regulated, transforming daily life into a series of authorised movements. In this presentation, I draw upon my performance documentation series, Survival, to demonstrate how the body can navigate and subtly disrupt this “state of exception.” This practice-
    based inquiry focuses on embodied negotiation to illustrate how “play” and “poetic gestures” function as tactical interventions to reclaim agency through romance, absurdity, and intimacy.
    The presentation begins by examining the reclamation of public space through collective play, specifically through the work Tugging (2022). Set in a major tourist landmark rendered surreally desolate by lockdowns, this intervention reimagines the use of restrictive barriers. My three collaborators and I used a 50-meter roll of industrial caution tape—the material specifically designed to segregate bodies—to engage in a magnified version of “cat’s cradle.” In this game,our entire bodies replaced the fingers typically used to manipulate the string. We continuously moved and shifted to construct evolving geometric patterns, becoming entangled within the very material meant to keep us apart. By transforming the semiotics of emergency into a kinetic, collective game, the work recodes the space and negotiates
    the distance between bodies through a tangible, playful tension.
    I then shift focus from the open square to the confined, mobile interior of the automobile, exploring how the body asserts agency within a “mobile cell.” In works such as Jingzhe (Awakening of Insects) and Piloting (both 2022), I frame the car paradoxically as both a shelter from the virus and a site of confinement. In Jingzhe, performed on a closed road, I fly a kite from a moving vehicle. While my physical body remains sealed within the metal capsule, the kite extends my agency into the sky, tethering the confined self to the open air in a “sterile awakening.” This strategy is further explored in Piloting, where I drive through a massive, empty tunnel that symbolizes severed connectivity. Holding burning fireworks out the open window, I perform a fleeting, romantic gesture that serves no functional purpose but acts as a visual defiance of the surrounding darkness. Both works acknowledge the physical limits of the “mobile cage” while using the vehicle’s motion to project presence outward, bridging the gap between the enclosed self and the external world.
    The presentation concludes by framing these performances as a form of “soft resistance.” In a biopolitical environment where direct confrontation is impossible, the artist employs uselessness and poetry to create “wiggles” within the rigid system. By negotiating with constraints rather than simply suffering them, these embodied actions
    assert that even when the body is bounded, the capacity for play remains a vital proof of survival.


    The Dance Media Performance Inside the Chain: A Human Confronting a Machine.
    Eka Zharinova


    Media theorist Marshall McLuhan views an artist’s role as helping others navigate new technology. The dance media performance “Inside the Chain” is specifically devoted to the exploration of how we as human beings react to what is offered to us by the machines (in real time during the performance), as well as to the interplay between a human and a machine. During the solo performance “Inside the Chain”, the performer and the audience observe what happens in real time, quickly reacting to constantly changing conditions, which may include momentary desires. Together with collaborators, we sought clarity in the relationships between dance and technology and aimed to balance them in the performance. Thus, we attempted to organize two open loops: {projected image} → {dancer’s motion} in the first part of the performance and {dancer’s motion} → {projected image} in the second part. Two-way dependence between the dancer’s motion and projected images reflects the experience of Two-Way Communication appearing in new media. Building a visible relationship between dance and technology can be treated as an attempt to critique, as well as interact and cooperate with the media that shapes us.
    Performance “Inside the Chain” devising credits: idea, choreography, and performance by Eka Zharinova; software
    by Denis Perevalov, with assistance by Olga Annenkova and Tatyana Nadymova; design by Anna Vozzhennikova, with advice by Yulia Simakova; sound by Leksha Yankov.


    Room FAB2.32 – 28: Crime and Media, Panel 3, Representing/Narrating Crime and Punishment


    Crime, True Crime, and the Truth: Implications of Mediated Representations of Crime for the Future of Criminology.
    Bethany Hicking


    Content covering real-life crime – AKA true crime content – has skyrocketed in popularity over the last few years, however the extent to which “true” crime is representative is highly contested. The impact that this content may be having on undergraduate students is pertinent to address, especially in the context of increasing digitalisation, and the commercialisation of higher education. Is true crime content giving students a false perception of what academic criminology entails? If so, is it affecting their choice of degree, and wider, their career?
    It has been established by existing research that degree choice is highly individualised, but that obtaining a criminology degree becomes the natural choice for true crime enthusiasts. Research has also shown academics discuss cohort surprise that criminology as a discipline is sociological and theoretical in nature, and that the
    university experience has become a tool to gain employment, rather than an exercise in free and critical thinking – to some, marking the ‘demise of theory’.
    Goals for this research include the identification of whether true crime consumption is, indeed, an unspoken prerequisite for undertaking academic criminology at university, and whether any consumption of true crime content is impacting undergraduate students’ degree choice and course satisfaction, aiming to fill a gap in the literature (regarding a population neglected by previous research) into the many implications of the creation and consumption of true crime content.
    This research was conducted using a mixed-methods approach, employing a quantitative survey and repeated qualitative semi-structured interviews, before being thematically analysed to address the goals listed above. While the project is not complete, initial findings indicate that the consumer demographics present in existing true crime research are replicated in the undergraduate sample, and moreover, that 60% of undergraduate students sampled agree that the consumption of true crime content influenced their decision to study criminology. Initial interview findings present that third year and mature students are more cognisant of the differences between true crime content and academic criminology, whereas first year students are more likely to be surprised that the discipline comprises of theory. Participants also noted COVID repeatedly, indicating that the pandemic and ensuing lockdowns were involved in their initial (or resurging) interest in true crime and criminology both.
    Implications of the research findings will be crucial in readjusting student expectations and understandings of criminology as an academic discipline away from heavily mediated, recreationally consumed true crime content, as these students will learn the discipline and serve as ambassadors in professional practice, academia, and other areas of social life.


    The (Non-)Spectacle of Prison: Examining the Pains of Imprisonment in Dennis Kelly’s Waiting for the Out
    Tirza Sey


    Cultivation theory posits that prolonged exposure to television can shape public perceptions of social reality. In the context of punishment, fictional representations of prisons have frequently relied on hyperbolic narratives, depicting incarceration either as unfairly lenient or as excessively violent. Existing scholarship has examined the limitations of such media portrayals, highlighting their failure to capture the routine and monotonous realities of imprisonment.
    However, comparatively little attention has been paid to media that deliberately subvert these dominant tropes, instead portraying incarceration in a more nuanced, candid and humanising manner. Addressing this gap, this paper reflects on the BBC six-part drama Waiting for the Out as a case study of non-sensationalist prison representation, a series centred on a philosophy teacher delivering classes to a small group of men in a medium-security prison.
    Modifying Crewe’s (2011) three contemporary ‘pains of imprisonment’, developed from Sykes’ (1958) foundational framework, this paper operationalises these pains as specific frames to examine how covert psychological power over prisoners is represented in the show. The paper further examines how the dehumanising effects of such control
    intersect with themes of hegemonic masculinity, fatherhood, remorse, and mental instability, which the prisoners are forced to navigate within the institutional confines of the prison. The paper concludes by considering how representations of this kind may contribute to prison-reformist discourse by challenging dominant perceptions of
    prisoners and their capacity for rehabilitation, while also engaging with the growing view of the prison as an ineffective, liminal space in which prisoners are made to wait for release.


    An Evaluation of the Reclaimed Voices Project
    Mark Yin


    This presentation draws from an evaluation I undertook with a youth-led organisation in Melbourne, Australia, of a documentary project, Reclaimed Voices. The documentary sought to challenge news media narratives about young South Sudanese Australians, which are steeped in risk and criminality; the evaluation involved attendance at
    screenings, interviews with cast/crew and surveying audience members.
    In this presentation, I share findings from these activities, drawing from visual and documentary criminology and the racial politics of visibility as organising themes. I discuss firstly the aims of the film, in terms of challenging the criminalising narratives surrounding South Sudanese young people in Australia. Counternarrative, I argue, is in itself a form of epistemological justice, experienced by African Australian audiences as empowering, in contrast to the typically objectifying depictions in news media. In breaking the mold of objectification, it is also agentic in ways that can surprise non-African Australian audiences. I then turn to the role of the live screening in rendering not only the film and its subjects agentically visible, but also
    its viewers, and the varying responses they may have to it, live and in person. I consider what it means not just for African Australians to take up space in the media landscape, but also physically as a community in the settings where these films are screened.
    In this sense, I suggest that the documentary is not only a form of epistemological justice in its subject matter, or as a lone storytelling project, but as a tool for repeated storytelling events.


    The Revolution Will Not Be Televised, But Your Sentence Will: Sentencing remarks as hegemonic icons of justice
    Henrique Carvalho


    This paper explores the role of sentencing remarks as iconic contemporary representations of justice. Sentencing remarks have an important cultural role in one of the primary public representations of the justice system in England and Wales: remarks for serious and notorious crimes are livestreamed and fervently reported by news media, then made permanently available at a ‘Courts’ channel on YouTube, maintained by Sky News. More generally, they have a significant hold on the public imagination regarding matters of justice, not only due to the remarks themselves, but also to how they intimately relate to images and articulations of offending, victimhood, law and order. The paper will offer an aesthetic analysis of sentencing remarks as cultural artefacts. It will first discuss the iconic character of these remarks – how they offer evocative and familiar images intimately tied to hegemonic imaginaries of justice. It will then unsettle this hegemonizing character, focusing on how it comes with two significant costs. The first is the perpetuation of significant aesthetic injustice, that is, of ways of sensing and imagining that reinforce structures and relations of oppression. The second, and related, cost is an impoverishment of our sense of justice, which remains trapped within punitive logics. The paper concludes with some reflections on how looking critically at sentencing remarks can press the need for us to reimagine justice.



    15:30-16:00 – Break



    16:00 – 17:30 – Parallel Sessions 4

    Room FAB 0.23 – 28: Autoethnography as Critical Praxis – Lived Experience, Reflexivity, and Identity – Panel 1


    Becoming a Critical Scholar: Autoethnography on how Work Psychology Suppresses Critical Voices
    P. Matthijs Bal & Mehmet A. Orhan


    The field of Work and Organizational Psychology has a dominant (post-) positivistic paradigm (Johnson & Cassell, 2001) and has no tradition of critical perspectives. Recently, more critical perspectives and work have emerged in the field (e.g., Abrams et al., 2023; Bal & Dóci, 2018). The two authors of this piece have been at the forefront of the introduction of critical perspectives to the field. At the same time, during the last 10 years of becoming critical scholars, the authors also experienced a strong backlash and resistance to their critical work by fellow scholars in the field. This autoethnographic study is based on the analysis of 31 ‘events’ where our critical work was suppressed by
    fellow scholars in the field. This included rejection letters, reviews, anecdotes from conversations at conferences or other public events, emails, experiences during job interviews, and published commentaries on our work. We analyzed these data to assess how critical work is suppressed in a dominant non-critical field. Through our critical discourse analysis, we elucidate four main ways through which critical scholarship is excluded, suppressed, and silenced. Figure 1 shows the four main ways, and how these unfold. We found that critical scholarship is excluded through the closing of space (in journals, conferences or other public space) on reasons of not fitting with hegemonic norms. A next step to exclude critical scholarship is through discrediting critical work or the content of critical work.
    For instance, critical work is often called ‘ideological’ and contrasted to objective, neutral research. A more extensive form of exclusion concerns the discrediting of critical research (e.g., that it is not the task of work psychologists to engage in critique), or even discrediting critical researchers through personal attacks. Finally, a more direct and
    ultimate way is to enforce a disciplinary control, which includes the direct exclusion of critical researchers, and the explicit distancing from critical researchers. Jointly, this paper is not the first to show that critical scholarship is silenced and suppressed, but it does show how such dynamics unfold, and building on actual experiences of critical
    researchers how their work and their characters are discredited by the hegemonic elites in an attempt to keep critical scholarship out of a disciplinary field. The paper aims to inform contemporary discussions on how academic freedom is threatened, and how voices within academia are silenced and suppressed.


    From Africa to Europe to Asia in One Childhood: Unravelling Complex Narratives through Hybrid Life Writing & Autoethnography
    Abíọ́dún Abdu


    This interdisciplinary, phenomenological research project looks at how racism affects isolated Black lives in low diversity regions. Through hybrid life writing, the research focuses on my unique experiences as a Yorùbá-Nigerian secondary school student in Scots-Britain and then Japan, mixing culture-hopping narratives with factual insights into
    sociology, psychology, anthropology, linguistics, history and more to give essential context to this complex life journey. The main methodology is therefore autoethnography, aiding comprehension of wider cultural experience than fact and reportage allow, and successfully applied in bestselling books such as:

    ‘Why I’m No Longer Talking to White People About Race’ by Reni Eddo-Lodge

    ‘Brit(ish): Race, Identity and Belonging’ by Afua Hirsch

    ‘Natives: Race and Class in the Ruins of Empire’ by Akala

    However, autoethnography as a hybrid creative/academic methodology is often met with pushback with ethnographers and/or sociologists claiming it’s ‘too artful’, criticising the potential bias of personal experiences as a sole data source. Similarly, creative writers claim autoethnography is ‘too scientific’, criticising academic features
    including data storytelling visuals/diagrams for jolting the reader ‘out of the narrative’. Therefore, why do reading focus groups contradict both streams of criticism by consistently giving positive feedback on this niche storytelling delivery? This research project consequently also explores the opportunities and limits of the principal autoethnography genre, increasingly described as ‘memoir-polemics’ in the 21st century, and the effectiveness of hybrid life writing for race-related content to facilitate global education and promote intercultural understanding when hopping from Africa to Europe to Asia in one childhood.


    Sense of Self Emerging: Autoethnography, Psychoanalysis and Action Research
    Gorana Sandrić


    This paper explores a developing approach to self-understanding that brings together autoethnography, psychoanalytic theory and action research methodology. It examines how new forms of self can emerge through engagement with extended epistemology, rooted in autoethnography and psychoanalytic inquiry within action research methodology. The study asks: How can I interpret cultural and transgenerational influences and discover my own sense of self? The research is based on a life lived “in between”, spanning life in two regions and cultures, a professional shift from corporate leadership to Jungian analytic training, being both a daughter and a mother to the
    daughter, and belonging and not-belonging. These liminal spaces are seen as areas where power, internal narrative, identity, and culture are both reinforced and challenged.
    Engaging reflexively with identity, gender and culture, the research foregrounds how patriarchal scripts, classed expectations and family histories are taken into the body as inner voices, affects and symptoms. Autoethnography here is not an “add-on” method but the overall research design: narrative vignettes, dreams, imaginal exercises, art-based methods and performative practices such as clowning and ritual writing are woven into an extended epistemology of experiential, presentational, propositional and practical knowing. The work is done through the voice and pains of the soul, becoming, as Romanyshyn calls it, “a wounded researcher”. One of the author’s initial
    outcomes is the symbiosis of the two fields, a theme for further exploration. These practices are held within an action research frame that understands “living life as inquiry” as both an ontological stance and a methodological commitment, with iterative cycles of reflection and action directed towards reconfiguring inherited patterns.
    Across the text, three internal personas – Tonin, Alba and Mudra – crystallise as figures who embody, respectively, patriarchal and positivist inheritances, a reemerging feminine agency, and a deeper ancestral or transpersonal wisdom. Internal interviews with these personas become dialogical sites where normative cultural injunctions are voiced, contested and partially renegotiated. Psychoanalytic perspectives, especially Jungian notions of the personal and collective unconscious and work on transgenerational transmission of trauma, provide a conceptual “seat” for reading recurring images and family stories as expressions of wider cultural and historical dynamics rather than purely individual failings. Finally, the paper uses narrative form to emphasise the intersection of personal and cultural elements. It illustrates shifts in philosophical stance – from positivism and critical theory to participatory and feminist phenomenological and psychoanalytic perspectives – not as mere abstract paradigm changes but as tangible, lived experiences in how the author situates herself within traditions, culture, and gendered power. By tracing the flow of images, voices, and stories over time, the inquiry depicts a transition from being primarily a “received knower,” moulded by cultural and familial norms, to developing a more constructivist, relational, and self-directed sense of identity that stays in conversation with, rather than under the control of, its cultural and transgenerational origins. In this way, it presents autoethnography as a form of critical thought: a complex practice that combines analysis, creativity, and emotional
    engagement.



    Room FAB 1.10 – 24: Hegemonies, Counter-Hegemonies, Anti-Hegemonies: Theory and Politics of Social Control and Resistance – Panel 3, Building Challengers, Mounting Challenges


    Re-emergence of the Far Right and weaponisation of white identity politics: a major challenge for Antiracism.
    Stephen Cowden and Gurnam Singh


    Once considered a political aberration, the far right has dramatically re-emerged across Europe and the US and is now seeking to fundamentally transform the social, economic and cultural dimensions of society. In the UK, the far right occupies a new political space which combines street based and electoral politics, alongside sophisticated use of the online space. The success of this strategy is evidenced in the way forms of racist and misogynist authoritarianism have come to the centre of British politics in a manner which the left and liberals previously assumed impossible. There are many dimensions to how this has happened, but here we wish to focus on the role played by
    identity politics, and in particular the way the far right has weaponised questions of white identity and national belonging.
    We define identity politics as the process of understanding social formations, politics and social behaviour through the lens of innate or quasi-innate personal identities. While questions of identity cannot be ignored, neither are they simply self-evident; rather they are the outcome of political and social forces and conflicts, including political and economic interests. We are in a situation where both the left and the right are trapped in battles around identity politics, where both have displaced material concerns into questions of identity, but which the right is clearly winning.
    Rather than ‘culture war,’ the antiracist left needs to recover and reconstruct the critical and organisational resources through which fascism was fought by previous generations, where it was understood through the lens of political power and political economy. This requires a reorientation for the left, moving from a focus on identity toward a
    broader vision of human emancipation based on what we hold in common as people in society.


    ‘Spillover Geographies’ of U.S Authoritarianism and Imperfect Solidarities
    Zac Gunaratnam-Bailey and Amber Murrey


    In 1979, Stuart Hall diagnosed Thatcherism as the “great moving right show”, a hegemonic project of the right that condensed diffuse popular anxieties into a spectacle of authoritarian populism, while the left remained theoretically and politically paralysed. Nearly half a century later we confront a comparable conjuncture with its epicentre in the United States, with the Trump government turning to authoritarianism and imperial plunder as its position as the “hegemonic anchor of world capitalism” slips away (Robinson, 2026). This ‘Trumpism’ is globalised in scale and amplified through new infrastructures of circulation.
    Our presentation argues that this regime and its allied far-right formations demand a renewed analysis attentive to what we term ‘Spillover Geographies’; the mechanisms through which shifts in US imperial power reverberate outward, recalibrating thresholds of political legitimacy and reshaping the coordinates of ‘acceptability’ in political discourse – a great moving right on the transnational scale. Against purity as political horizon, we propose ‘imperfect solidarities’ as an analytical framework and strategic orientation, in acknowledgment of political coalition as necessarily animated by contradiction, friction, and discomfort. This presentation will draw on a forthcoming editorial piece to explore how a geographically attuned analysis might help identify practices and resources through which
    counter-hegemonic solidarities could be formed. Unlike the authoritarian right, whose coalitions are held together by exclusion and political spectacle, we argue that the left must work through, rather than against, the frictions of imperfect solidarities. What kind of alliances are capable of doing this uncomfortable work? What can attention to the spatial unevenness of spillover and resistance reveal about the emergence of counter hegemonic breakthroughs?


    Resistance through Coalition and Alliance
    Maëlle Roussel


    What can be done about the ‘carbon coalition’ (Charbonnier, 2025), i.e. a reactionary, capitalist and fossil fuel bloc that currently seems to dominate the global order? My hypothesis is that we need to form new coalitions and alliances, linking different struggles (anti-capitalist, feminist, decolonial and environmentalist in particular) in a common mode of resistance – considering the failures or shortcomings of the protests and movements of the previous decade, but also the strengths we have inherited. This collaborative work would need to be defended and pursued to strategically oppose this ‘carbon coalition’. Nevertheless, how can we ensure that different struggles can come together to form a shared front? My guiding statement will be that it is certainly necessary to propose a collective response, without
    erasing the uniqueness of the individuals involved. In this sense, it would be inappropriate to equate alliance or coalition with unification, unity or homogenisation. My work will therefore focus on nurturing the practice of coalitions and alliances, highlighting both their conditions of possibility and their normative framework.
    I defend that these struggles are or should be directed towards a common goal, namely socio-environmental or ‘ecosocial’ justice, conceived not as an abstract ideal but in material terms. I will therefore attempt to conceptualise these plural alliances based on the category of intersectionality, as a critical category for analysing intersecting
    oppressions and as a category for action. I will also seek to think of resistance as a work of composition: not as a rediscovered unity, but as a continuous practice capable of inventing new political and relational repertoires.


    Highlighting both elite exploitation and benefits of equitable policy to mobilise
    Ruth Woolsey


    Studies show that some are more mobilisable to progressive politics than others with recent research showing that people characterised by a more authoritarian disposition are unlikely to be convinced to support a fairer distribution of wealth even when they are shown evidence that this is possible and beneficial to society as a whole. However, others have acknowledged that they were not aware that, even in theory, society can be structured in a more egalitarian way due to not being exposed to redistributive ideas and were interested about the possibilities. In the same study it was also found that people are resentful about elite exploitation but it is not always at the forefront of
    their minds with negative stories of the most marginalised being most pervasive in the media.
    These findings provide some useful ideas for campaigners genuinely interested in addressing poverty. For example, highlighting to the general public as well as policy makers that redistribution is possible and beneficial to everyone (that is even acknowledged by the IMF) and by showing consistently and emphatically that poverty is a product of
    narcissistic behaviour of the oligarchical ruling class not the behaviour of the most marginalised might gain more support for lobbying governments to redistribute wealth more fairly. Greed and lack of empathy of this ruling class have to be exposed, the status associated with wealth removed and given to those who care, literally, to be able to
    thrive and not just survive.



    Room FAB1.14 – 20: Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance – Panel 3, Navigating Creative Limits: From Fatigue to Innovation


    Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance
    Thomas Nicolaou


    I propose a talk, perhaps featuring a short film of letterpress prints being produced, (possibly featuring reflections from the tutor/helper printer Paul Nash tbc) – on the age of technology, fatigue, failure and resistance [2-3 mins]), as well as an edition of the hand-letterpress prints The Flowers of Chaucer, should be presented as part of the following stream; “Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance”
    The process of producing seven letterpress prints over a period of six months, in 2013 / 2014, was at a point in my life where I was looking for more participation in an off-screen world. I was becoming fatigued as a book designer, and was looking for a project to do off-screen, back to nature (or lead even). Ultimately, exploring materials and myself as a designer, printer and publisher. As I had not done an art foundation course, I was always curious about the letterpress process, having studied and worked for most of my life with the digital publishing process. In 2013, there was a meeting for a Book Arts group show, we(artists) all met at in a room at the Botanical Gardens at the University of Oxford. I had selected (by chance) from the archives of the ‘The Gardeners’ Chronicle’ an article containing ‘The Flowers of Chaucer and Gower’. I remember first thinking of reproducing Chaucer’s words, almost as
    letterpress-produced ‘tweets’ as well as potential pages from a ‘big book’ (which was never realised).

    Pass-the-Block: Transforming Creative Fatigue into Collective Creativity
    Renia Korma


    This workshop invites participants to explore the challenges of creative fatigue and moments of artistic blockage, including those influenced by digital tools and technology-driven workflows. Rather than seeing these moments as obstacles, participants will discover how they can spark imagination and lead to unexpected, collaborative outcomes.
    Through playful, reflective, and interactive activities, participants will engage with personal and shared experiences of creative hesitation, experimenting with new ways of thinking and making. The session highlights how moments of pause or resistance can be transformed into opportunities for insight, experimentation, and collective creativity, revealing how technology, limitations, and human ingenuity intersect in contemporary artistic practice.
    Learning Outcomes: Recognize how creative blocks can become sources of inspiration.
    Explore playful, collaborative, and experimental approaches to
    creative challenges.
    Appreciate the generative potential of fatigue, hesitation, and resistance in both individual and shared creative practice.



    Room FAB2.31 – 24: Bodies in Flux: Reimagining the Human Form in Contemporary Culture – Panel 2, Legibility, Regulation & Belonging

    Correctable Bodies: Gender, Racial Legibility, and the Embodied Politics of Refugee Belonging.
    Sepita Hatami


    This paper argues that Middle Eastern refugee women’s narratives reframe the body not as a passive container of suffering, but as an active site where displacement, racial legibility, and gendered regulation are continuously negotiated. While refugee discourse often privileges trauma as verbal testimony and treats the refugee as a
    speechless figure of loss, the texts examined here show that female refugee subjectivity is repeatedly produced through embodied orientation, bodily discipline, and corporeal meaning-making. In this framework, the female body becomes both a surface of interpretation and a political instrument that is read, monitored, and corrected across national borders, institutions, and intimate spaces.
    Drawing on memoir and fiction by refugee women in Canada and the United States, this paper demonstrates how displacement persists as a continuity that travels with the body, rather than a singular event resolved through resettlement. The narratives foreground the ways patriarchal and nationalist mechanisms such as veiling regimes,
    spatial divisions of public/private life, and moral policing shape women’s bodily self-understanding in the country of origin, while host societies impose new frameworks of scrutiny through racialization, assimilation demands, and institutional credibility. In this context, the body operates as a contested terrain where belonging is never secured but constantly negotiated through visibility, concealment, self-surveillance, and corrective performance.
    Methodologically, this paper reads the body as a somatic archive: a site where trauma is not only remembered but lived through orientation, restriction, and everyday bodily practices. By centering embodiment, the analysis challenges dominant victimhood archetypes and the white savior narrative, replacing them with a model of refugee agency grounded in bodily resistance, narrative invention, and the reconstitution of identity through corporeal experience.
    Ultimately, this paper contributes to interdisciplinary debates on embodiment by theorizing refugee women’s writing as a political critique of how bodies become governable, legible, and contested under intersecting regimes of gender, race, and displacement.


    What is femininity, and how is it experienced by non-binary and genderqueer (NBGQ) people?
    Luca Richardson


    This paper explores how NBGQ individuals might engage with femininity within the gender-binary social context. Do they experience femininity at all? And if so, how do they resist, embrace or reimagine it in relation to their non-binary identity?
    Using qualitative research methods, this paper analyses data from eighteen semi-structured interviews and photo elicitation with NBGQ individuals. Participants were aged 21 – 46 and resided in the UK. They spoke about their relationship to femininity, including their thoughts on such subjects as gender roles, gender stereotypes and the
    gatekeeping of femininity experienced by those whose femininity does not align with dominant social expectations. Analysis reveals that participants spoke of the complexity of femininity. They talked of understanding that there are multiple femininities; they shared how they access and/or reject femininity and offered insights into how bodies and embodiment are important to their expression and participation in femininity. This embodied expression of femininity is complicated by their non-binary identity, and this tension was evident in how they described their performance of femininity (if any). The embodied practices that they shared reveal how their bodies become sites through which femininity is either adopted, confronted or queered.
    A central provocation during the interviews was: “Tell me what you think femininity is.” Their responses were many and varied, centring femininity as relational and enacted. Drawing on Judith Butler’s theory of gender performativity, this paper examines how NBGQ people embody or reject performativity and how femininity can be both constraining and liberating.
    Contemporary society in the UK is marred by a rise in anti-trans rhetoric, and discussions around the nature of gender and femininity are weaponised against a marginalised population. This paper contributes to gender and sociology studies of trans and non-binary identities, femininity and the precarious nature of the gender binary. It shows how exploring NBGQ identities yields a more nuanced and expansive awareness of femininity and gender performance.


    Synergistic Hiddenness: Autistic Women, Embodiment, and the politics of Invisibility in Hidden Homelessness
    Jane Steele


    This talk stems from the cultural imperative of dieting and weight loss that essential to competition formats of martial arts and combat sports (MACS). Athletes seek out informal expertise on weight management practices to achieve the culturally normalised body ideals. This search for knowledge neatly aligns with sociological research emphasising the cultural significance of experiential knowledge that is consonant with performance narratives, rather than the dubious view of medical knowledge (Monaghan, 2001; Al Hashmi and Matthews, 2022). Weight management practices are carried out due to both tacit and overt messaging within MACS spaces of how athletic bodies should look (Atkinson, 2011).
    The analysis demonstrates how coaches and fellow athletes reinforce strict regimes that normalise risky body cultures as markers of athletic legitimacy. Interview data shows how public weigh-ins and routinised “body talk” create surveillance and control mechanisms that police athlete actions and attitudes around diet. Those who do not
    conform to these narrow body ideals risk marginalisation, and verbal abuse (Stirling and Kerr, 2008; Pettersson et al., 2013). Such experiences provide an example of Papathomas’ (2018) claim that the sport ethic (Hughes and Coakley, 1991) is a coercive ideology, due to repressive control that pushes athletes towards over-conformity of
    culturally reproduced body ideals. Therefore, MACS spaces emerge as a subculture where athlete agency is constrained by the institutionalisation of weight management.
    The long-term effects of weight management practices include disordered eating, body dysmorphia, and RED-S, revealing the enduring impact beyond competitive careers. Examples such as this highlight, is how ‘extitutional’ behaviours and emotions shaped in one space, travel with people beyond their athletic careers. This is of concern when the behaviours that are encouraged directly interfere with ‘good health’ and instead prioritise ideologies around sporting performance.



    Room FAB2.32 – 28: Work and career in the Neoliberal Edu-factory: Systemic Pressures and Inequities – Panel 3, Academic precarity in the Edu-factory


    Existential Precarity: An Autoethnographic reflection of the proletarianisation of knowledge
    Marianna Lucas Casanova


    This proposal aims to reflect on the proletarianisation of knowledge, as conceptualised by Stiegler, connecting it with existential precarity (which reflects not only precarity at work but macrosocial forms of psychosocial uncertainty), through an autoethnographic reflection on the author’s experiences as a professional, researcher and academic in the contemporary University throughout the last twenty years.
    Inspired by Marx, Marcuse and others, Stiegler analyses proletarianisation as an historic process, that starts with the industrial revolution and the scientific organisation of work. This first stage generated a loss of savoir-faire, that deprives workers of initiative, agency and professional knowledge, losing the capacity to individuate themselves – thus proletarianising them. The second stage of proletarianisation reflects the loss of the savoir-vivre: the standardisation of experiences, behaviours and desires that is engendered through consumerism. Shaped when Ford transformed working-producers into consumers by making his automobiles accessible to his own workers, it has evolved into hyper-consumerism in which marketing and advertising are individualised psychological manipulation technics that foster immediate gratification, though fleeting, void and frustrating. Digital technologies have complexified these processes, making us products of the libidinal economy and ensuring consumers participate willingly in their own enslaving in an economy that is based on endless production to promote endless consumption.
    The last stage has developed in parallel to this libidinal economy, making knowledge (connaissance, savoir) another commodity/product in the market through its reduction to an essentialist-type: skills, competences, or technology, seeking to calculate what is incalculable and intangible. Higher Education Institutions and degrees are evaluated by the “employability” of their graduates, by the return-on-investment graduates experience in the labour market, and research policies value technoscience. Knowledge became a production force and so, legitimation criteria for funding are performance, efficiency, added value and economic impact. With these movements, the university has become not only dependent on, but increasingly determined by the markets, which control public policies on research and the selective investment in technoscience. With this, the capacity to theorise is neglected and academia is devoid of its function: reaching the loss of the savoir-théoriser. Policies value technoscience over philosophy, social sciences, psychology, humanities or arts; high impact papers are overestimated for productivity and performance evaluation purposes; scientific journals look down on theoretical papers; academics spend their time applying for funding: we have reached the proletarianisation of knowledge. In this context, even the intellectual worker no longer truly theorises, their labour has also been reduced to negotium. It is in this milieu that, according to Stiegler, emerges the urgency of theory.
    Moving from a position as a psychologist / career counsellor to become a researcher on the experience of work, unemployment and precarity through a critical approach that puts social justice at the centre, the author will reflect on her path as characterised by forms of existential precarity to offer an analysis of the proletarianisation of
    knowledge in the contemporary world and academia, concluding with a call for the reconstruction of theory to build solidarity, utopia, and thus transform the desert into a human world.


    When Academic Games Collide: Returning PhDs, Normative Dissonance, and Hidden Precarity
    Umut Erksan Senalp


    Across global higher education systems, academic careers are increasingly shaped by precarity, metric-driven evaluation regimes, and market-oriented governance. While existing research has extensively documented contractual insecurity among early career researchers, less attention has been paid to the longer-term and less visible forms of precarity experienced by internationally trained academics who return to national systems governed by different institutional and normative logics. This paper addresses this gap by examining the experiences of academics who completed their PhDs abroad and subsequently entered the Turkish higher education system.
    Drawing on the concept of normative dissonance, the paper conceptualises academic return not simply as a geographic or professional transition, but as a collision between distinct academic “games”. On the one hand, returnees are socialised into globalised norms of academic work characterised by transparency, merit-based
    evaluation, and publish-or-perish imperatives. On the other hand, they encounter locally embedded performance regimes marked by opaque criteria, informal networks, fragmented evaluation practices, and heightened political and organisational sensitivities. This misalignment produces forms of hidden precarity that persist even after the
    attainment of formal job security. Empirically, the study focuses on academics employed in Turkish universities who obtained their doctoral degrees abroad. It adopts a mixed qualitative design combining an anonymous, perception-based survey with semi-structured interviews. The survey captures academics’ subjective assessments of institutional performance criteria, merit and
    recognition, informal practices, institutional trust, career uncertainty, practices of silence and waiting, and impacts on well-being. The interviews allow for a deeper exploration of how these perceptions are formed, negotiated, and managed over time. The research design prioritises ethical sensitivity, avoiding institutional identification while
    foregrounding participants’ own interpretations of career progression, acceptable academic conduct, and everyday coping strategies.
    Analytically, the paper shifts the focus from contractual insecurity alone to the normative, symbolic, and affective dimensions of academic precarity. It examines how practices of waiting, strategic silence, selective compliance, and self-restraint emerge not as signs of passivity, but as active survival strategies under conditions of institutional ambiguity and perceived vulnerability. These practices involve substantial invisible labour, including the ongoing management of ethical discomfort, professional identity, and concerns about reputational or institutional retaliation.
    Over time, such conditions contribute to constrained agency, hindered career progression, diminished institutional trust, and cumulative affective consequences, including stress, exhaustion, and disruptions to personal well-being and academic motivation.
    By foregrounding normative dissonance as a central mechanism through which precarity is reproduced within ostensibly secure academic positions, the paper contributes to critical debates on academic labour, neoliberal university governance, and the politics of voice, silence, and compliance in higher education. It concludes by drawing on participants’ articulated needs for clarity, guidance, and support to outline institutional implications, including transparent evaluation frameworks, structured re-entry mentoring, and protections for voice and dissent. In doing so, the paper responds to calls within critical higher education research to move beyond diagnosis toward interventions that engage seriously with the lived realities of contemporary academic work.


    Proposals for a fairer retribution system in academic publishing.
    Daniele Bruno Garancini


    It has long been observed that there are problems with the economics of academic publishing. In the early 2000s, this was dubbed the ‘serial crisis’ (McGuigan 2004). At its core, the worry is that large publishing companies such as Elsevier and Taylor & Francis have excessive margins: the price of their services grows faster than inflation while their costs remain low because they researchers mostly work for academic journals on a volunteer basis. Open access publishing was presented as a potential solution for the serial crisis (Young 2009; Van Noorden 2013). Open access, non-profit academic journals can offer the same service that publishers offer for its real cost. Thus—it was thought—if many such journals are created, market forces will force publishers to reduce their prices or go out of business. This proposal was unsuccessful. Publishers did change their practices to incorporate in their portfolios a great many open access, or ‘pay-to-publish’ journals, but this did not lower their margins (Grossmann and Brembs 2021; Khoo 2019; Garancini 2026). New proposals include the idea of replacing journals with online preprint archives (Heesen and Bright
    2021; Brembs et al. 2023). The idea here is, again, that an alternative to costly publications could offer the same service for a fraction of the price. The problem with this is that just as they moved into the open access business in the 2010s, publishers could now move to acquire archives. Indeed, in 2024 Elsevier has invested in SSRN, an open
    access online preprint community. It is quite possible that this will allow Elsevier to adapt to an environment dominated by online archives without lowering its margins. Another proposal could stem from the open science movement, which proposes to change the regulations for evaluating academic’s performance to place more emphasis on cooperation and less on published outputs (Leonelli, Spichtinger, and Prainsack 2015; Levin et al. 2016).
    The idea here would be that by reducing the pressure to publish or perish for academics, the open science movement could reduce the number of submissions to academic journals, which drives up profits. The trouble is, again, publishers can adapt to the new environment. Nothing in the open science movement prevents publishers from
    continuing to ask for unreasonable prices for publishing the research that does get published. Moreover, the emphasis on cooperation offers publishers opportunities for new revenue streams, say, creating services to monitor researchers’ interactions. A more promising proposal is to introduce regulations that require publishers to
    compensate their workforce (Aczel et al. 2021; Cheah and Piasecki 2022; Seghier 2024; Garancini 2026). Publishers can have such high margins because they traditionally have very low costs. Indeed, researchers are not paid for their contributions to academic journals, editors typically work on a volunteer basis, and so do peer-reviewers. If publishers were required to compensate researchers for these services, unless their prices raised vertiginously, their margins
    would have to decrease no matter what other factors—transition to open access publishing, online preprint archives, and new open science regulations—are at play. Moreover, because publishers’ revenues are distributed directly to researchers, this proposal has the added benefit of reducing job insecurity in academia. What kind of contract should publishers offer to researchers that traditionally have been working for them on a volunteer basis? One proposal would be to require publishers to pay royalties for the publication of research articles. This proposal has two major limits. First, it does not offer a viable retribution system for editors and peer-reviewers who do not own the intellectual property for an article and are often anonymous. Second, this proposal clashes with the ideas of the open science
    movement. Researchers are increasingly inclined—as they should—to make their work freely available under licences such as creative commons licenses; a proposal for a fairer retributive system in academia should not interfere with that. A slightly more viable proposal would be to introduce requirements for minimum-wage compensation in academic publishing. In this model, researchers would continue to be compensated by academic institutes and the like for their research, but the workhours devoted to writing, editing, and peer-reviewing academic journals would be retributed under a separate work-contract, which should pay at least minimum wage. While the minimum-wage proposal circumvents the issues of the previous suggestion, it has problems of its own. Introducing minimum-wage
    contracts in the context of academic publishing could do both too little and too much. It would do too much in that it might undermine smaller publishers that can only function because they rely heavily on volunteers. It would do too little because impose very low costs, relative to their revenues, to larger publishers. In other words, this proposal is somewhat regressive: publishers with smaller revenues are much more severely impacted, which could lead to a further consolidation of an already very consolidated business. (Larivière, Haustein, and Mongeon 2015). A non-regressive proposal would require publishers with higher revenues to pay higher salaries while continuing to allow non-profit open-access journals to rely on volunteers. A profit-sharing model naturally suggests itself (Weitzman
    1985). In a profit-sharing model, employers are required to share a portion of their profits with their workforce. In France, mandatory profit sharing has proved to be an effective redistributive tool without undermining performance (Nimier-David, Sraer, and Thesmar 2023). Under a mandatory profit-sharing regime, companies tend to retain their overall productivity and levels of investment tend to remain the same, while shareholders gains decrease in exchange for a significant increase in workers compensation. A proposal that may have an even stronger potential would be employee stock ownership plans (ESOPs). These are plans—typically conceived as long-term incentives mechanisms—under which employees are granted a stake in the company, usually through a trust. They would have the same benefits as a profitsharing model, but in addition, they would grant a series of other benefits. ESOPS tends to strengthen employees’ commitment to their firm, for obvious reasons, but less obviously, they are also correlated to higher levels of innovation (Usai et al. 2021). In other words, if publishers were to adopt this sort of plan for the retribution of their workforce, not only would this be a powerful redistributive mechanism to finally address the serial crisis, but also the performance of these companies would be likely to improve. These remarks need not apply to the publishing industry only. In other contexts too, the introduction of mandatory profit sharing or ESOPs could prove to be a powerful redistributive tool to improve working conditions and reduce waste. Should academics manage to leverage their very significant bargaining power to introduce this sort of change, this might prove a useful test case for the adoption of similar measures elsewhere.



    17:30 – Conference reception event in the Faculty of Arts Building lobby



    Friday 22nd May


    9:00-9:30 – Registration – FAB0.03 – 164 (core room)



    9:30 – 11:00 – Parallel Sessions 5



    Room FAB 0.23 – 28: Studio-ing as Critical, Creative and Interdisciplinary Pedagogy – Panel 1, Studio-ing: Disrupting Language


    Stutter-ing as Studio-ing
    Dr Tom Mence


    Drawing together a personal/embodied experience of stuttering, clinical framing of dysfluency, theoretical approaches, and a creative (painting) practice, my proposed presentation would endeavour to explore how tacit knowledge of a clinical (verbal) stutter and learned knowledge of a critical (theoretic) stutter might be manifested (or translated) out of work done in the studio to form a generative and alternative way of thinking, creating,learning and, even, teaching. I will make the case that the embodied experience of the act of stuttering, in parallel to the act of painting, may open ways to think and ask questions differently, to defamiliarize, to take time, to slow down, to creatively block and un-block, and to embrace uncertainty and speculation through disruption and dysfluency. Furthermore, my presentation will aim to articulate (and itself, embody) the creative significance of the (overlooked) glitch as an event. Relying on recordings of stuttering voices (my own and others), visual imagery, and open dialogue with fellow attendees, my presentation will act as an event within an interdisciplinary environment to re-enforce the value of stuttering voices as a valuable and creative mode of dialogue and, even, as a form of polyphonic ‘Studio-ing’.


    Painted Conversations: Making, Receiving and Responding to Painted Physical Feedback
    Lyndsey Gilmour and Peter Chalmers


    Many people understand Painting as a discussion, where those engaged in it seek to make sense of our shared reality through it (Hudson, 2021). The most significant Painting, the examples that have the biggest Impact, are lauded as those which add, meaningfully, to this discussion. They are Paintings that impart revelation(s) to maker
    and/or viewer. Painted Conversations explores whether Painted Physical Feedback – the act of making physical painted works in response to another’s work, that can act as a method of feedback – can be utilised as a largely untapped condition/procedure for realising idea development within individual, and potentially wider, Painting
    Practice. As a practice-based Painting project, there is a focus on the tangible, but this is rationalised further because Paintings exist in their own visual dialogue with one another: object to object; image to image; surface to surface. The project does not overlook the opportunities in written and verbal discussion/feedback too – that this
    text exists is in part testament to that – but each iteration of the project to date has begun with image and surface, and the Painted Conversation that follows. Initial findings gave confidence that Painted Physical Feedback could be an example of a previously unknown or underutilised opportunity within a creative process and thus deserving of further scrutiny.



    Room FAB1.06 – 24 Critical Praxes and Black Feminist Thought – Panel 1, Black Feminist Possibilities : Abolition for a Socially Just World


    Making Immigration Detention Abolition “Smell of the Earth”: A Case Study of the Opposition to Campsfield House IRC
    Alma Gamper Saez


    In an attempt to continue making abolition speakable in Britain (Bhattacharya et al., 2021), my paper argues for an abolitionist approach to immigration detention, taking as a starting point local opposition to Campsfield House IRC in Kidlington, Oxfordshire—which reopened this December. My contextualisation of abolition draws on the contributions of Black feminist theory, mainly on the works of Angela Davis and Ruth Wilson Gilmore.
    Methodologically, the paper is grounded in six semi-structured interviews with people involved in anti-detention organising in the context of Campsfield—many of whom I organise with—and in archival campaign material spanning 1993–2018. I approach the archive, and my interview material, with an awareness of the inseparability of praxis and theory and an “unease around what it means to unpack such rhetoric from a position of academic hindsight” (Brewer et al., 2024, p. 165), while also taking the dissertation as an opportunity to get closer to what Gilmore (2020, p. 80) calls the “talk-plus-walk” of oppositional work.
    This reflexive orientation matters for the stream’s emphasis on lived experience as knowledge: the paper foregrounds how campaigns grapple with the practical and epistemic problem of isolation—how “breaking the isolation of detention” is politically transformative, and why anti-detention spaces must be organised with people with lived
    experience. Substantively, I show how portrayals of detention shape anti-detention politics—and how quickly oppositional frames can reproduce carceral common sense. Against innocence-based arguments, I argue that an abolitionist politics “must explicitly include everyone who is detained—including ‘Foreign National Offenders’,” which requires adopting the abolitionist principle that “no one is disposable.” My arguments here are directly informed by Gilmore’s (2023) conceptualisation of the “problem of innocence” amongst anti-prison activists.
    In thinking about alternatives to immigration detention, I also draw from Black feminist abolition’s critiques of reformist “solutions”: rather than treating detention as a discrete institution, I locate it within a “continuum of unfreedom” that includes deportation and borders. In doing so, I echo Davis’ call to not look for “prisonlike substitutes for the prison” (2003, p. 107) and submit that an abolitionist approach to detention requires not advocating for “detentionlike substitutes for detention”.
    Finally, I take seriously the problem of travelling theory. Following Adrienne Rich, I ask what it means to develop abolitionist analysis that “smells of the earth”—attentive to the historical and political context of the UK, and to the specific carceral geographies through which migration is governed. The payoff is both analytic and strategic: the
    paper proposes a politics of immigration detention abolition necessarily in conversation with prison and border abolition,” while arguing for further abolitionist theorising that remains local, organised, and materially grounded.


    Abolition feminism and gendered violence: radically reorienting the approach to justice
    Nikki Godden-Rasul


    There has been considerable feminist scholarly attention paid to different forms of justice to address gendered violence, including retributive justice, restorative justice, therapeutic justice, and transformative justice. When understood through dominant feminist frames, they tend to be conceptualised as centring on processes which, if carried out fairly, will lead to a just outcome. If the process or outcome is deemed harmful or wrong then it has failed and is unjust, likewise if it is delayed or slow. Of course, feminist senses of justice aren’t only legal processes. They take broader, nebulous forms such as social justice or gender justice. However, these are still often understood in terms of incremental, linear (typically liberal) change. I argue that we need a fundamentally different approach to justice to address gendered violence. Abolition feminism, rooted in Black feminist thought and practice and drawing on historical and contemporary struggles against slavery, colonialism and other forms of state violence, offers that radical alternative. Drawing on themes underpinning abolition feminist transformative justice practices, and wider praxis and prefigurative politics of abolitionists, I present a different view of the temporality of justice, change, and success and failure for feminist anti-violence movements.



    Room FAB2.31 – 24 Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance – Panel 4, Remote Panel: Against Optimisation: Choosing Uncertainty


    How do contemporary technologies reshape originality and cultural value in creative practices?
    Oliver Cloke


    The history of ‘propagated uncertainty’ teaches us that acknowledging uncertainty doesn’t mean abandoning knowledge—it means characterising knowledge more accurately. “We know this value lies within this range, with this confidence” rather than pretending false precision or abandoning measurement entirely. Contemporary creative practice needs similar frameworks. We can acknowledge that: Authorship in collaborative human-AI systems is distributed and uncertain
    Originality involves novel configurations of influences, not creation from nothing
    Cultural value emerges from complex interactions between scarcity, meaning, context, and community
    Identity in digital spaces is performative, multiple, and irreducibly uncertain
    These aren’t failures of new technologies but invitations to develop more sophisticated cultural frameworks— uncertainty propagation models for creativity itself. The algorithms generating art, the platforms distributing it, the communities valuing it, and the legal systems regulating it all involve uncertainties that propagate, interact, and compound. Rather than demanding impossible certainty or rejecting the new entirely, we can learn what Gauss and Laplace taught: understand your uncertainties, trace how they propagate, and make decisions informed by that understanding rather than pretending certainty you don’t have.
    The new art forms emerging from contemporary technologies aren’t replacing traditional art but expanding the possibility space; adding new dimensions of uncertainty to explore, new transformation functions to navigate. They fit within our cultural landscape not by resolving to settled categories but by challenging us to develop richer
    frameworks for thinking about creativity, value, and meaning in systems where uncertainty propagates in increasingly visible and undeniable ways.


    Taking the long way home: Slow, purposeful and anomalous artistic interventions in navigation technology
    Pragya Bhargave


    Taking the long way home is an interactive presentation on the experience and memory of journeys and arrivals in technologically dominated ecosystems. Using embodied experiences that manipulate navigation technology, the presentation challenges efficiency, optimisation and destinations as goals of journeying.
    Through slow and purposeful hybrid engagements both on and off screen, participants will rely on memory and instinct to wander, journey and arrive. They will observe and record new paths, interact with their surroundings and create anomalies—technological errors, interruptions, meanderings and moments where systems are required to fail—and explore how these moments can be reclaimed as memories and creative material like notes, sketches, photos, audio recordings, or
    bodily responses, rather than bugs or inconveniences.
    The slow and reflective playfulness of embodied approaches that deliberately break patterns—walking, mindful breathing, tactile practices, somatic improvisation, communal singing and dancing, or repetitive hand-drawings—recenter human experience by resisting the logic that art like routes must be optimised, quantified and quick; they
    create room for chance, error, meditation and ambiguity. Taking the long way home becomes a site of playful rebellion against automation, technological commands, and passive consumption of digital systems and their instructions.
    Ultimately, in this presentation, artistic practice in the age of technology is studied as a negotiation between using powerful tools and refusing their demands- not to be led by their data-driven outputs but to acknowledge and then consciously define their role in our lives.


    until u feel impending doom
    Anahita Neghabat


    This paper analyzes the meme series until u feel impending doom (produced by Anahita Neghabat for the exhibition Pay Attention!, Sept. 26–Oct. 1, 2025, at VCAS / Vienna Contemporary Art Space, curated by Ziegi Boss) a critical engagement with the attention economy and digital affect. Through humor, exhaustion, and dread, the memes trace
    how scrolling transforms attention into labor and responsibility. Drawing on platform cultures and visual theory, the work shows how memes oscillate between care and complicity, exposing how algorithmic infrastructures shape perception, privilege, and the unequal visibility of global suffering.



    Room FAB2.32 – 28: Autoethnography as Critical Praxis – Lived Experience, Reflexivity, and Identity – Panel 2


    Memoir as Resistance: Disrupting Colonial Narratives of Culture and Domestic Violence
    Kameljeet Kaur


    This paper presents a memoir-based critical inquiry into the experiences of South Asian diasporic women growing up in the United Kingdom, focusing on how domestic violence (DV) is frequently framed through culturalist explanations. Drawing on personal narrative as an epistemic method, the paper examines how the culturalisation of
    DV operates as a contemporary expression of colonial knowledge, positioning South Asian culture as inherently patriarchal and violent while obscuring the structural, racialised, and gendered conditions through which violence is produced and managed. Kaur argues that cultural framings of DV function as a disciplinary mechanism that shapes both institutional responses and survivors’ self-understandings. Within social services, legal discourse, and public
    imaginaries, DV experienced by South Asian women is often rendered intelligible through narratives of cultural backwardness or tradition, rather than through analyses of power, migration, precarity, and state violence. These framings reproduce long-standing colonial tropes that cast the Global South and its diasporas as morally deficient and in need of rescue, while positioning Western institutions as neutral arbiters of safety and progress. Through memoir, the paper traces how such narratives produce a profound psychic and ethical tension for diasporic women.
    Seeking recognition, protection, or legitimacy as a survivor often requires a symbolic disavowal of culture, family, and community. Conversely, maintaining cultural belonging can entail silence, endurance, or the minimisation of harm. This double bind generates an internalised conflict in which identity itself becomes unstable, fractured by the demand to choose between safety and belonging. The paper demonstrates how this tension is not merely personal,
    but structurally produced through colonial epistemologies that continue to shape whose suffering is legible and under what terms.
    Situating memoir alongside decolonial and feminist scholarship, the paper engages with critiques of coloniality (Anibal Quijano), cultural nationalism (Ashis Nandy), and epistemic violence (Gayatri Spivak) to argue that culturalised explanations of DV re-entrench colonial hierarchies of knowledge. At the same time, the paper resists reductive oppositions between culture and liberation. By attending to intergenerational memory, diasporic formation, and the afterlives of empire, it reframes culture as a contested and dynamic terrain rather than a causal explanation for violence. Methodologically, the paper positions memoir as a form of epistemic resistance that challenges dominant modes of knowledge production about DV in racialised communities. By centring lived experience without collapsing into cultural essentialism, the paper contributes to interdisciplinary debates on gendered violence, diaspora, and decolonial praxis. It calls for approaches that address violence without reproducing colonial narratives that alienate survivors from their own histories, identities, and modes of belonging.


    Gendered Labour: Health and Structural Violence: Interdisciplinary Feminist Analysis of Institutional Discourses on Baloch Women in Pakistan
    Syed Aurangzeb


    Background:
    Research concerning women’s health in peripheral conflict zones frequently isolates gender from the political economy, thereby neglecting the embodied costs associated with survival. In Balochistan, the most marginalised province of Pakistan, women encounter compounded inequalities shaped by militarisation, poverty, and institutional neglect. Their reproductive, emotional, and political labor sustains families and communities, yet remains unrecognised in state and development narratives.
    Objectives:
    This study examines the influence of policy, media, and NGO discourses on the perception of Baloch women’s labor and health through gendered and colonial lenses. It aims to reconceptualise labor beyond mere wage work, considering it as reproductive, affective, and epistemic activity, while linking bodily endurance to structural inequality.
    Design:
    Anchored in feminist political economy and intersectional postcolonial theory, the article utilises an interdisciplinary feminist content analysis of textual and visual representations of Baloch women. The “half-widow” a woman whose husband has disappeared, serves as a critical paradigm to elucidate the intersections of gender, grief, and political
    erasure.
    Methods:
    A total of eighty-four documents, including policy papers, NGO reports, and media texts from 2006 to 2024, were thematically coded through an interpretive feminist lens. This analysis integrates sociology, political economy, and affect theory to elucidate how gendered labor and health are co-constructed by discourse and governance.
    Results:
    The findings underscore three predominant themes: the moralization of resilience, the erasure of reproductive labor, and the depoliticization of women’s suffering. Collectively, these narratives transform care and grief into invisible labor that sustains both households and state legitimacy.
    Conclusion:
    By reconceptualising Baloch women’s reproductive and affective work as feminist labor, health is redefined as a locus of structural injustice rather than individual resilience, thereby advancing interdisciplinary understandings of gender, inequality, and care within women’s health scholarship.


    From Entrepreneur to Employee: Identity Reconstruction Through Critical Realist Autoethnography
    Nisha Menon & Craig Duckworth


    Entrepreneurs moving into employment face more than a career change—they undergo profound identity reconstruction. Workforce realignment is a widely adopted strategy in Human Resource development, often used to align talent with evolving organisational goals (Snell & Morris, 2021). When applied to entrepreneurs transitioning into full-time employment, however, realignment can suppress the very criticality, independence, and vision that make ex-founders valuable contributors (Cardon et al., 2009).
    This paper draws on the lived experience of co- author Nisha Menon, reflecting on her transition from founder to structured employment following the impacts of COVID-19 lockdown. Using a Critical Realist Autoethnographic (CRA) approach (Ellis, Adams, & Bochner, 2011; Ngunjiri, Hernandez, & Heewon, 2010), the study combines reflexive
    narrative with attention to organisational structures, norms, and constraints. It examines how autonomy, decision-making, and entrepreneurial identity are challenged, reshaped, and integrated within structured workplaces.
    Through reflexive storytelling, the paper highlights the tensions between entrepreneurial independence and organisational conformity, showing how founders navigate identity conflicts, imposter syndrome and new expectations of collaboration during the transition into employment (Mathias and Williams, 2018). CRA is distinctive in combining reflexive honesty with structural and causal mechanisms, enabling a theoretical critique of realignment rather than a purely narrative account (Martin, 2025).
    The study contributes to understanding the post-entrepreneurial journey by offering organisations insights on how to harness the unique skills and mindset of former founders, supporting them to retain autonomy while adapting to structured workplaces. It intends to show how roles and environments could be designed to preserve entrepreneurial initiative, foster intrapreneurship, and drive innovation. It also has the potential to equip entrepreneurs with strategies to apply their experience within structured settings, drive innovation and mentor the next generation.


    Autoethnography, Class and Reflexivity in Research Welfare.
    Robyn Fawcett


    This paper addresses autoethnography as both a method and a methodology that values lived experience as a form of knowledge and foregrounds reflexivity, vulnerability, and positionality. It reflects on the experience of conducting research while occupying a social position shaped by the very system under study, drawing on my positionality as a single mother, lecturer, and a person navigating Universal Credit.
    Following Denzin’s (2014) understanding of autoethnography as writing the self into and through the research process, the paper examines how welfare governance disciplines time, conduct, and everyday life, and how these same relations of power shape the conditions under which research is produced. Universal Credit is approached as a governing technology that reorganises social reproduction and intensifies gendered and classed labour, while
    simultaneously positioning the researcher within institutional and material constraints.
    The paper draws on reflections from a doctoral research project (and beyond) that combined qualitative longitudinal interviews with parents and an autoethnographic reflexive diary. The diary functioned as a site of systematic introspection, documenting the ongoing negotiation of boundaries, emotional labour, and role management involved in researching welfare while navigating it.
    Drawing on feminist standpoint theory (Smith, 1974; Harding, 2013), the paper argues that knowledge production is always situated within relations of class, gender, and institutional power, rather than standing outside them. In doing so, it contributes to the stream by emonstrating how autoethnography can illuminate the often- invisible disciplinary and ethical work of researching governance



    Room FAB3.31 – 20 Work and career in the Neoliberal Edu-factory: Systemic Pressures and Inequities – Panel 4, Searching for collective meaning in the Edu-factory


    Academic work as Calling in the Neoliberal Edu-factory: a hiding to nothing or potential for liberation?
    Gill Frigerio


    Rooted largely in the fields of vocational psychology and organisational behaviour, the scholarly consideration of work as calling has a tendency to focus on the individual and organisational benefits of having a calling. Callings are argued to bring benefits to individuals in career satisfaction and attainment (however defined) as well as commitment to and meaning in work (Duffy & Dik, 2013; Dobrow et al, 2023 ). Callings are framed as advantageous to employing organisations too in recognition that a calling improves performance, perhaps an outcome of all that commitment leading to increased effort and output (Elangovan et al, 2010; Thompson & Bunderson, 2019).
    Notwithstanding this positive bias, there is also an awareness of the ‘double-edged sword’ (Berkelaar & Buzzanell, 2015) of a calling, with some studies identifying a ‘dark side’ to calling in both over-idenfication with work to an extent detrimental to individual wellbeing and a vulnerability to exploitation by employers who rely on calling to retain staff despite poor pay and conditions. (Bunderson & Thompson, 2009). Qualitative studies have considered the consequences of lost callings and adaptive processes when work circumstances change for the called person (Berg et al, 2010; Schabram & Maitlis, 2017).
    A more critical reading of calling opens a space for more nuanced consideration of calling and power, exploring this dark side further. Academic careers provide an interesting focus, given characteristics of the academic job market that capitalise on calling presence, in particular precarity and competition. We can usefully question the formative role for calling of contextual challenges across a range of life stages and characteristics of those in academic work (Afiouni & Karam, 2019).
    This paper will explore what studies of academic careers show us about the dark side of calling and consider how calling is both used and abused within contemporary academia. By interrogating the extensive advice industry for those seeking to gain or retain an academic career we will consider if and how calling can be reframed as liberating and its emancipatory potential realised.


    The Need for Communal Resilience in Academia – Lessons from Vanuatu
    Phil Wood & Aimee Quickfall


    In 2019, during an early discussion with a PhD student researching natural disaster education on Vanuatu—one of the most hazardprone nations in the world—it became clear that our understandings of resilience diverged sharply. From within a UK academic context, resilience had come to signify an individual psychological capacity, often framed through the language of positive thinking. Increasingly, resilience in education has become a neoliberal construct: a mechanism for encouraging individuals to endure toxic working conditions and maintain productivity despite systemic dysfunction. In contrast, the Vanuatuan worldview conceptualises resilience as inherently communal.
    Shaped by constant exposure to external threats such as earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and typhoons, resilience is
    understood not as a personal trait but as a shared social resource.
    In Vanuatu, natural disaster education exemplifies this collective orientation. Students, teachers, elders, and wider community members collaborate to pool knowledge, experience, and cultural insight (Vachette, 2017; Pierce, 2023).
    Preparedness is not the responsibility of isolated individuals but a communal endeavour in which success and failure are shared. Over time, this collective practice strengthens community expertise and deepens social learning. The community stands or falls together.
    Elements of such communal resilience can be observed within public services. Fire and police services, for example, have long operated under conditions of uncontrollable external risk, fostering strong groupbased cultures of mutual support (Xiaoxin, 2024). Academia, however, has historically been insulated from external existential threats. As a result, it has evolved within a culture of individualism, intensified in recent decades by neoliberal governance and
    panopticism. Academics are increasingly isolated, monitored, and evaluated as individuals, and resilience has been reframed as a personal psychological obligation rather than a collective capacity (Simard-Gagnon, 2016).
    For much of academia’s history, this individualised model posed little concern. Yet under neoliberal pressures to demonstrate productivity, stress has become normalised—if not instrumentalised—and organisational toxicity has proliferated. Individualised resilience has become the prescribed remedy for coping with structural dysfunction,
    positioning the academic as a selfmanaging unit whose value lies in continued output under continual pressure. We argue that this model is no longer tenable. Higher education now faces escalating external and internal threats—from political actors, media scrutiny, regulatory bodies such as the Office for Students, and increasingly precarious
    working conditions. Academia is, in effect, on a new “front line”. To respond ethically and sustainably, the sector must shift from individualised to communal understandings of resilience. By working collectively within teams, departments, and institutions to identify, interpret, and mitigate threats, higher education can build shared
    protective capacities that support all members of the academic community, including students, precariously employed staff, and established scholars. Recentring resilience as a communal practice offers the most promising route toward a more sustainable and humane future for higher education.


    Reimagining resistance to alienation in UK academia
    Romain Chenet


    Contemporary critiques of professionalised UK academic careers under neoliberal orthodoxies tend to linger on suffering and hopelessness, conveying an insitu misery pervades UK Higher Education. Yet, scores continue attempting to join us via their doctoral study, sometimes with extraordinary persistence, suggesting continued beliefs in a generative and meaningful future for lived experiences within this changing sector. This intervention
    explores related narratives, considering inspirations that can offer parallel critiques with a methodological innateness and auto-ethnographical vignettes. Inspired by an adapted injunction to “seize the factory” in complementing efforts elsewhere that strive to engage into elite-manipulated constructs from positions of weakness (Bordiga, 1920), I draw on diverse inputs to consider how these ideas offer alternative discourses on the evolving labour production modes that (re)shape UK academia.
    Viewing experimental solidarity as an avenue for this, I also share prospects for resistance as a ‘creative traversal’ (Hartmann, 2003), which supplies frames for exploring how volitional micropractices can build alternative social relations for our working lives when based on ethical, moral, spiritual, ideological, communal, and/or other facets of
    human action. I then assess Žižek’s (2009) ‘castration’ motif to sidestep distractions of emancipatory fantasies that lead to alienation, offering self-empowered critical ‘hopelessness’ as a tool for chipping liberation out from the past and present ills of UK HE.
    The discussion closes by positing how both unfounded optimism and unchecked pessimism can risk frustration in periscoping impossible sectoral utopias or nihilistic dystopias, neither being reflective of concrete practices, deep solidarities, and limits thereof. This may only offer a provisional model for praxis that balances imaginative ambitions
    with vital institutional critique.



    Break



    11:30 – 13:00 – Parallel Sessions 6



    Room FAB 0.23 – 28: Studio-ing as Critical, Creative and Interdisciplinary Pedagogy – Panel 2, Resisting Uniformity

    How can we enable young people to creatively imagine their futures? Pathways out of compulsory education
    Hannah Robertson


    I am interested in how young people can be supported to imagine their futures creatively, and how this is currently being prevented. Young people on the cusp of leaving compulsory education are told they must take control of their future, aspire to do great things and make the right choices. However, current uses of aspiration in policy are narrow and mute young people’s creativity, freedom and exploration as they navigate this important transition. My research shows, there is a monstrous uniformity within school leaver aspirations.
    Higher education participation and widening access policy reinforces that HE remains the best route to quality employment (ONS: 2017) and frames universities as ‘engine[s] for social mobility’ (The Social Mobility Commission, 2019: 86). Within policy, comments such as the Social Mobility Commission’s ‘some of our children come from families that have been written off for years so hope and aspiration are sort of lost’ (2022: 58), there is an assumption that young people lack aspiration or the ability to aspire properly and in ways which enable them to be successful – an assumption that increasing aspiration will lead to young people achieving the grades needed to obtain places at
    the country’s most prestigious universities.
    There is a perceived lack of aspiration in young people. This has become the policy ‘problem’ (Lingard, 2013: 120) which must be remedied. However, policy uses of aspiration are narrow – aspiring to higher education is just one version of aspiration. Elsewhere, aspirations are described as ‘nebulous wishes’ (Smyth, 2020: 178); ‘abstract statements of values and beliefs’, or ‘hope’ divorced of socio-economic reality (Khattab, 2015: 733). These definitions suggest that aspiring gives freedom to be creative and temporarily removed from real material circumstances.
    However, it does not give young people the freedom to entirely overcome their real material circumstances as policy’s use of the term suggests. In this way, policy’s use of aspiration obscures real socio-material inequalities. This is damaging. Working with large groups of year 12 students from a diverse demographic, my project asks young people to work creatively to map their imagined, hoped-for futures. Analysing these maps interrogates narrow conceptualisations
    of aspiration at this pivotal transition period. We will explore how the maps created highlight a monstrous uniformity amongst the aspirations of young people: the aspiration to obtain a place at university and follow a linear pathway to secure employment.
    Monstrous uniformity in aspiration will inevitably lead to monstrous disappointment for the young people and their families if this aspiration is not able to be actualised. Therefore, my research is interested in finding ways in which young people can be best supported to use their capacity to imagine, visualise, and, ultimately, choose more freely without being bound to the current, narrow conceptualisation of aspiration.


    The Write Place: To What Extent does a Studio Model Support Safe Places to Write Across the University?
    Emma Davenport


    Current academic writing support for art and design students in post-92 universities in the UK tends to emphasise a remedial approach where the problem lies with the student (Hardy, Murray Thow and Smith, 2020). Faced with the assumption that they are illiterate, these students resort to unsustainable writing practices such as binge writing and avoidance to cope with writing assessments (Quynn and Steward, 2021). They also learn to conceive of writing capabilities as emergent through osmosis. As if, in Warner’s words, ‘ wearing a book on top of your head’ will allow its contents to ‘seep into your brain’ (2018: 27). Yet, writing is a creative practice that critically challenges students and staff alike. Its success lies as much in the process as it does in the artifact therefore, time, resources and motivation contribute to cultivating a writerly practice. In order to positively learn through doing, there needs to be acknowledgement of social, affective and professional aspects that contribute to the development of productive writerly selves.
    Drawing upon the studio model found in art and design higher education, this workshop discusses, explores and reflects upon the ‘studio’ as a template for designing spaces to write both in a creative arts department and a university as a whole. A ‘studio’, with its emphasis on place and collective activity, provides a dynamic space for
    applied and experiential learning to take place, paradoxically, without text or symbols (Jones, Brown, Boling, Corazzo, Gray and Lotz, 2025). To write well is to take risks and fail but in order to do this, certain conditions ned to be in place which a ‘studio’ can provide that is, arguably unlike any other learning space. The workshop will encourage
    participants to experience a writing ‘studio’, based on a design piloted and evaluated over a five year period within one university before considering benefits/challenges within a range of different disciplinary and pedagogical contexts. For example, temporality is a key condition for both ‘studio-ing’ and ‘writing’ but are felt very differently by the student writer (Murray, 2015) To conclude, we consider how studio-ing might be used as an innovative approach to creating writing experiences for future inter-disciplinary universities.



    Room FAB1.06 – 24 (trickle, river, flood, wadi) post-Anthropocene Scenes


    Dry land, wet edges, crumbling borders: Libido, desire, and mythozoological identities
    Andrew Fergus Wilson


    Vampires belong to a special category of liminal supernatural beings. Like werewolves, changelings, and ghosts they have known human counterparts and can pass for human among humans; they are the stealth supernatural, spies in the human world. Ghosts are tied to specific localities, werewolves to rurality – American exceptions in London notwithstanding. Vampires, conversely, move from castle to city with ease and it is in their urban setting that they become emblematic of the horrors of feudalism transformed into the horrors of modernity. This paper will explore how the spatial relations at work in representations of vampire lore contribute to the ongoing remaking of vampires as social beings.
    It is not uncommon to find analyses of vampires that draw attention to the potential for comparison with the extractive, dehumanising effects of industrialisation and capitalism. For instance, they provide David McNally’s (2012) Monsters of the Market: Zombies, Vampires, and Global Capitalism with a convenient mechanism for articulating the
    experiences of alienated labour within capitalism. In spatial terms we might think of the generational shift in situated sensuality from de Sade’s Château to the streets searched by Baudelaire. The city is vital to the vampire’s modern becoming, in Dracula the count tells Harker how he longs to visit the, ‘crowded streets of your mighty London, to bein the midst of the whirl and rush of humanity.’ This paper will argue that it is in the supernatural that the interpenetrative tension between modernity and what Mark Fisher in conversation with Richard Capes referred to as, the ‘death logic of that Prometheanism, which just uses up all the resources,’ (K-Punk, 661)
    Dracula is ejaculated into England in a spume of white water on a storm-tossed boat. The migrant with mysterious wealth and a taste for white English flesh has been understood as a xenophobic parable but it is more than that. The count is an assemblage of liquidity and desire, of flows and pulsed fluids. Life and death, past and present, home and
    abroad, male and female become unstable categories as blood rushes from one body to another; Renfield consumes insects, rats, and other living creatures in his growing madness. Out of control thraldom to the liquid count accelerating his zoophagia, Renfield becomes a model of the now world order. Our horror is his mirror. The limitless hunger of anthroponationalist capital is part of modernity but there is no going back to ‘the idiocy of rural life’. And yet, the techbros fetishise instrumentalised cyber-fiefdoms with Renfield-serfs at their disposal.
    We are hauntology’s phantoms on a planet impatient for exorcism; is there an ecstatic ritual of blood that will redeem us or is the revolution an oneiric part of the shadow world of the twentieth century that we cannot rid ourselves of? In an age of global water bankruptcy (UNU-INWEH/Madani 2026) is blood still all vampires feed on? These are this speculative paper’s themes.



    Ambiogenesis: Cryptobiotic Temporalities and Post-Omnicide Marine Intelligence
    Joey Holder


    “The history of the world, as natural history, is nothing more than a stratification of events and processes that are never definitively ‘dead and buried’, but which continue to flow and exert an active force from a lower, or even subterranean, dimension than the present—events and processes that can also reappear in an altered form, upsetting our temporal perception. This characteristic pluriversality amounts to the pre-eminence of reality over imagination, i.e. the hierarchical superiority of natural processes over thought.”
    — Gruppo di Nun, Revolutionary Demonology, ‘For a chaotic vision of time’
    Ambiogenesis is a multi-channel video installation and AI-based artwork that proposes a speculative post-omnicide oceanic realm in which “life” persists in forms that escape human categorisation and scientific datafication. Through practice-based research, the work investigates marine organisms inhabiting ontologically unstable terrain, entities that are simultaneously living and inert, vital and dead, challenging Western frameworks governing the distinction between Life and Nonlife. Following Elizabeth Povinelli’s (2016) concept of “geontologies,” the artwork examines how late liberal governance depends on maintaining strict boundaries between what deserves recognition as having “potential for life” versus what remains available for extraction and instrumentalisation.
    The installation centres on four marine organisms exhibiting what Wright (2001) terms “impossible” biological properties: the Immortal Jellyfish (Turritopsis dohrnii), which reverses its aging through transdifferentiation; Daphnia, whose eggs remain cryptobiotically dormant in sediments for centuries before resurrection; the Volcano Sponge,whose cellular memory spans millennia; and the Pacific Octopus, whose distributed neural networks challenge centralised models of consciousness. These creatures exemplify cryptobiosis, defined by Clegg (2001) as “a peculiar state of biological organisation” in which metabolic activity becomes imperceptible and organisms exist in suspended animation (p. 613). Recent research demonstrates that organisms like tardigrades employ intrinsically disordered proteins to survive extreme desiccation (Boothby et al., 2017), achieving what Rebecchi et al. (2007) identify as “the extreme limit of desiccation tolerance” through anhydrobiosis. These biological mechanisms challenge anthropocentric assumptions about the necessary conditions for life and death. Through AI-generated imagery and characterisation produced by LLMs, the artwork channels these creatures’ perspectives across five video channels, in which Ambiogenesis stages encounters with non-human temporalities
    that resist anthropocentric narratives of linear time, irreversible death, and bounded individuality. The work employs “Interspecies Worlding,” a methodology that positions non-human organisms as epistemic agents and co-authors rather than subjects of study (Haraway, 2016; van Dooren et al., 2016). This aligns with Indigenous cosmologies,
    particularly animist frameworks in which death is not termination but transformation, in which the spirits of animals, elements, and ancestors maintain active agency within relational cycles that Western science misrecognises as “non-living” (Harvey, 2005; Ingold, 2000).
    The installation operates as experimental infrastructure, testing how artistic practice can engage biological illegibility, showing entities that trouble taxonomic closure, resisting species categorisation, and dissolving boundaries typically dividing life from death. Wright’s (2001) historical survey of cryptobiosis research, spanning 300 years since van Leeuwenhoek’s initial observations, reveals how these organisms have consistently challenged scientific frameworks attempting to contain them within stable classificatory systems. By treating these marine intelligences as active participants rather than passive objects, the work asks: what forms of knowledge emerge when consciousness is distributed across radically different modes of existence? When thinking happens through tentacles rather than a central brain? When does death become reversible or indefinitely postponable? When time operates through cryptobiotic suspension rather than linear progression?
    Ambiogenesis was developed in collaboration with marine biologists and was exhibited at HeK Basel and Elektron Luxembourg (2025), serving as a provocation for workshops at Lancaster University’s Unsecurities Lab that examined how security experts navigate ontological uncertainty when confronted with entities that resist stable categorisation. The artwork operationalises Gruppo di Nun’s proposition that natural history operates through “pluriversality,” in
    which buried processes exert influence across time, emerging in altered forms that disrupt temporal perception. If post-Anthropocene futures require a radical reimagining of life beyond extractive capitalist frameworks, perhaps organisms already practising biological impossibilities, including resurrection and suspended animation, offer
    epistemological resources for navigating ecological collapse.
    The project positions cryptobiotic organisms as harbingers of post-human futures not through metaphor but through their actual biological capacities to persist through catastrophic environmental conditions (Clegg, 2001). When forests burn, when oceans acidify, when mass extinctions cascade, these creatures demonstrate modes of survival that exceed human frameworks of “adaptation.” They suspend, reverse, distribute, resurrect. Ambiogenesis examines whether attending to these non-human temporalities might generate alternatives to apocalyptic narratives that position extinction as a final, irreversible punctuation. What epistemological and political possibilities emerge from taking seriously the biological fact that some forms of life have, as Wright (2001) documents, already evolved
    solutions to mortality itself?


    Holy Waters and Multi-Species Witnessing in Palestine
    Nadia Yahlom


    “Thus we meet with the use of water in religious procedures, magic ceremonies, popular medicine -and superstition. Ideas and customs arising from the sacredness of water, known and practised in ancient times, have left so deep a mark that thousands of years with all their political changes have failed wholly to remove its trace.”
    Palestinian ethnographer Tawfik Canaan, writing in 1922

    Throughout my research and artistic practice I look at folktales around the mystical, magical and supernatural realms in and beyond Palestine, thinking about what creative space working with the speculative can bring to discussions around concrete experiences and political realities. I’m particularly interested in supernatural and folk tales, magical and ritual elements, some of which have persisted in Palestinian culture from the time of antiquity to today. A lot of this is focused on the “Al ghaib” or unseen world – the realm of jinn and other entities that can’t normally be seen – and the relationship between this and other forms of colonial violence: necropolitical violence, spiritual warfare and ecological devastation. My research examines water-centred myths, ritual and superstitions and considers ways of narrating the lives and afterlives of water sources.
    The impact of mass bombardment on Gaza, a part of the world already extremely vulnerable to flash floods, earthquakes, rising temperatures, droughts, storms and heat waves, has been near apocalyptic. 90-95 percent of Gaza’s groundwater prior to October 7th 2023 was already undrinkable due to contamination with wastewater and seawater brought about by the siege. Currently, access to water is severely limited by Israel, falling 15 liters short of the survival-levels required by established humanitarian standards. More than anything, Gazans are now experiencing unprecedented thirst.
    Water scarcity is far from a Gazan problem. The River Jordan doesn’t flow anymore. Dam building throughout Israel/Palestine has affected rivers, wadis and streams. Swamps and marshland, havens of biodiversity, have been entirely cleared producing the extinction of countless species. Fresh groundwater isn’t available. The Lake Galilee is shrinking. Droughts have been more devastating each year. The Dead Sea, which is disappearing by 4 ft per year, is full of at least 6,000 sink holes, the beaches and highways around it crumbling, tourist sites disappearing into an underground abyss.
    So why – in the face of such profound destruction, human, ecological and otherwise – should we look backwards, to the past: to Palestinian myth and legend, to history and to folklore, to spirituality and the supernatural? And why should we look forwards – through speculative thinking and making that imagines other ways of being in and
    inhabiting the world, and imagines other futures and possibilities in Palestine?
    Rivers, swamps, ice, seas, wadis, water-dwelling entities have all featured as “witnesses” in my practice, testifying about real and imagined histories. This draws on the concept of shuhada, in which non humans – including water sources – can be characterised as witnesses in Palestinian culture. My research rejects the Eurocentric notion that the death and destruction of human and non-human life worlds prevents those that have been destroyed from attesting
    to their experiences and instead examines how both Palestinian art forms culture and political discourse is inspired by concepts of witnessing as multi-species, multi-sensory, multi-dimensional.



    Room FAB2.31 – 24 Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance – Panel 5, Artistic Responses to Technology


    Mapping Resistance: Towards a Topography of Artistic Responses to Technology
    Robert Good


    This contribution takes the form of a performative, practice-led presentation that activates a selection of artworks from my own practice in order to examine how artists respond to the pressures, failures, and fatigue produced by contemporary technology. The presentation treats artistic practice as a site in which the limits, frictions, and contradictions of digital culture become visible.
    Each artwork functions as a worked example that takes a playful stance in interrogating a particular condition intensified by technological mediation—such as information overload, data surveillance, automation, or machine vision—and through an interactive format and dry humour articulates and provokes a response. Taken together, the works construct a field of related experiences, a provisional topography of interconnected obstacles, distortions and deceptions.
    Artworks presented include 2020 Vision (responding to information overload), Legitimate Interest (data surveillance and consent culture), Shutterbug (computer vision and facial recognition), and 100% Are Books (sentiment analysis and automated interpretation).
    2020 Vision responds to information overload and algorithmically mediated discourse by visualising Google search results through an overwhelming, repetitive visual interface. Rather than clarifying meaning, the work exposes how abundance, speed, and algorithmic repetition flatten difference and produce cognitive and creative exhaustion. By dwelling within excess rather than resolving it, the work uses fatigue itself as a critical strategy.
    Legitimate Interest addresses data surveillance and consent culture by transforming an online consent form into a looping animation that foregrounds the monotonous language of compliance. The repetitive accumulation of companies claiming a “legitimate interest” in personal data mirrors the coercive rhythms of digital bureaucracy, exposing how consent is performed, normalised, and exhausted within surveillant infrastructures. Here, repetition functions not as efficiency but as a mode of resistance through exposure.
    Shutterbug engages with histories of photographic experimentation—echoing David Hockney’s joiners—but complicates these discourses through the introduction of automated image capture and facial recognition. What begins as an exploration of expanded perception takes on a more troubling dimension as machine vision imposes
    categorisation, judgement, and control.
    100% Are Books uses sentiment analysis to ask computationally absurd questions such as “Which is the happiest book in the library?” While superficially playful, the work foregrounds the instability and emptiness of algorithmic interpretation, exposing how affect, meaning, and judgement are increasingly outsourced to systems that simulate understanding without possessing it.
    The presentation concludes by briefly introducing a new, ongoing project that imagines fantastical job descriptions for work in the age of AI. These roles are elaborated through conversations with AI agents, producing an increasingly circular and surreal exchange that reflects the automation of creativity, authorship, and professional identity.
    Taken together, these works sketch a loose topography of artistic responses to technology: repetition, recontextualisation, refusal, failure, glitch, and slowness. Rather than offering a typology or evaluative hierarchy, the presentation treats these responses as provisional coordinates within a shifting technological terrain.


    Embedded Practice and the Logic of Systems
    Ziegi Boss


    Contemporary debates around technology and creative practice often focus on questions of authorship and automation: Is AI replacing the artist? Is creativity being outsourced? This presentation proposes a shift away from these output-oriented concerns toward an examination of how technological systems reorganize creative labor,
    attention, and consciousness through their everyday use.
    Rather than approaching digital platforms, productivity tools, or AI systems from a position of refusal or ironic distance, my artistic practice adopts a methodology of sincere implementation. Inspired by Nam June Paik’s assertion that one must use technology “in order to hate it properly,” my work operates by taking technological promises
    literally and inhabiting their prescribed workflows over extended durations. The resulting artworks do not stage breakdowns or spectacular failures; instead, they reveal the warping, performance, and absurdity that occurs when systems are followed correctly.
    Through case studies ranging from long-duration self-quantification projects to consumer branding installations, the presentation demonstrates a consistent pattern: systems promise efficiency, insight, or elevation, yet deliver meta-work, performance, and the colonization of consciousness when fully implemented. In one project, tracking every minute of a week revealed how productivity tools designed to reclaim time instead generate endless labor of planning,
    categorizing, and reviewing—optimization that produces only more optimization. In another, a consumer product promising cultural sophistication exposed how branding sells belonging while shifting the burden of legitimacy onto individual consumption. Designed within capitalist incentive structures that prioritize scalability, self-perpetuation, and measurable performance, these systems continue to function even as their outputs become increasingly abstracted from lived experience. What begins as a strategy for optimization quickly transforms into escalating labor, where maintaining the system consumes the very time it claims to save. The issue is not malfunction but success: these systems work as designed, and it is precisely through their correct operation that their absurdities become
    visible.
    By framing use itself as the subject of the artwork, this presentation challenges narratives that position technology as an external force acting upon artistic authorship. Instead, it proposes that authorship persists as a relational and procedural condition, located in how systems are entered, sustained, and endured. The artwork is not the system’s output but the system encountering itself through use. Artistic practice becomes a form of stress testing—holding
    technological conditions long enough for their internal contradictions to surface. This talk concludes by asking: What forms of creativity, attention, and lived experience become impossible when optimization works too well?


    Art, Machine, and Interaction: Human Agency When Technology is the Tool
    Liz Melchor


    Ever since I began drawing with robots, my driving motivation has been: how can I find surprise using a precise tool that follows a programmed path? But even as I work to insert humanness into my machine drawings, a sizable audience erases it. The machine made it, they say, not you!
    This talk explores what constitutes meaningful human agency in artistic practice with machines, from both the artist’s and viewer’s perspectives. I will emphasize the importance of interaction—not as a single button push, but as a sustained and responsive effort: a dance integral to all creative work, but especially when technology is the tool.
    Part One explores my studio practice with drawing machines, where I deliberately introduce glitches as aesthetic choices. These imperfections aren’t technical failures but emerge from ongoing dialogue. I push the machine fail, cultivating randomness, making responsive choices when and how to intervene. Each piece results from sustained interaction, producing outcomes neither I nor the machine could achieve alone. I contrast this dance with prompt-
    based AI image generation, where single inputs produce outputs without responsive engagement or emergence. The distinction matters: artistic agency requires creative exploration of a tool’s possibilities through attention and experimentation, not button-pushing.
    Part Two examines my participatory installations, Fortune Robot and Nosey Monkey, where audience interaction takes focus. With Fortune Robot, participants’ projections of meaning onto the machine—”it can tell me my fate”— create the intrigue, not the technology itself. In Nosey Monkey, participants draw monkeys with their noses, focusing
    on process over product and using their perception and body in completely novel ways. Participants engage in real-time with responsive systems that create emergent outcomes. By widening the gap between technology and output, the work foregrounds human participation.
    Part Three addresses knee-jerk reactions to machine art from social media: “This is AI,” “This art belongs to the machine, not you,” or simply, “This isn’t art.” These responses reveal a tendency to reduce all art using technology to non-responsive tool use—outsourcing work, simple button-pushing replacing creative acts. They highlight a current cultural angst: technology is taking over the world. The fear is that we are outsourcing creativity, the most human of acts, to machines. But this overlooks that humans are always behind the machine. Erasing human agency from technological systems perpetuates dangerous myths of machine autonomy. This talk about the agency of both artist and audience in technological art opens a broader question: what does human agency mean in our technological age?



    Room FAB2.32 – 28 Bodies in Flux: Reimagining the Human Form in Contemporary Culture – Panel 3, Risk, Safety & Sensory Coordination in Physical Practice


    “It is good that people can go on a guide course but…” – Reimagining the promotion of safe practices between runners with sight loss and sighted guide runners through the senses and sensing
    Marit Hiemstra


    This paper stems from conversations about the mixed feelings recreational runners with sight loss and sighted guide runners have toward guide training courses. Guide running courses and other training programs are becoming increasingly popular and promoted in (social) media (Hall et al., 2022; Hiemstra & Rana, 2023). In this paper, I take a particularly well-known and promoted course in the UK: the Sight Loss Awareness and Guide Running workshop and licensing program by England Athletics and British Blind Sport (EA and BBS) as an example. Runners typically value this course, and the like, as introductory tools that help recruit guides and teach basic principles key to safe practices.
    At the same time, they recognise clear limitations: courses often leave little room for elements of safety that resist standardisation, particularly those related to how people ‘sense’ safety together. I situate these concerns within tendencies in outdoor movement management and broader (neoliberal) societal phenomena: ‘audit cultures’ (Shore, 2008). I argue that such cultural parameters risk increasingly managing, auditing, and standardising much elements of human relationships and conduct, particularly by reducing them into clear, logical, and rational frameworks that are then accountable, accreditable and assessable through courses and training.
    Drawing on interviews with guide runners and runners with sight loss, and fieldnote reflections about working towards safe practices with blind, partially sighted and deafblind runners myself as part of such a collaborative running pair, I will demonstrate that the EA and BBS course tells only part of the story about what safe running together actually looks and feels like. Safety among runners involves more than trainable guidelines and metrics.
    That is, it emerges as well from the ability to interact via the senses with the co-runner and to collaborative act based on such sensory impressions and effective communication about them. In conclusion, I suggest provisional ideas for reimagining this course and similar ones, and consider other approaches so that ‘sensing’ and the senses can be meaningfully integrated into programs that promote safety in cooperative running.


    Slim to win: Disordered eating, lay expertise and ‘extitutions’ of weight management in combat sports.
    James Shepherd


    This talk stems from the cultural imperative of dieting and weight loss that essential to competition formats of martial arts and combat sports (MACS). Athletes seek out informal expertise on weight management practices to achieve the culturally normalised body ideals. This search for knowledge neatly aligns with sociological research emphasising the cultural significance of experiential knowledge that is consonant with performance narratives, rather than the dubious view of medical knowledge (Monaghan, 2001; Al Hashmi and Matthews, 2022). Weight management practices are carried out due to both tacit and overt messaging within MACS spaces of how athletic bodies should look (Atkinson, 2011).
    The analysis demonstrates how coaches and fellow athletes reinforce strict regimes that normalise risky body cultures as markers of athletic legitimacy. Interview data shows how public weigh-ins and routinised “body talk” create surveillance and control mechanisms that police athlete actions and attitudes around diet. Those who do not conform to these narrow body ideals risk marginalisation, and verbal abuse (Stirling and Kerr, 2008; Pettersson et al., 2013). Such experiences provide an example of Papathomas’ (2018) claim that the sport ethic (Hughes and Coakley, 1991) is a coercive ideology, due to repressive control that pushes athletes towards over-conformity of culturally
    reproduced body ideals. Therefore, MACS spaces emerge as a subculture where athlete agency is constrained by the
    institutionalisation of weight management.
    The long-term effects of weight management practices include disordered eating, body dysmorphia, and RED-S, revealing the enduring impact beyond competitive careers. Examples such as this highlight, is how ‘extitutional’ behaviours and emotions shaped in one space, travel with people beyond their athletic careers. This is of concern when the behaviours that are encouraged directly interfere with ‘good health’ and instead prioritise ideologies around sporting performance.


    An exploration of how parents and coaches negotiate brain injuries in children’s impact sports
    Dale Bottemley


    This talk will discuss emerging insights from my PhD study which is exploring the processes at play when parents and coaches support and facilitate children’s involvement in what are widely understood to be high-risk sports. The justification for this study stems from the fact that sport-acquired brain injuries in youth impact sports are a prominent public health concern due to both the short and long-term consequences which can flow from such injuries. There is a need to better understand the way in which key stakeholders are navigating this issue when impact sport occupies a powerful position in contemporary society.
    An immersive research strategy (Matthews, 2021) has been utilised to gain deep insights into how parents and coaches are negotiating the issue of brain trauma in youth impact sport. Initial analysis is developing into three themes: (1) The culture of impact sport and the inherent trust placed in coaches, (2) Personal experiences of parents
    within that culture, (3) The morality of parenthood (related to risky activities).
    An initial finding is that youth impact sport is described by parents and coaches as being hugely beneficial to children with negative aspects and risks of the activity normalised and minimised in various ways. This reflects ‘The Great Sport Myth’ which Coakley (2015) states is the belief that sport is inherently pure and good with lack of critical thought about sporting activities. In addition, this finding builds upon work by Anderson, White & Hardwicke (2022) which found that parents focused on the benefits of sport and downplayed risks for young people. Data also suggests that coaches are highly (and inherently) trusted by parents; they play a central role in shaping what is perceived as normal, acceptable, and safe.
    Another initial finding is that when sport is framed as morally good, ethical standards applied in other high-risk domains (e.g medicine) are relaxed. This raises questions about informed consent (Findler, 2015; Russell, 2007), the withholding or softening of information, and the moral responsibilities of parents (and coaches) when children are
    exposed to activities where brain trauma is an inherent risk (Knight et al., 2021).



    Room FAB3.31 – 20 Work and career in the Neoliberal Edu-factory: Systemic Pressures and Inequities – Panel 5, Academic reflections in the Edu-factory


    Authorship inequality and elite dominance in management and organizational research: A review of six decades
    Mehmet A. Orhan & Matthijs Bal


    Ideally, the academic publication process should be meritocratic, fair, and accessible to diverse groups of researchers. Yet, many scholarly disciplines are far from this ideal state. To investigate the extent and nature of authorship inequality in management and organizational research, we compared the 60-year publication trends of three closely
    related yet categorically distinct fields: Management (MNGT), Human Resource Management (HRM), and Industrial-Organizational Psychology (IOP). By examining over 60,000 publications across 42 top-tier journals, our study reveals a concerning upward trend in authorship inequalities over time, especially in the field of IOP. Employing a quantitative discovery approach, we evaluate the productivity of the most prolific authors within each field and journal. Our analysis based on publication data from these highly productive researchers exposes a pronounced dominance of a select group of individuals in IOP, as compared to MNGT and HRM. Furthermore, our findings demonstrate that (1) authorship inequality has been steadily rising in the last six decades across all fields, and it is reaching alarming levels that threaten the sustainability of academic careers in organizational research. Especially, IOP has been grappling with issues of inequality since its inception and continues to do so. To illustrate the gravity of the situation, it is worth noting that the present authorship disparity in IOP closely resembles the income inequality distribution in Angola, a nation plagued by poverty and corruption for many years. Moreover, our findings also indicate that (2) IOP journals
    allocate significantly more space to the most prolific authors than two other fields’ journals, (3) the super-elite scholars of IOP do not only publish more articles on average than their counterparts in neighboring fields, but they also dominate journals to a greater extent, as we observe a higher frequency of the same authors on the top-10 most productive list in IOP than in the other two fields, and (4) the most prolific IOP scholars are more conservative in their publication venue choices. These findings have significant implications for practice, theory, and policy design. The concentration of journal publications in the hands of a limited number of individuals also raises important questions about the fairness and inclusivity of the academic publishing system.


    Critical career development and ‘employability’ scholarship – moving the narrative turn toward social justice
    Ricky Gee


    The continual marketisation of education has pushed graduate destinations and ‘employability’ to the forefront of HE policy and in turn scholarship. Much of employability has its theoretical, policy and practice roots from the career studies literature (see Gee et al, 2025; Gee et al, 2025a; Gee, 2022). The tendency is for ’employability’ and career development theory, policy and practice to focus upon the atomised individual, their agency and skill acquisition, deemed to be enhanced via embedded ‘work like experience’ within an already crowded curriculum. Via such a lens the student becomes pathologized as being ‘unemployable’, without skills and work experience. However, in a post-pandemic world and during a cost-of-living crisis, many students, particularly widening participation students, already have a wealth of ‘work like experience’, where working whilst studying becomes a necessity. Many 21st century students therefore find themselves labouring to learn whilst learning to labour (see Gee et al, 2025).
    This presentation provides insight into a critical approach to career development and ’employability’ scholarship, acknowledging that good scholarship seeks to make connections between research, pedagogy and practice. Such scholarship considers the social position of the individual, the social assemblages they are to navigate and collectively
    challenge and how this contributes to self-narrativisation. The presentation will provide insight into the presenter’s own personal career narrativisation, how this has been informed by theory and an astute consideration of the influence of context upon action. It will also provide examples of student and alumni accounts of such a pedagogical approach. This approach highlights the benefits of bringing student and facilitator of learning experiences of work
    into the curriculum and advocating for co-research/co-scholarship, bringing forth teaching informed research/scholarship.


    What the fuck is theory?
    Christopher R Matthews


    One of the important questions I asked myself when developing my last book was, ‘what the fuck are the emotions?’ The swear word isn’t just there for effect, it marks out a frustrated realisation that something I’d assumed to understand was actually quite unknown to me. And it also marks out a firm commitment to develop my fucking
    understanding! As I finish off some of the background reading for my next book, I’ve now been asking similar questions about theory,theorising and theorists. What are they? How do they relate? How are they misunderstood, fetishised or ignored? And, most importantly, how do scholars write about them in useful but also sometimes wrongheaded ways. In this talk I’ll move beyond my previous rethinking of theory as consisting of basic assumptions, sensitising concepts and academic tools (see Doing Good Social Science, Matthews, 2025). I’ll do this by considering some of the strengths and weaknesses of Richard Swedberg’s discussions in The Art of Social Theory. While his work is a valuable revisiting of classic discussions started by C. Wright Mills, Glaser and Strauss, and Howard Becker, he is limited in two crucial ways. Firstly, he appears to be somewhat disconnected from the reality of theorising in contemporary academia. And, secondly, his nod towards ‘cognitive science’ as a means of bolstering theorising feels oddly unconsidered – although
    I appreciate his underlying motivation to better understand ‘thought.’ Based on those assessments and more, I’ll plot out what I think is a useful development of his and others work.
    My aim is threefold, to further democratise theorising, give it a clear moral and pragmatic edge, while also representing it in a more accessible way as something we all already do. I also expect that based on my discussions and subsequent publications on the topic, I’ll lay out a quite clear and post-disciplinary approach to theorising which
    can be developed into a general pedagogy of theory development and social understanding. Cracking that part of this puzzle will be the focus of what remains of my career. I’ll seek to keep my talk short as I really want to hear what PGRs and colleagues think theorising is, especially in how they might see it differently to me. I’m trying to take in as many differing opinions as possible so that I can make my writing on this topic as useful as possible for a wide audience.



    Lunch



    14:00 – 15:30 – Parallel Sessions 7



    Room FAB 0.23 – 28: Studio-ing as Critical, Creative and Interdisciplinary Pedagogy – Panel 3, Studio-ing: Creating Commons


    What Is the Price of Your Gaze? Disrupting Urban Commodification Through Non-Linear and Place-Based Pedagogy
    Salim Murad and Patricie Kyslíková


    This presentation explores how nonlinear pedagogy and place-based education can critically engage students with the textures, tensions, and ideologies of urban consumer space. Drawing on an experiential course at the Charles University in Prague, I present a research walk conducted with future teachers of civics in Prague and focusing on the
    interplay between advertising and graffiti in public space. Framed as an inquiry into the question “What is the price of your gaze?”, the walk invites students to deconstruct how their attention is captured, commodified, and contested within the media-saturated streets surrounding their school. By analysing the visual, spatial, and symbolic
    continuums between commercial advertising and oppositional street art, participants engage in situated, embodied learning that resists linear and content driven teaching.
    By stepping into the streets as pedagogical spaces, this method challenges dominant models of civic education that remain abstracted from the material and affective realities of students’ lives. It also invites future teachers to question how consumption, diversity, and marginality shape educational environments in the city. My presentation aims to share findings from student reflections, examples of urban learning outputs, and practical ideas for translating this model across contexts. Above all, it argues for a civic that is curious, critical, and fundamentally attuned to the rhythms of the city.


    Resident in Residence: The Street as Studio
    Gavin Rogers


    The contemporary urban landscape is currently caught in the crosswinds of a “polycrisis”. As traditional top-down civic infrastructures struggle to respond to these intersecting pressures, a radical alternative emerges from the domestic and the local. This presentation explores “Resident in Residence,” a live, ongoing project situated on a typical inner-city terraced street in Birmingham, UK. The project disrupts conventional boundaries of professional practice by weaving a multidisciplinary team who are also full-time residents of the street: architects, artists, builders, carers, nurses, ceramicists, community workers, gardeners, and teachers into reimaging the street. By taking residency in a standard residential dwelling, these practitioners have reimagined the “studio” not as a secluded site for elite production, but as a DIY revolutionary hub for collective survival and neighbourhood transformation.
    This approach to working is once centred around care and interdependency as a positive action for community making and rebuilding, something that needs rebuilding. As the Care Collective (2020) suggest – one of the aspects of the poly-crisis is the infection of capitalism and the rejection of interdependency, and that we need each other more than ever.



    Room FAB1.06 – 24: Critical Praxes and Black Feminist Thought, Panel 2 – Everyday Life and Black Feminist Thought


    What are the lived experiences of Black Girls in Britain’s Private Schools?’
    Reese Marley Robinson


    This dissertation investigates the lived experiences of Black girls in Britain’s private secondary schools, moving beyond previous formal institutional analyses to uncover the subjective experiences of Black students within a structurally White elite environment. For better or worse, aspirational Black families – particularly from the emerging Black British middle-class – often view private schools, with their broad curricula, small class sizes and extensive extra-curricular provision, as routes to social mobility (Green, Anders, Henderson, & Henseke, 2019). Whether through the ability to pay fees or by securing scholarships, Black students will hence continue to inhabit these spaces and grapple with their complexities. Amidst broader debates about the capitalist and heteropatriarchal features of private schooling, their experiences are of sociological interest because, as Meghji (2019:2) notes, “economic wealth does not shield Black folk from racism”. Whereas the privileged class position of most privately educated Black students is often a priori assumed to insulate them from racism, this study demonstrates that private schools remain sites where structural Whiteness is reproduced, irrespective of students’ family wealth or meritocratic opportunity. Moreover, this research scrutinises the positions of private schools that, following the racial tensions of 2020 and the resurgence of the Black Lives Matter movement, pledged to ‘do the work’ to foster diverse school communities (Freeman, 2020).
    Drawing on semi-structured interviews with twelve Black girls who recently completed their schooling, I highlight the interlinkages of race, class and gender within their experiences of the British private
    school system. My data reveal experiences of racism, a perceived neglect of institutional attention to Black girls’ wellbeing, and a generational, experiential gap with their parents. Taken together, these factors generally led to feelings of non-belonging. Empirically, the study demonstrates that private schools are racialised organisations in which racism persists today. Drawing on Black Feminist Theory (BFT) and Critical Race Theory (CRT), I expand
    analyses of racialised and gendered schooling by considering the ‘hidden cost’ of attending privileged institutions – in particular, what I will term the ‘affective cost of inclusion’.
    Methodologically and epistemologically, the dissertation identifies BFT as a vital framework for knowledge, legitimising Black girls as experts of their own realities. As a Black woman who also attended private school, I adopt a reflexive insider positionality that affords access to what Black feminist scholars describe as subjugated or oppositional knowledge. The study employs ‘sister-to-sister talk’ as a culturally responsive communicative practice that is central to data production. In doing so, the research contributes to Black feminist scholarship by expanding documentation of Black British girlhoods within elite and ambivalent institutional spaces.


    Situated Knowledge from the Margins: Black feminism, Decoloniality and Affect as Method
    Henna Masih


    Dominant research paradigms are shaped by Eurocentric and often patriarchal power structures that privilege positivist traditions of neutrality and objectivity. As a result. research practices are often extractive rather than transformative, with Decolonial scholar Tuhiwai Smith (2021) naming research as a ‘dirty word,’ that has disempowered many colonised people. Moreover, Black women and other Women of Colour experience epistemic injustice as their capacity as knowers is systemically undermined through what Black feminist scholar, Collins (1999) refers to as a ‘matrix of domination,’ where inequality is reproduced across gender, race, class and sexuality. This paper responds to this critique by reflecting on the methodological approach developed within an ongoing PhD study which seeks to explore the intersectional experiences of Women of Colour legal academics in the UK, identifying the challenges and resilience strategies employed to survive and thrive within UK legal academia – an area that has received uneven attention. It demonstrates the radical potential of Black feminist and decolonial epistemologies in shaping qualitative research by centring lived experience, counter-narratives, and affect as situated forms of knowledge for examining interlocking racialised and gendered oppressions, while also foregrounding researcher reflexivity. The paper advances Black feminist methodological approaches by refusing extractive research practices and offers a synthesised methodological framework that combines Black feminist and decolonial methods for researching inequality. This approach moves beyond mere representation and “non-performatives” (Sara Ahmed,
    2006) of diversity, and instead towards structural critique by centering the marginalised voices and experiences of women of colour academics


    Home, Othermothers and Love – A Black feminist exploration into Muslim women’s resistance to Islamophobia in Britain.
    Faustine Petron


    Across Europe, the rise of far-right governments, now in power in seven countries, has mainstreamed Islamophobia. In Britain, recent years have seen some of the highest recorded levels of Islamophobia experienced by Muslims. These developments have had regressive and deeply gendered consequences for social justice. This paper draws on Black feminist theory to explore how Muslim women in Britain navigate and engage in everyday resistance to this growing Islamophobia. Grounded in Black feminist traditions that recognise the radical and political potential of love, the paper draws on bell hooks’ concept of a love ethic to foreground love and care not merely as coping strategies, but as vital and collective forms of resistance to oppression. Aligning theory and practice, the study employs Black feminist methodologies, including a solidarity circle alongside semi-structured interviews, to centre lived experience in 19 accounts of Muslim women’s everyday resistance to Islamophobia in Britain. Moving away from dominant sociological framings that position Muslim women as passive victims in need of saving (Abu-Lughod,2002), the paper instead conceptualises marginality as a ‘site of radical possibility’ (hooks,1997). It highlights Muslim women’s creativity, agency and strength in the face of both interpersonal Islamophobia and
    Islamophobic state violence, including the harms produced by surveillance programmes such as PREVENT, which disproportionately target Muslim communities. Existing scholarship on Islamophobia rarely focuses on resistance, which reinforces the harmful narrative of Muslim women as passive victims. Furthermore, by ignoring Muslim
    women’s everyday resistance, scholarship has obscured their quieter and often overlooked, daily acts of defiance.
    By centering everyday practices, this paper contributes to Black feminist scholarship by expanding understandings of resistance and insisting that love is not only political but also a form of resistance



    Room FAB2.31 – 24 Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance – Panel 6, Who Makes the Work? AI, Authenticity, and Invisible Labour


    Failure as Method of Resistance in Digital Art Practices
    Luja Šimunović


    This proposal examines how contemporary art practices engaging with digitally mediated subjectivity embrace fatigue and failure as modes of resistance to dominant technological imaginaries. Rather than treating the shortcomings of digital technologies merely as symptoms of lost futures, the paper proposes that these failures generate new affective positions, forms of agency or kinds of intelligence that unsettle dominant, anthropocentric understandings of subjectivity.
    Early cybernetic optimism of the 1990s took to the unrestricted and unhierarchical structure of the network as an opportunity for emancipation, collectivity, and expanded cognition – an internet that will allow for new freedoms and new, more just and humane, democracies. The contemporary digital sphere embodies a far more ambivalent reality: a decentralized space of mass surveillance, of platform infrastructures that manipulate behaviours, that feed on
    affective economies and breed radical reactionary groups that trigger real social consequences. It is a liminal and unstable environment that actively shapes our global and subjective realities, all while blurring the lines between the public and the private, agency and automation, the individual and collective. It is in many ways a failure that instead
    of connecting, has further alienated the individual and instead of freeing has further restricted and governed the social body.


    One and Three SCHRAM’s
    Laurie Schram


    This performative lecture presents SCHRAM2.0, an ongoing artistic research project that examines authorship, fatigue, and resistance within contemporary artistic practice shaped by artificial intelligence, institutional precarity, and invisible care labour. SCHRAM2.0 is a speculative alter ego developed through sustained dialogue with artificial intelligence. She functions as both an artwork and a working method. Rather than existing as a singular identity, SCHRAM2.0 is conceived as an iterable and plural subject whose identity emerges through repetition, interpretation, and contextual enactment. Instead of approaching AI as a tool just for optimisation or innovation, the project treats it as a system that embraces how authorship gets distributed, mediated, and fatigued. I invite artificial intelligence to
    attempt to be me as an artist, recreating aesthetics, gestures, and conceptual logic, while I in turn attempt to make as an AI system might: iteratively, repetitively, and through distortion. Through this reciprocal process, SCHRAM2.0 takes shape as a versioned self. Outwardly she appears coherent and succesful, while internally authorship becomes
    porous and shared across human, machine, and institutional structures. The performative lecture takes the form of a short presentation of the project and a staged panel discussion in which multiple versions of SCHRAM2.0 are present simultaneously. Each panelist represents SCHRAM2.0 from within their own practice and field, inhabiting her as a position rather than performing her as a character. These representations are not deviations from an original, but constitutive instances. The panel stages a debate about who SCHRAM2.0 really is, not in order to determine a correct version, but to insist that her reality consists precisely of these competing and coexisting interpretations. Philosophy, art jewellery, education, and costume history each generate a valid version of SCHRAM2.0, grounded in real expertise and lived disciplinary knowledge. The lecture combines real knowledge with performative framing. It is unscripted, but not unstructured. Costume, role, and staging operate alongside genuine interpretation and argument. Versions overlap, contradict, and coexist, making visible authorship as a negotiated and ongoing process rather than a fixed position. The work is conceived as a modular structure that can be realised in two formats. In one iteration, SCHRAM2.0 appears as a fully embodied live panel, foregrounding presence, coordination, and the labour required
    to assemble bodies in one space. In another iteration, the artist is physically present while other versions of SCHRAM2.0 appear through mediated means such as live or recorded video, audio, and screen-based interventions.
    This mediated version foregrounds absence, substitution, and technological distance. Both formats are integral to the project and demonstrate how material conditions shape not only artistic production, but the very form that authorship takes. Central to the project is the role of invisible labour. As an artist, educator, and caregiver, my art practice unfolds within interruption, repetition, and unpaid work that sustains both artistic and institutional economies. SCHRAM2.0 emerges from these conditions rather than despite them. The performative lecture refuses to separate intellectual production from care and dependency, treating them as structural forces within artistic practice. Fiction here functions as an intentional escape into a counterfactual artistic life, one in which time, energy, and autonomy are not structurally constrained. This escape is not a withdrawal from reality, but a critical mirror that exposes how such freedom remains normative for male artists and exceptional or absurd when claimed by women.



    Room FAB2.32 – 28 Bodies in Flux: Reimagining the Human Form in Contemporary Culture – Panel 4, Health Narratives & Biopolitics


    The same virus, different stories: Navigating everyday life with HIV/AIDS for the LGBQI+ community.
    Hannah Revill


    This paper explores the lived experiences of HIV/AIDS for the LGBQI+ community, taking a holistic approach which encompasses all aspects of life including the more mundane and routine issues that have typically been overlooked within existing research. 25 participants took part in individual semi-structured online interviews, and five subsequent follow up interviews were conducted if more time or detail were required after the initial conversation. Thematic analysis was conducted on the interview transcripts, resulting in four core themes: (1) Control, (2) Identity, (3) Relationships and (4) Mortality. These themes form the four chapters of the Discussion section.
    Overall, life can be vastly different for each person living with HIV (PLWH) due to factors such as their age, gender, race and sexual orientation but there are some overlapping issues that tend to be experienced by most which are the themes discussed in this paper. The aftermath of diagnosis is characterised by a period of uncertainty and loss of control, but this eventually settled into a sense of banality as participants recognised that little has changed in their daily lives due to the medical developments in HIV treatment. The most significant changes revolved around making sense of one’s sense of self following diagnosis and the associated identity work undertaken and the changes in personal relationships in the aftermath of disclosing one’s status to others. The stigmatisation surrounding the
    disease has also shifted from outright hostility towards a more wilful ignorance. Most PLWH are now able to live relatively normal lives similar to their pre-diagnosis situation, but the emotional weight and toll of the epidemic remain significant for many individuals who endured the terror and grief of this period, especially the earlier years.
    Therefore, life with HIV/AIDS for the LGBQI+ community has become more normalised, routine and monotonous but the legacy of previous struggles and stigma still haunts those with the virus and influences their experiences. In terms of contributions and originality, this paper takes an interdisciplinary approach to studying this issue by including theoretical approaches and concepts from politics, sociology, and healthcare. Additionally, the findings contribute to these various disciplines by highlighting the experiences of this community with the aim of reducing stigma and demonstrating how HIV has become manageable and normalised on a day-to-day basis.


    How do weight-loss drugs construct narratives around fatness?
    Florence Collins


    With approximately 1-2 million people currently using weight-loss drugs, and those numbers expected to keep rising, it’s become commonplace hearing that another celebrity, family member or co-worker has decided to jump on the Ozempic bandwagon. This is because, despite being formulated to treat diabetes, the appetite-suppressing side-effect of GLP-1 medications means they’re increasingly framed as a ‘magic pill’ to the supposed ‘obesity crisis’.
    However, while these drugs are presented as beneficial for one’s health, their own potential health complications are being over-looked – including the possibility of triggering eating disorders along with the various known and yet-to-be-known side effects, of which so far have included acute pancreatitis. What’s more, with NHS prescriptions being limited only to those with comorbid health conditions, this leaves a predominant number of people accessing them through private companies. Therefore, this raises the question, if these drugs come with both health risks and a financial cost ranging between £100-250 monthly, why are they currently so lusted after? One reason may lie in the societal stigmatisation and existential threat when existing in a fat body as for many, the exclusion of well-fitted clothes, suitable chairs and even life-saving medical procedures is a material reality. However, what remains unexamined is how these examples of discrimination rely on medicalised knowledge which not only constructs slimness as the ideal but also fat bodies as physically unhealthy and socially deviant. This is particularly important as current discourse around weight-loss drugs predominately revolves around whether they constitute as ‘cheating’ in comparison to diet and exercise. What’s overlooked, however, is the often-un-questioned assumption that fat people
    should lose weight in the first place. Therefore, drawing on a Foucauldian perspective, I want to question dominant health narratives which frame weight-loss drugs as a ‘treatment’ to fatness and instead argue that they function as convenient tools within an increasingly neoliberal healthcare system which pathologizes certain bodies.


    Necrometrics: a human security approach to bodies of war.
    Lily Hamourtziadou


    The human body in death is taboo in most cultures. Although death is inevitable for all of us, we do not want to see, show or share images of dead bodies, especially in cases of violent death. The collection of biometric data in various security areas enables the use of the human body for identification purposes. Biometrics in the military uses biological traits such as face, iris, fingerprints, and behaviours for identification, tracking suspects or detainees, and for gathering intelligence. This paper argues that Necrometrics, data about and from the dead in armed conflict, can provide an understanding of war from a human security perspective. Casualty recording, as well as data collected from human remains, can help us document the impact of war on all aspects of security: personal, economic, political, community, food, health and environmental security. Using research and data from Iraq Body Count, Every Casualty Counts, Memorial Platform, Gaza Shaheed and Airwars, and drawing on the work of Hamourtziadou and Wels (Biometrics to Necrometrics: What the Dead Can Tell us About War, Journal of International Humanitarian Legal
    Studies, 2025), the body in death is revisited: the human corpse becomes a vehicle for identification, contextualisation, memorialisation and justice.


    Visible Faces of Recovery in Wolverhampton: SUIT (Service User Involvement Team), Wolverhampton
    Christiane Jenkins


    As LERO’s (Lived Experience Recovery Organisations), gain visibility within contemporary treatment systems, they are simultaneously subjected to new forms of governance that limit their capacity to challenge how recovery is defined, measured, and controlled.
    This proposed presentation will explain the challenges faced by LERO’s as contested sites where alternative knowledges of recovery encounter and are disciplined by, clinical and institutional regimes. SUIT Wolverhampton (one of the UK’s earliest LEROs, founded in 2007), was established as a space in which lived experience was not treated as anecdotal or supplementary, but as a legitimate source of knowledge capable of informing recovery on its own terms. Through education, advocacy, creativity, and wraparound support, we have responded to marginalisation across healthcare, welfare, housing, and criminal justice systems, offering people on the sharp end of society a voice, visible role models, and opportunities that connect identity beyond clinical categorisation.
    Despite the growing national presence of LEROs, we argue that relationships with clinical treatment providers remains characterised by uneven power. Primary Care and clinical services continue to privilege medicalised models of treatment, frequently failing to recognise or refer into peer-led recovery spaces. Where collaboration does occur, it is often shaped by professional anxieties around credibility, funding, and control, resulting in partnerships that prioritise institutional needs over client outcomes. Listening practices may be present, yet lived experience is too often evaluated through external criteria that dilute its critical potential.
    From a Foucauldian perspective, power does not operate solely through exclusion or repression, but through productive mechanisms that shape what can be said, by whom, and with what authority. As LEROs enter formal recovery systems, lived experience becomes increasingly visible and recognised, yet regulated through funding
    criteria, referral pathways, risk frameworks, and evaluative metrics rooted in medicalised models of addiction.
    Drawing on the chapter “Visible Faces of Recovery in Wolverhampton: SUIT” written by SUIT staff, (in “Lived Experience Recovery Organisations: Peer Generated Epicentres of Personal Change and Collective Transformation” edited by Dr David Patton & Dr Ed Day), we will explore our experiences within national LERO leadership, and the
    community we serve. The volume’s formal deposition in the British Library and its celebratory launch hosted by Dame Carol Black signal a growing cultural recognition of lived experience as a meaningful contribution to knowledge.
    However, we would contend that symbolic recognition has not been matched by structural change within recovery systems and that current models of partnership risk reproducing the very inequalities LEROs were created to address.
    We argue that a shift towards redistribution of authority, resources, and decision-making power should be called for; one that positions LEROs not as an afterthought to treatment, but as autonomous identities capable of reshaping how recovery is understood, practiced, and governed.



    Room FAB3.31 – 20 : ‘Beneath the remains’: A critical exploration under and beyond the blinkered rationalities of contemporary civilisational decay, Panel 1, ‘Out here, on the perimeter’: Obstacles, conduits, magic, and dissipation.


    “My garden is made of stone”: The death drive of ghosts and the eros of magic
    Andrew Fergus Wilson


    Before Derrida wrote the lectures that made up Specters of Marx he helped make better known the work of psychoanalysts Nicolas Abraham and Maria Torok; they developed the idea of transgenerational haunting. Their spectres concealed secrets, buried traumas that haunted successive generations – nostalgia as a symptom, an eternal return to the scene of the primal crime. Derrida’s ghosts give form to unrealisable thoughts – spectral seeds as yet
    unfertilised by language (ghostly structures of feeling). Marx and Engels sought to give flesh to the continually insubstantial phantasm that haunted the European mind, communism. Here, too, we might think of the misreadings of Mark Fisher’s ‘capitalist realism’: his melancholy was for unborn ideas, not an infertile imagination. Waking
    language cannot sustain the dream.
    We live in an age in which public culture is saturated with history and psychology; looking backwards and inwards we would rather tarry with the unstable boundaries of generic networked hyperindividuation than confront the ghosts that surround us. The dead of Gaza, of Rojava, of Afghanistan, of the Democratic Republic of Congo, of Rohingya,
    Iran, Minnesota, Somalia, the Maghreb, Ukraine, Sudan, the Narco wars, femicide, on and on, the mass genocide of multiple species. They fill the spaces between us, they are stitched together in our fast fashion; perhaps we can hear the screams of the dead in the static of our voice notes when we charge our phones? Or the quiet sound of fresh, clean water evaporating as it cools the fevered, metastasizing minds of AIs while they sloppify all prior human thought.
    Outwards and now is a hellscape and the dead are everywhere.
    And so some turn away, we turn to pseudohistory, ceremonial magic, hex knots, curses, memes, chaos, ancestor worship and other ancestral hauntings, the eternal return of time as a flat stone circle. Is this a pessimistic Spenglerianism? Atavistic longing for a romanticised primitivism that erases the modern and its churning engines fuelled by sacrifice? Perhaps not. This paper wants to know if a refusal to monetise or instrumentalise activity, to make ludic play out of hyperstition, can be a pleasure that is anathema to capitalist realism. What are the entangled mycological tenets of a vernacular religion of reenchantment, a politics of trespass? Can we understand it as an
    endeavour to reclaim ownership of human effort in the name of our own impossible illusions so that it cannot be transformed into mere labour and the structuring Symbolic of one social system or another? This paper will explore the weird turn in public culture in these terms and seek to understand if and how the irrationalities of the deep past
    can make sense when building a more equitable future.


    Managed Dissipation: Internalised Exit and Non-Eventful Collapse in Contemporary Societies
    Jooyeol Kim


    Contemporary societies are frequently described as unstable, polarised, or approaching rupture. Yet in many cases, large-scale revolt, collective violence, or transformative political events fail to materialise even under prolonged economic pressure, institutional erosion, and affective exhaustion. This paper argues that this absence of eruption should not be read as resilience or integration, but as a condition in which discontent is structurally absorbed and
    neutralised before it can become an event.
    Rather than erupting collectively, social pressure increasingly converges on quiet forms of individual collapse—suicide, addiction, extreme withdrawal, and the abandonment of participation. These outcomes are often framed as psychological pathology or moral failure. This paper instead approaches them as internally displaced exits that
    emerge once legible routes of response are progressively sealed. In this sense, what appears as withdrawal, madness, or disappearance is not an escape from rationality, but a residue produced by its continued enforcement beyond viability.
    The core condition identified is the collapse of realizability: a situation in which meaningful outcomes—economic, social, or symbolic—no longer fall within an individual’s lived time horizon. Under such conditions, rational action does not vanish but contracts. Long-term strategies lose coherence, participation becomes performative, and
    collective engagement increasingly resembles a ritual without expected payoff. It is at this threshold that mythic, magical, or ‘mad’ languages are often invoked—not as alternatives to reason, but as signals that reason itself has become exhausted as a viable mode of orientation.
    When external exit and voice mechanisms are restricted or rendered ineffective, remaining exits are internalised. The resulting forms of collapse are socially invisible and politically non-threatening, registered less as events than as statistics, atmospheres, or hauntings within everyday life. From this perspective, contemporary stability appears not as equilibrium but as managed dissipation: a condition in which pressure is redirected into non-collective, non-
    eventful forms of disappearance.
    By treating violence, withdrawal, and self-destruction as alternative outputs of the same constrained decision structure rather than distinct phenomena, this paper offers a structural account of civilisational decay that proceeds without spectacle. It aligns with this panel’s interest in myth, madness, and the beyond of managerial rationality, while approaching them as threshold languages that emerge when dominant logics continue to operate after their
    conditions of possibility have already collapsed.


    Break



    16:00 – 17:30 – Parallel Sessions 8


    Room (FAB 0.23 – 28) : Studio-ing as Critical, Creative and Interdisciplinary Pedagogy, Panel 4


    Plenary Studio-ing: Disrupting, Resisting, Creating
    Maggie Ayliffe; Andrew Bracey; Joanne Lee; Danica Maier; Laura Onions


    This plenary brings together the insights, experiments, questions and frictions that have emerged across the stream at MCCT to collectively consider what Studio-ing as Critical, Creative and Interdisciplinary Pedagogy makes possible within and beyond Fine Art. In this session, attendees are invited to help surface the significant conditions,
    challenges and desires that have arisen through the presentations and in relation to the five themes of ’studio-ing’: time and space, co-learning, quality, inclusion and valuing the process. Using a deliberately discursive and participatory format, the plenary aims to identify where studio-ing resonates across disciplines, where it is resisted or constrained, and where it may support unforeseen forms of collaboration or transformation. This shared reflection will help shape the next phase of the research project as it continues to investigate studio-ing as a critical, creative and interdisciplinary pedagogic methodology.



    Room FAB1.06 – 24 : Critical Praxes and Black Feminist Thought – Panel 3, Who gets to know? : Black Feminist and Decolonial Interventions


    Desire, Contradiction and Knowledge Production
    Muna Ahmed


    This presentation draws on my reflections as a queer Black Muslim woman to explore lived experience as a site of knowledge. By examining how desire, contradiction, and respectability shape the production of knowledge about race, gender, religion, and morality; I argue that emotional experiences which are typically dismissed as too personal are in fact analytically rich.
    As a Black Muslim woman, I am constantly negotiating contradictory expectations. Respectability politics within an ethnoreligious Somali society demands modesty, restraint, and moral legibility from women while racialised stereotypes simultaneously frame the same Black women as excessive, unruly, or hypervisible. Through attempts to
    resist one stereotype, I see myself fulfilling another. These contradictions are not personal failures but structural tensions, and attending to them reveals how marginalised subjects are asked to perform coherence in worlds built on contradiction. When knowledge is detached from lived reality, myths flourish. Part of our contemporary misinformation crisis, I suggest, is not a lack of information, but a lack of communication – particularly the silencing of those most affected by dominant narratives.
    The ethical dimension of knowledge production is especially clear in debates around sexuality and religion. Queer Muslims who practice Islam often develop a deeper and more complex understanding of Islamic teachings on homosexuality precisely because they must live with these interpretations while sustaining faith. Their knowledge is
    formed through negotiation, risk, and survival. By contrast, scholars who are not personally implicated (often straight, often insulated from harm) have little incentive to unsettle the status quo. Drawing on Black feminist epistemology, I argue that experiential knowledge carries not only epistemic value but the ethical responsibility to speak, to make
    oneself known, and to challenge myths sustained by silence.
    Methodologically, this presentation is a Black feminist interpretive autoethnography grounded in critical pedagogy. Building on the work of Patricia Hill Collins, I treat experience, especially the emotional, as legitimate forms of knowledge. Feminist critical pedagogy laid out by bell hooks further grounds this approach, insisting that what we
    learn in classrooms must remain accountable to the truth outside of classrooms. In dialogue with Audre Lorde, I use the erotic as an epistemic resource. My methodology will illustrate that centering experiential knowledge is not a retreat from rigor, but commitment to a truth based in reality. Experiential knowledge helps people to accept contradictions, resist abandoning themselves, and live more honestly.
    I hope to contribute to the stream by centering lived experience as critical praxis to show where Black feminist theory offers individuals like myself guidance in the form of tools for thinking and surviving amidst contradiction.


    Colonial racial truth-making: Colonial photography as an epistemological technology of modernity/coloniality
    Anjalee Suthakaran


    This paper will examine the photograph’s place in colonial constructions of truth, particularly as it pertains to constructions of race/gender. The photograph is deemed a purveyor of truth. As John Berger puts it, capitalism universalised the eye of God with the camera. The use of photography creates a static body – a body frozen in time.
    Entering the intersubjective universe of modernity/coloniality, photographs enable the static positioning of bodies within racial taxonomies. From its invention, democratization, and current use, the photograph has been a means of public pedagogy, fear mongering, and communicating an objective “Other”. The photograph as a conduit of “truth” is popularised through contemporary conversations in digital spaces. Namely, Palestinians detailing their suffering under colonial occupation since 1948 has not been sufficient for “Western” audiences to believe it. Rather, the perpetual circulation of photographs of bombed hospitals and children who have been starved is where “truth” is ostensibly revealed.
    This paper posits that there are two primary ways in which the colonial photograph is an epistemological technology by which the modernity/coloniality paradigm manifests. Firstly, under the modern/colonial world system, the photograph is a device of measurement, classification, and quantification. As such, the camera is the reifying device by which constructed racial difference becomes a cultural fact. The colonial photograph thus sustains a logic which deems certain racialised bodies as necessarily inferior and uncivilised, rationalising colonial domination. Moreover, I argue that the colonial photograph is a means of mapping negatively racialised people in a global racial imaginary by
    which the colonial European perspective is the orbiter of truth by which those who are racially Othered are displaced from and hierarchised according to proximity to the centre (White, European, Rationality.) By synergising a Foucauldian understanding of power and Mignolo, Quijano, and Lugones concept of modernity/coloniality, this paper examines British anthropologist Edgar Thurston’s photography in ‘South India’, arguing that colonial photography was integral to the construction of static, negatively racialised bodies. Used as an aid to the Criminal Tribes Act (1871) in South India, Thurston’s accompanying detailed anthropological observations pathologised and sexualised
    individuals in the colonial periphery. Demonstrating that colonial photography was integral in legitimizing racial science as “truth”. I argue that Thurston’s photography aided the construction of a global colonial, racial, and gendered imaginary. As such, the colonial photograph became a form of public pedagogy that disseminated colonial knowledge systems, particularly through popular magazines, as the British public became fascinated with knowing and understanding the colonial Other. As an interjection of colonial power-knowledge systems, this paper seeks to interrogate the objective status prescribed to the camera, identifying the “zero-point hubris” (Castro-Gómez) instilled in colonial photography.



    Room FAB2.31 – 24 Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance – Panel 7, Resistance and Experimentation in Practice


    Failure as a Condition of Universality: Emoji and Pseudo-Script in Contemporary Technological Language
    Lulu Ao


    This paper adopts a practice-led critical framework to examine how so-called universal languages operate within contemporary technological systems, and how artistic practice mobilises failure, fatigue, and unreadability as forms of resistance. Rather than treating language as a neutral vehicle of communication, the paper approaches it as a visual, technical, and regulatory structure shaped by standardisation, platform logics, and algorithmic optimisation.
    Focusing on the long-term language-based works of Chinese artist Xu Bing (1955-), the analysis brings together two seemingly opposed practices: pseudo-script and emoji-based writing, reading them as a shared critique of technological universality. Xu Bing’s pseudo-script simulates the visual authority of writing while systematically withholding semantic access. Viewers are invited into an act of reading that never resolves into comprehension, encountering texts that appear legible yet remain permanently unreadable. This sustained interpretive failure exposes the extent to which reading depends not only on visual form, but on institutional training, cultural convention, and linguistic discipline. Meaning is not absent by accident, but structurally denied.
    Emoji-based writing, by contrast, operates within a globally standardised visual system explicitly designed to minimise interpretive effort. Embedded in digital platforms, emoji promises immediacy, emotional clarity, and cross-linguistic accessibility. When reorganised into extended narrative structures, however, emoji loses its efficiency. The accumulation of signs produces ambiguity, redundancy, and cognitive fatigue, revealing the limits of visual universality as a communicative ideal. Rather than treating these practices as stylistic experiments at opposite ends of the linguistic spectrum, this paper
    argues that they form a coherent model of failure within technological language. In pseudo-script, failure emerges through semantic absence; in emoji writing, through semantic overload. Both expose language as a system governed by protocols of readability, speed, and optimisation, rather than a transparent medium of expression.
    Within this framework, fatigue is not understood as a secondary effect of reception, nor as a subjective weakness of the viewer. Instead, it functions as an epistemic condition through which the ideological demands of technological language become perceptible. The inability to read quickly or resolve meaning interrupts the expectation of seamless communication that underpins platform-based interaction. Artistic practice thus creates a space for friction, delay, and hesitation, resisting the reduction of language to efficient exchange.
    The presentation will combine visual analysis with critical reflection to address three questions: how technological languages shape contemporary modes of communication; how failure and unreadability operate as productive strategies within artistic practice; and how art can reframe notions of universality, publicness, and responsibility in an
    increasingly automated linguistic environment.


    Devious Dancing with Devices….and trees
    Sally Stenton


    “Dear body, you have been slacking of late and I am receiving discomforting signals that suggest there is a problem with your posture. You have spent too much time sitting on the sofa with the laptop. Thank you for alerting me to the need for correction. I have come across some instructions that you might find helpful.”
    https://www.sallystenton.com/projects/bending-as-a-form-of-resistance/
    This is the opening paragraph of a text by Sally Stenton that arose from ‘Bending as a form of resistance’, a collaboration with Kelcy Davenport and Pernille Fransden in 2018 exploring movement as both metaphor and embodiment of constructive agency.
    In a development of this sensory enquiry, the proposed activity for MCCT will explore the act of noticing how our digital devices shape our posture and gestures. We will deploy the senses to interrogate the nature of the relationships we are forming with devices and simulations of human resemblance. How might we imagine moving
    our bodies counter to the directions of the machinic choreographer to subvert the training regime of the screen? Participants are invited to uncurl : from grasping hands, bent shoulders and downward gaze to the opening, upward reach of a tree. A nuanced attention to the sensations in the body might pose questions about the digital experience of a tree or how soil can infiltrate the internet. The digital realm conspires with the human tendency to reduce the tree to a flat image or a single word, but it can also unlock a different way of seeing and hence of being. How can we use the technology to enhance our connection with the wider entangled ecology without being seduced into a dimensional call and response?
    This interactive session will pose questions to the body, offering prompts and invitations that are ambiguous, poeticand unpredictable. Words will help to eliminate words and through the sensory act of moving the body we will work together to unfold ways to resist the theft of sensibility and attention.



    Room FAB2.32 – 28 : Beyond the nature/culture divide: Posthuman and New Materialist explorations – Panel 3, Consciousness and conscious relations


    The New Society: Introducing a formalism for identity and societal structures in the face of intelligent automata.
    P.A. Galwas


    In this presentation, we introduce a formalism for considering a “New Society” – collectives of humans and increasingly intelligent automata, as well as other organisms. We examine changes to the fundamental nature of human and representational identities in the face of increasingly independent automata; as well as new social constructions beyond current human society and culture, changes to human autonomy, and even the nature of subjectivity & objectivity itself. To establish the landscape, we firstly examine the space of “mind v. no-mind” by characterising degrees of sentience and types of powering; and by enumerating the new types of communities that
    may arise in this domain. Secondly, we introduce the scenario of a “New Enlightenment”, where humans live with identity separation and mirror identities alongside new types of automata communities. In this New Enlightenment, the pervasion of artificial intelligence (AI) and human individuals’ direct interactions with AI, will, we argue, take us
    full circle – from the peak of scientific dominance back to magical world views.
    We conclude by introducing a novel formalism for considering collectives of humans and automata – as well as potentially other organisms, comprising three major aspects: A “language of virtues” that goes beyond traditional ideas of ethical values and financial value; A method to handle complexity and emergence that transcends current concepts of property; and a formal representation that generalizes informational entities, in particular to enable all
    the characteristics of holons. We believe that this approach can help us to redefine our place, in particular by going beyond traditional perspectives – of humans & culture, and nature & matter – to acknowledge, accept, and perhaps flourish alongside collectives of automata.


    Beyond Human Utopia: Posthuman Consciousness and Relational Ethics in Bora Chung’s Your Utopia
    Palak Arora

    This paper interrogates the figure of utopia in Bora Chung’s Your Utopia (2024) as a site where humanist assumptions about consciousness, agency, and ethical sovereignty are systematically unsettled. Rather than imagining utopia as a horizon of human perfection or rational social organisation, Chung’s speculative narratives stage utopia as a relational and often disturbing assemblage of human and non-human forces technological systems, environments, bodies, and affective residues that resist human mastery. In doing so, Your Utopia offers a sustained literary critique
    of anthropocentric reason and reconfigures consciousness as distributed, contingent, and materially entangled.
    Drawing on posthumanist and new materialist perspectives, this paper argues that Chung’s work exposes the limits of classical utopian thought grounded in Enlightenment humanism. By foregrounding the instability of care, responsibility, and survival across human–non-human thresholds, Your Utopia challenges the logic of human
    exceptionalism that underwrites both utopian and dystopian imaginaries. These narratives refuse the promise of mastery or redemption, instead emphasising vulnerability, interdependence, and ethical uncertainty as unavoidable conditions of posthuman existence.
    This paper contributes to broader discussions on how speculative fiction can rethink inherited models of consciousness and ethics in an era shaped by technological acceleration, ecological crisis, and the exhaustion of humanist futures. It ultimately suggests that Chung’s work does not ask what a “better” utopia might look like, but whether utopia remains imaginable within frameworks that continue to privilege the human as the primary measure of value, agency, and meaning.


    What Can Silences Say? Towards a Material-Discursive Theory of Silence
    Sai Sree Satya Javvaji


    Most theories on silence aim to grasp the oppression of marginalized subjects by conceptualizing silence as a reduction of agency and self-determination. De/postcolonial feminist scholarship has shown how postcolonial women are silenced, rendered invisible, or unaccounted for in existing colonial narratives, with some suggesting that
    voice itself is colonial. More recent work challenges this by theorizing intentional silence as a form of agency, and by understanding silence as a space of political possibility and mobilization (Malhotra & Rowe 2013; Parpart & Parashar 2019). I argue, however, that these critiques remain constrained by a shared ontological assumption: silence—
    whether passive or agential—is treated as a property of the subject. Silence is framed as either a marker of the subject’s lack of agency or as an intentional act that demonstrates agency. In both cases, silence has no place beyond the subject, furthering a narrow understanding that fails to capture its full meaning-making potential.
    Drawing on new materialist and posthuman relational ontologies, particularly Karen Barad’s work (2019), the paper argues that silence should be understood as a material-discursive entity rather than as an absence or lack characterizing individual subjects. I develop this argument through a critical and creative reading of Gayatri Spivak’s
    (1985) notion of subaltern silence and, to unsettle this framework, I draw on Karen Barad’s notion of the void as having materiality and being endowed with a haunting presence. By tracing affinities between the void and silence, I reinterpret subaltern silence as a material presence that asserts itself within the social topology and forces meaning. More broadly, this presentation seeks to expand how agency is understood as relationally enacted so we can explore ruptures and political possibilities that emerge when silence is approached as materially alive



    Room (FAB3.31 – 20): ‘Beneath the remains’: A critical exploration under and beyond the blinkered rationalities of contemporary civilisational decay, Panel 2, ‘Sticks and stones’: Performativity,
    subversion, taboos, and complex empowerments.


    Performative Subversion in S/M: Performance Art and Resistance
    Cristian Gonzalez Arevalo


    This paper examines the intersection of Michel Foucault’s theoretical framework on power and sexuality with the performative dimensions of sadomasochistic (SM) practices and radical performance art. Drawing on La volonté de savoir and Foucault’s reflections on the microphysics of power, this analysis foregrounds SM not merely as a mechanism of repression but as a dynamic process through which power becomes productive. This productivity shapes experiences, identities, and social practices, illustrating that power is embedded within the very fabric of
    human interaction. SM, I argue, offers a uniquely powerful lens for understanding power because it transcends mere symbolic representation. Instead, it embodies and enacts power within ritualised, consensual, and aesthetically coded spaces, creating a tangible experience of dominance, submission, and negotiation.
    Unlike political theatre and other performing arts that rely heavily on the mediation of fiction and the reflective distance afforded to spectators, SM situates relations of dominance and submission on a sensorial and corporeal plane. This physicality reveals the reversibility, contingency, and prior negotiations that sustain power dynamics. As
    articulated in La volonté de savoir, power is not a substance one possesses but a network of mobile relations. In SM practices, this fundamental truth is dramatised with striking transparency, exposing hierarchies as assumed roles rather than inherent essences. The consensual nature of SM rituals underscores the constructedness of authority, challenging the viewer—or participant—to reconsider foundational assumptions about power and control in broader
    social contexts.
    The study of SM’s performativity finds a compelling parallel in the radical body art of artists such as Ron Athey and Marina Abramović. Athey’s performances—marked by piercings, ritualised pain, and bloodletting—physically manifest the tension between vulnerability and authority. His body becomes a site of symbolic inscription and
    negotiated pacts, transforming personal experience into a public spectacle of power’s volatility. Abramović’s seminal work Rhythm 0 (1974) further pushes these boundaries. By surrendering her body completely to the audience’s will, she embodies the extremes of passivity and exposure. The prior consent she grants—allowing participants to use objects ranging from gentle to potentially dangerous—creates a framework in which the boundaries of power and violence are not only tested but laid bare.
    Both Athey and Abramović turn the body into a performative stage where power dynamics become palpable, constantly negotiated, and at times destabilised. Their works resonate with SM practices in several crucial ways. First, the visibility of the pact: just as SM explicitly sets boundaries and codes of conduct, Athey’s and Abramović’s
    performances operate within clear, albeit sometimes tacit, contracts with their audiences. This delineation makes it possible to distinguish between consensual enactments of violence and real aggression. Second, the ritualisation of power exchanges: both BDSM practices and these performances aestheticise hierarchical relationships through scenography, props, spatial arrangements, and costume, reinforcing the theatrical and performative nature of authority. Lastly, the reversibility of roles: in SM, dominant and submissive roles are fluid, allowing for reversal. In the works of Athey and Abramović, while roles may remain fixed during the performance, the temporal and performative framework ensures that these dynamics are inherently contingent, subject to suspension or reconfiguration— mirroring the consensual nature of power play in SM.
    In conclusion, SM elucidates the mechanisms of power more effectively than traditional political theatre because, like the works of Athey and Abramović, it does not merely narrate power—it materialises it. By subjecting power to transparent rules and ritualising its operations, SM amplifies its intensity and critical potential. In this process, domination and submission become a performative laboratory in which power is stripped of its naturalisation, aestheticised, and revealed as a reversible and negotiated construction. Foucault’s critique of the repressive hypothesis and his articulation of power as both disciplinary and productive—core themes in The History of Sexuality, Volume 1—serve as the theoretical backbone for understanding these performative acts and underscore the enduring relevance of his seminal work. This analysis highlights how both SM and performance art expose the underlying scripts of authority and control embedded within societal structures. They demonstrate that Foucault’s insights continue to illuminate contemporary discussions of power dynamics and social norms. Ultimately, this exploration affirms that SM and radical performance art function as experimental arenas where power’s fluidity is not only
    revealed but artistically and politically subverted. These practices transform lived experiences into aesthetic expressions that challenge normative constructs, making visible the performative nature of authority and the potential for its radical reconfiguration.


    Financially dominated erotic consumption: ‘paypigs’ as apex neoliberal subjects?
    Dr Romain Chenet

    This paper works from Economic Sociology roots to encounter financial domination (‘findom’) as a revealing site from which to read tellingly obscured dynamics. After outlining contours of findom and my avowedly-imperfectly feminist cultural analytic frame, I grapple into this distinctive market of commercial BDSM / consumption-kinking serviced by ‘findommes’ as elite sex workers. This elite-ness emerges not only from the high cost for such services (that’s their point!), but from findommes’ own discursive and emotional gender performance labour. Much is required to construct a marketable persona, overcome barriers to entry that maintain provider scarcity, and achieve the high levels of skilled performance work that underpin exchanges frequently framed as effortless or even meaningless – by design.
    As such, successful findommes need talent and authenticity to frame their simulated performativity as an optimal product to drive market engagement, denoting the niche labour expertise needed to excel in facilitating the money-fetishising inversions prompted by high-neoliberal society.
    I then tease out why this somewhat niche kink is ‘possible’ (in the poststructural sense). Analysis here turns to our embedded ‘command codes’ – honouring Véronique Gago. These are the econo-cultural logics that make findom not only legible but, as argued, intrinsic to late‑neoliberal society’s (and thus individual’s) own imposed submissions within frameworks of intellectual and spiritual domination. These are imposed via Capital but reproduced by us as agency-seeking libidinal subjects, also evoking a Native American ‘wendigo’: an embedded mind-virus with physical and often-horned outlets (as per even the earliest depictions thereof). Financialization, intensified taboo-driven hyper-consumerism, and the fetishisation of commodities shape a consumer subject primed for eroticised spending and digitally mediated indulgence as neoliberalism’s own self-affirming trauma response. In this context, the erotic charge of money itself – and the cathartic pleasure of relinquishing it – aligns neatly with shifts toward autoerotic gratification and consumption as a coping mechanism for stress and disillusionment.
    Rather than attempting definitiveness, I suggest that such cultural resonances warrant deeper investigation on (e.g.,) consumer motivations, emotional labour, meta-moral economies, and other consumptions / responses to elite-imposed traumas. Mostly, however, this paper strikes for methodological and conceptual impact. I argue for more subculture analysis via gateways such as the unusual insights generable from openly deconstructing what some see
    as ‘taboo’, which is after all what fuels the intrigue itself.



    End of conference drinks :
    Dirty Duck / Terrace Bar in Warwick Student Union

  • MCCT Call for Papers 2026

    MIDLANDS CONFERENCE IN CRITICAL THOUGHT 2026

    University of Warwick | May 21st-22nd 2026

    Call for Presentations – Deadline 21st January 2026

    The Call for Presentation Proposals is now open for the 3rd annual Midlands Conference in Critical Thought (MCCT), which will be hosted and supported by the University of Warwick on May 21st and May 22nd 2026.

    About the MCCT

    Submission details

    List of streams

    The MCCT is an annual interdisciplinary conference that provides a forum for emergent critical scholarship, broadly construed. The conference is free for all to attend and follows a non-hierarchical model that seeks to foster opportunities for intellectual critical exchanges where all are treated equally regardless of affiliation or seniority. There are no plenaries, and the conference is envisaged as a space for those who share intellectual approaches and interests but who may find themselves at the margins of their academic department or discipline. The MCCT is an offshoot of the London Conference in Critical Thought (LCCT) and shares its approach and ethos.

    There is no pre-determined theme for the MCCT. The intellectual content and thematic foci of the conference have been determined by the streams outlined in this document. Please look through the streams to see where your presentation submission will best fit, we welcome presentation proposals via a 500 word abstract – PLEASE SUBMIT VIA A WORD DOCUMENT to midlandscritical@gmail.com. Past programmes of the LCCT, MCCT and examples of stream outlines can be found on the website: http://londoncritical.org

    The accepted presentations will configure the panels that constitute the streams outlined in this document. For more information about the ethos and structure of the conference please visit http://londoncritical.org, and if you have any questions please email us at midlandscritical@gmail.com


    The deadline for presentation submissions is Wednesday January 21st 2026. Abstracts to be submitted via Word and should not exceed 500 words and should be sent to: midlandscritical@gmail.com



    List of Streams (with links to full description)

    1. Creative Health. Can the Arts Aid Health? Susan Hogan, University of Derby, University of Nottingham

    2. Critical Praxes and Black Feminist Thought Erkan Gursel, University of Cambridge and Faustine Petron-Daniels, University of Warwick 

    3. Cultivating Critical Thought in Children and Youth – Art, Creativity and Ethics in Education Irina Katz-Mazilu, Artist, member of the House of Artists, Paris, France.

    4. Beyond the nature/culture divide: Posthuman and New Materialist explorations Victoria Cluley, University of Nottingham; Nick Fox, University of Huddersfield; Alida Payson, Cardiff University; and Katie Powell, University of Sheffield

    5. Studio-ing as Critical, Creative and Interdisciplinary Pedagogy Maggie Ayliffe, Liverpool John Moores University; Andrew Bracey, University of Lincoln; Joanne Lee, Sheffield Hallam University; Danica Maier, Nottingham Trent University; Laura Onions, University of Wolverhampton

    6. Buzzwords and Beyond: Navigating the Terrain Between Individualism and Collectivism Saaliha Lone, University of Bristol

    7. Hegemonies, Counter-Hegemonies, Anti-Hegemonies: The Theory and Politics of Social Control and Resistance Phil Burton-Cartledge, University of Derby

    8. Crime and the Media Hannah Marshall, Department of Sociology, University of Warwick and Silvia Gomes, Department of Sociology, University of Warwick

    9. (trickle, river, flood, wadi) Post-Anthropocene Scenes Andrew Fergus Wilson, University of Derby

    10. Critical Perspectives on Diversity in Science – Resistance, Paradigm Shifts, and the Power of Critical Thinking Camila Infanger, University of São Paulo and Jaquelyne Rosatto, University of São Paulo

    11. Work and career in the Neoliberal Edu-factory: Systemic Pressures and Inequities Ricky Gee, Nottingham Trent University; Daniele Bruno Garancini, University of Salzburg; Anastasia Fjodorova, University of Stirling; Ranier Abengana, University College Dublin; Ylva Gustafsson, Åbo Akademi University; Tristram Hooley, University of Derby; Miranda Ridgeway, Nottingham Trent University; and Tom Stuanton, University of Derby

    12. ‘Beneath the remains’: A critical exploration under and beyond the blinkered rationalities of contemporary civilisational decay Romain Chenet, University of Warwick and Andrew Fergus Wilson, University of Derby

    13. Bodies in Flux: Reimagining the Human Form in Contemporary Culture Michael Rees, Nottingham Trent University

    14. Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance Renia Korma, Vienna Contemporary Art Space; Patrick Loan, Vienna Contemporary Art Space; and Abby Brown, Vienna Contemporary Art Space 

    15. Autoethnography as Critical Praxis – Lived Experience, Reflexivity, and Identity Cat Brice, St George’s University of London


    1. Creative Health. Can the Arts Aid Health? (back)

    Susan Hogan, University of Derby, University of Nottingham

    In a historical moment of ‘poly-crisis’ (Pink 2025) – (multiple crises converging: war, climate instability, an aggressive model of Capitalism which exacerbates inequality and is premised on an impossible model of perpetual ‘growth’ causing environmental destruction and unprecedented species extinction, coupled with the revival of fascism and fears over run-away technologies), can  the arts therapies be more than the handmaiden of neoliberal capitalism, ameliorating the lot of those less able to adapt to precarity? Or, alternatively, will the arts in health be increasingly called upon to provide a sort of disaster relief, mopping up after the destruction caused by neoliberal regimes? (Hogan 2026).

    Can the arts help us to think more critically about healthcare practices? Critical questions might be to think about the systemic problems of healthcare and how the arts may help to elucidate these. Iatrogenic illness is that caused by a physician or medical regime. Practices and procedures which can be counterproductive and illness-inducing form part of professional repertoires of behaviour. 

    Possible questions:

    •             How can the arts help to elucidate systemic problems of healthcare?

    •             How can the arts aid health and healthcare practices?

    •             Practices and procedures which can be counterproductive and illness-inducing form part of professional repertoires of behaviour. Can the arts make a difference in highlighting iatrogenic practices?

    •             How can the arts support public health endeavours – explore examples?

    •             A critical analysis of representations of health and illness across cultures is enlightening for health-care reform in what ways?

    •             Whilst health is a universal concern, the way that different populations relate to their health via the arts and humanities is less well-known – elucidate?

    •             We talk about ‘creative health’ but what does ‘good’ look like?

    •             How can arts engagement help health-care professionals to reflect productively in their practice?


    2. Critical Praxes and Black Feminist Thought (back)

    Erkan Gursel, University of Cambridge

    Faustine Petron-Daniels, University of Warwick 

    This stream explores the many ways Black feminist thought offers a radical, adaptable, and  above all critical praxis for interrogating power, marginality, and resistance across diverse social,  political, and intellectual contexts, while drawing attention to both structures of domination and  possibilities of liberation.

    At its core, Black feminist theory positions lived experience as central to knowledge production.  Patricia Hill Collins (2000, 265) argues that emotion can serve as an indicator of the validity and  credibility of an argument, challenging the conventional view of the academy that emotion is  something inherently negative that undermines the conduct of “good” or “unbiased” sociological  research. According to Hill Collins, what distinguishes wisdom from knowledge is lived  experience, as those who have ‘lived through experiences are considered more credible than  those who have only read or thought about them’ (Hill Collins, 1990,257). In proposing this  stream as an Afro-Arab queer woman and an Arab queer man, we emphasise that researchers’  lived experiences are both academically rigorous and politically vital forms of knowledge and  therefore encourage proposals that place lived experience at the centre of critical inquiry. 

    Black feminist epistemology’s valuation of lived experience poses a challenge to positivist traditions  and the ‘white logic’ (Bonilla-Silva, 2007) that continues to dominate research in elite  institutions in the United Kingdom, a harmful logic we hope to unsettle within this stream. Black feminist theory encompasses ‘theoretical interpretations of Black women’s reality by those  who live it’ (Hill Collins, 2000, 381). Black feminist theory focuses on agency, resistance and  justice for Black women and other marginalised groups. While it is a body of knowledge  produced by and for Black women, it is intellectually mobile and not exclusive to them, meaning  that its insights are valuable in understanding the struggles and resistance efforts of other  marginalised groups. Crucially, as a form of critical social theory, Black feminist thought seeks  to identify ways to ‘escape from, survive in, and/or oppose prevailing social and economic  injustice’ (Hill Collins, 1990,9), rendering it useful as a critical framework for analysing issues  far beyond its original grounding. 

    From abolitionist feminist struggles to queer and trans  liberation, to migrant survival and ecological justice, Black feminist thought is capable of  travelling across contexts while retaining its radical edge. At the same time, this mobility  requires care. Scholars such as Mohanty (2013) and Salem (2018) remind us that theories risk  dilution when abstracted from their roots. Yet, as Edward Said argued, travelling theories can  also unlock new radical potential when applied attentively. This stream takes that tension  seriously, welcoming contributions that both deploy and/or extend Black feminist frameworks  across disciplines and movements.

    We welcome contributions that explore:

    •             Black feminist epistemologies and methodologies in activism, scholarship, and beyond

    •             Intersectionality and the politics of marginalised knowledge

    •             Reflexive accounts of positionality/lived experience in research

    •             Cross-disciplinary applications of Black feminist theory in understanding contemporary  social issues (e.g. carcerality and abolition, gender-based violence, migration and borders,  queer and trans struggles, disability justice


    3. Cultivating Critical Thought in Children and Youth – Art, Creativity and Ethics in Education (back)

    Irina Katz-Mazilu, Artist, member of the House of Artists, Paris, France

    Arts Therapist, Trainer, Supervisor, member of the European Federation of Art Therapy and of the Syndicat Français des Arts-Thérapeutes.

    Our children are so amazing, curious, peppy, creative, rebellious, exhausting, we love them. But what is a child, actually? 

    Historical perspectives show a great diversity of socio-cultural approaches to education, from best to worst. We need to explore the field and support research on innovative ways to help children, adolescents and young adults preserve and develop their capabilities for thinking. Trying to elaborate, define and implement a  ‘good enough’ education is challenging for many reasons. Climatic, social and political conditions are so determinant that often families and education are only allowed to focus on survival. Yet, in any condition a young human needs help for survival – as well as for fostering a resilient way of thinking. Cultivating critical thought is fundamental for autonomy and resilience – which are built on a powerful and balanced self. 

    Recent research in crossed multidisciplinary approaches – with neuroscience meeting arts, anthropology, sociology, philosophy, psychotherapies and ethics – contributes to foster complex and critical thought on multilayers of the human condition. At the era of digital communication and AI development, it is more than ever time to consider education as a crucial element for humans’ future.

    Many questions wait for complex critical answers. Exploring and responding will enable us to transcend the epistemic paradox and the contemporary challenges. Children and youth need and deserve careful  attention and affectionate relationships in fostering and education. Reviewing the human experience with education, planting seeds of hope and innovation, harvest  powerful results will enable our critical thought to spread broadly, to deepen current knowledge  and to offer a positive perspective to humans’ future.

    Possible questions:

    •             How can art making and creative process’ exploration contribute to foster critical thought?

    •             How does aesthetic experience contribute to thinking?

    •             How can we melt rational, scientific, analytic thinking with emotional experiences? 

    •             Does complex thinking contribute to enhance critical thinking?

    •             Is critical thought a mostly individual capability or does it hatch out of interpersonal relationships and social interactions?

    •             How do children think? Is the process similar to adult thinking?

    •             How do adolescents think?

    •             How does critical thought  join ethics?

    •             How can we face the apparent paradox between a socializing and an individualizing education?

    •             What are the main ingredients to find and cultivate for implementing and developing critical thought?


    4.        Beyond the nature/culture divide: Posthuman and New Materialist explorations (back)

    Victoria Cluley, University of Nottingham

    Nick Fox, University of Huddersfield Alida Payson, Cardiff University

    Katie Powell, University of Sheffield

    Posthuman and new materialist inquiry calls into question the binaries of humanist thought. One such binary is the nature/culture divide whereby nature and humans are considered separate and distinct, with humans assuming dominance. This position within the nature/culture divide has been critiqued from a range of perspectives. New materialist and posthuman perspectives re-construct this division, addressing materiality across the divide. From this perspective, matter includes a diverse array of elements inclusive of things associated with both nature and culture. Physical things, spaces, places, organic bodies and material forces such as time and gravity are all considered matter. Additionally, all matter is considered to be relational and imbued with the potential for change. Importantly, the human is de-centred, ever present yet considered equal to other non-human matter.

    In this stream we are interested in exploring the relationality of matter, challenging the distinct boundary between nature and culture and the dominance of human centred approaches. Examples of why this approach is important include the interactions between human activity and the climate, the growing impact of pharmaceuticals and street drugs, and our ambivalent relationships with household and everyday objects as part of a throw away society.

    We invite talks from thinkers, practitioners, artists, academics, and activists across all disciplines to take part in this stream. We encourage the submission of abstracts using posthuman and new materialist inspired approaches to challenge the nature/culture divide across a broad range of issues, including but not limited to:

    •             Climate crisis

    •             Health and inequality

    •             Intersectionality

    •             Race

    •             Social justice

    •             Capitalism

    •             Feminism and care ethics

    •             Place, space, and time

    •             Objects and waste

    •             Substance harms


    5.        Studio-ing as Critical, Creative and Interdisciplinary Pedagogy (back)

    Maggie Ayliffe, Liverpool John Moores University

    Andrew Bracey, University of Lincoln

    Joanne Lee, Sheffield Hallam University

    Danica Maier, Nottingham Trent University

    Laura Onions, University of Wolverhampton

    Smatterings is a collective of UK-based artist-educators committed to exploring Fine Art pedagogy through participatory research and critical reflection. In this stream, we invite participants to investigate the potential of live, ongoing creative and critical practice made possible through ‘studio-ing’.

    ‘Studio-ing’ is the active, process-led practice of learning, thinking, and making within—and beyond—the traditional fine art studio. It describes an unfolding, situated methodology through which creative practitioners engage with materials, ideas, themselves and others. As a verb, ‘studio-ing’ encompasses a constellation of actions—testing, speculating, failing, drifting, conversing, resting, resisting, returning. It values presence and attention, recognises tacit and embodied knowledge, and invites risk, mess, and notknowing as vital components of learning.

    While our roots are in Fine Art, this stream is deliberately interdisciplinary. We propose ‘studio-ing’ as a provocation. We ask: can this way of working exist in other disciplines? Is it welcomed, resisted, or misunderstood (productively or otherwise)? Can ‘studio-ing’ offer a genuine avenue for collaboration across fields—between artists, scientists, educators, technologists, and theorists? Or are there disciplinary boundaries that inhibit such shared agency?

    We invite contributions that explore studio-ing through five interrelated themes:

    i.             Time and Space: Conditions for Attention and Creativity

    What are the temporal and spatial conditions that allow for deep, creative engagement across disciplines? How could institutional structures support or constrain this?

    ii.            Co-Learning: Shared Agency in Knowledge Production

    How can ‘studio-ing’ foster horizontal learning relationships and shared inquiry across disciplinary divides? What does it mean to ‘let learn’ in different contexts?

    iii.           Quality: Fit-for-Purpose Environments for Creative Learning

    What infrastructures—material, social, pedagogic—are needed to support ‘studio-ing’ in diverse disciplines? How do we define quality beyond metrics?

    iv.           Inclusion: Access as a Creative Prerequisite

    Who gets ‘to studio’? What barriers exist across disciplines, and how might ‘studio-ing’ offer inclusive, equitable modes of participation?

    v.            Valuing the Process: Embracing Uncertainty and Speculation

    How do different disciplines engage with uncertainty, failure, and speculation? Can ‘studio-ing’ help us reframe these as strengths rather than weaknesses?

    This stream actively welcomes alternative conference presentation formats including, but not limited to: workshops, provocations, and participatory dialogue. We aim to foster cross-disciplinary conversations that reimagine the studio not as a bounded space, but as a methodology for creative, critical learning and collective transformation. 


    6.        Buzzwords and Beyond: Navigating the Terrain Between Individualism and Collectivism (back)
    Saaliha Lone, University of Bristol

    The collective or the individual? 

    Across both social and academic discourse, these terms are strewn around. This generation is more individualistic; people are more individualistic. It’s a word I’ve caught myself both hearing and saying. Whilst there are still collectivist efforts bridging gaps between state and society, there remains nostalgia for a bygone era of “collectivism” a time when front doors would never be locked and communities looked after one another. In contemporary society, these buzzwords have reached new heights. As groceries become astronomical and families decide between turning on the heating or feeding their children, we might ask: what does it mean to live between individualism and collectivism today?

    There are times when we operate purely within our own interests, yet that does not make us selfish; within other contexts, we selflessly contribute to the bigger picture. Values within both ideologies are simultaneously facing amplification and erosion. Personal autonomy is celebrated autonomy of what we can think, wear, say, and how we use our bodies. Meanwhile, foodbanks and homeless shelters exemplify collectivism: a sense of shared responsibility that community groups and local organisations have assumed to support society’s most vulnerable.

    These ideologies also carry symbolic demographics. Millennials and Gen Z are often labelled as individualistic, protecting self-interest over community, while collectivism is associated with Gen X and Baby Boomers, who “had one another” to rely on. Yet the question that arises is simple: are we shifting toward one ideology, or are these recurring tensions between younger and older generations that reemerge in every decade of history?

    Aim and Scope of the Stream

    This question sits at the core of this stream. The discussion between individualism and collectivism is prevalent across multiple academic subjects: history, sociology, gender studies, anthropology, economics, policy, and politics.

    This stream aims to facilitate open, interdisciplinary dialogue exploring how the primary concepts surrounding this topic: collectivism, individualism, identity politics, neoliberalism, and feminism intersect and shape contemporary social and political realities. It invites contributors to consider how these dynamics play out in different contexts, and how they inform broader questions of power: where are we more powerful as individuals, and where does power reside in the collective? Also, how do social actors negotiate and maintain balance between the two?

    Contribution to the MCCT Ethos

    This stream invites proposals that go beyond simple dichotomies and explore what it means to live between these two worlds. It encourages open-ended, interdisciplinary abstracts that consider how social actors navigate the balance between individual and collective existence.


    7.        Hegemonies, Counter-Hegemonies, Anti-Hegemonies: The Theory and Politics of Social Control and Resistance (back)

    Phil Burton-Cartledge, University of Derby

    In an age marked by climate breakdown, stagnating living standards, and capitalist resilience, what does philosophy and social theory have to say about social stasis and social change? Is the 19th century revolutionary project outlined by Marx and elaborated by the tradition that bears his name exhausted? To the new social movements that emerged in the 1960s still retain their radical force? Has radical politics since been blunted/incorporated by a capitalism of total subsumption that recuperates resistance and repurposes critique as fuel for sign systems, as per the provocations of Jean Baudrillard. Do we live after critical theory, or at this moment of seeming triumph for billionaires, oligarchs, and the states and institutions that serve them, is their system brittle and at the risk of breakdown?

    The nature of our conjuncture, of a world where the old are always dying and the new are struggling to be born requires us to constantly ask questions about power and resistance. Especially as our civilisation is menaced by existential risks, environmental challenges, and an oligarchical ruling class uninterested in social peace and human sustainability. If not this, then what?

    MCCT 2026 offers an opportunity for activists and thinkers from an array of traditions and research interests to address the question of social change, what a better society might look like, what resources and tendencies are already present that point in this direction, and how we could get there.

    This panel welcomes contributions from philosophy, social and political theory, sociology and political science, international relations and social policy, as well as reflections from outside of academia. Papers that engage with the configurations of social control, such as the operation of hegemony, the workings of ideology, the inertia of social momentum and the compulsion of “necessity”, the constitution of governance strategies, and work around social reproduction theory and radical care have a home in this stream. As do contributions on the political economy of class and capital in the age of AI hype, the changing character of party systems, the possibility of cultural and political breakthroughs, capitalist mutations and systemic adaptation, appropriations of radical energies, and engagements within and between different theoretical traditions that grapple with these questions.


    8.        Crime and the Media (back)

    Hannah Marshall, Department of Sociology, University of Warwick

    Silvia Gomes, Department of Sociology, University of Warwick

    Research within criminology and related disciplines has often highlighted the role that the media plays in entrenching punitive attitudes towards crime. This occurs in a variety of ways, including: sensationalised depictions of crime, over-representation of the prevalence of serious offences; reporting that unduly heightens fear of crime; the creation of ‘moral panics’ and other forms of reporting that demonise marginalised groups; and the stigmatisation and scrutiny of victims of crime. A well-established body of research relating to these areas has examined the media as a force for punitivism, but this has overshadowed other explorations of the role that the media does or could play in relation to crime. In particular, comparatively little attention has been paid to the ways in which the media can and does encourage critical, reformist or abolitionist attitudes towards crime and the criminal legal system. This stream will invite contributions from researchers, activists, and artists who seek to address this gap.

    We invite proposals for papers that consider how media representations of crime, justice and the legal system can challenge punitive attitudes and encourage critical reflection on future possibilities, including reformist and abolitionist perspectives. Topics could include, but are by no means limited to, activism against media narratives that stigmatise specific groups as the perpetrators of crime, reflections on pieces of media that advance critical, reformist and/or abolitionist narratives, the role of media in abolitionist organising, or reflections on media representations of ‘lived experience’ of victimisation and criminalisation.

    We conceive the term ‘media representations’ very broadly, including print, broadcasting and internet media. We welcome reflections on any type of media, from podcasts and social media networks, film and television, to newspapers and books. We are open to a range of different presentation formats from across all disciplines, from more ‘traditional’ academic presentations to presentations of devised media pieces that explore and encourage critical approaches to crime and justice.


    9.   (trickle, river, flood, wadi) Post-Anthropocene Scenes (back)

    Andrew Fergus Wilson, University of Derby

    Popular environmental discourse refers to cascading effects and events that take us continually over tipping points, crescendo after crescendo without fulfilment, a state of being continually on the verge of the ecstasy of annihilation. In this deferred apocalypse there is a diminution of risk. “There have always been changes to climate.” “Everything is fine.” “Drill, baby, drill.” The number of humans on the planet continues to grow and passed 8bn in 2022 (UN); meanwhile, in the last fifty years freshwater wildlife numbers have fallen by 85%, terrestrial non-human wildlife numbers by 69% and marine life by 56% (WWF). There is a catastrophic end occurring around us but it is largely unseen and unacknowledged. In England, as of 10th October 2025, Cumbria & Lancashire; Greater Manchester Merseyside & Cheshire; Yorkshire; East Midlands; West Midlands; and parts of Sussex in the South East Water region were all in drought (Environment Agency). Simultaneously, rising seas levels erode English coasts whilst lapping over and drowning Pacific islands: slow violence. The climate crisis is typically understood in human terms and security is frequently framed as the measure of existential risk to humans and human dignity but what does the agonism of a theory of ecological immaterial labour sound like to the Thracian Shad, pushed into extinction by pollution, extraction, and canalisation, and its all too countable counterparts?

    This call for papers asks how the unseen and unacknowledged can be heard, seen, or otherwise represented. It asks for papers that consider resisting anthropocentricism; representing the non-human; extra-human communication; natural scenes that are post-anthropocene; or alternative histories, present, and future fictions that imagine ‘the Real of “nature”’. This raises epistemological and ontological challenges that question anthropocentric traditions in critical thought so approaches to, or ellipses into, post-anthropocentric theories – if they are at all possible – are also welcome: it asks how theory can incorporate the non-human. The call is open to innovative approaches or the considered application of established theoretical frameworks and traditions. Reflections on the production of art – whatever kind of creative production is understood by that term – may be key and are also welcome here. Similar calls have been made and the work grows ever more pressing.

    Papers might consider:

    •             The ‘personhood’ and rights of rivers and other natural bodies

    •             The permeability of ‘bodies’ and the interconnectedness of being(s)

    •             The voices of lost species

    •             Future species

    •             Nature as hyperobject

    •             Causality and affect in climate denialism

    •             Degrowth

    •             Unstable theory in chaotic systems

    •             Chaotic theory in unstable systems

    •             Necropolitics and the anthropocene

    •             Desertification in a drowning world and other metaphors of human exceptionalism

    •             Other-than-human social complexity


    10. Critical Perspectives on Diversity in Science – Resistance, Paradigm Shifts, and the Power of Critical  Thinking (back)

    Camila Infanger, University of São Paulo

    Jaquelyne Rosatto, University of São Paulo

    Through an apparent academic landscape that has been striving for greater epistemological diversity, a strong and deeply rooted ontology remains repellent to changes in the face of science, in nuances of scientific knowledge and variations in the profile of who makes science. Amidst the new entrees in the institution of science, in spite robust ancestrality and grounding in traditional, and community-based knowledges, are Indigenous and native populations alongside groups similarly marginalized by the mainstream knowledge validation structures of science, such as women, racialized groups in general and members of peripheral academic communities. The decolonial approach to scientific production is an urgent matter, whichever angle it is looked through, including the positivist/ productivist perspective: diversity is good for science(Fehr, 2011; Swartz et al.,2019; Potvin et al.,2018), is all interpretations this argument may incur. Equally urgent is to challenge the pillars of privilege that still prevent expansions in knowledge production, in diversity of peoples represented in science making and, moreover, in achievement of effective transformation as result of efforts made from the margins.

    We therefore propose an explicitly interdisciplinary stream dedicated to promote the exchange of experiences that emerge from the margins drawn by scientific discourse itself.

    Our efforts to promote these exchanges are geared in the direction of causing intentional fissures in the totalitarian surface of science as we know it. In other words, we provoke the tension on the dynamics of articulation and production from the various positions where epistemologies may arise from. We truly believe that science benefits from diversity and from a broader open end range of perspectives and epistemologies.

    This stream welcomes contributions that critically reflect on the role of contemporary science, particularly through decolonial and identity-based lenses — including race, gender, disability, sexuality, traditional knowledges and geographic vulnerability.

    We invite both theoretical reflections and practical accounts of local initiatives that foster diversity in science: affirmative action initiatives, quota systems, partnerships between communities and universities, interfaces between activism and public policy, and other forms of resistance from those situated at the edges of disciplines or institutions. We are also interested in interventions that expose the tension between inclusion and colonial epistemology. We welcome works that interrogate the historical inequalities that shape both the subjects and the knowledges they produce, as well as reflections on how to confront and overcome these asymmetries.

    Finally, this stream seeks to foster interdisciplinary dialogues on how science truly reshapes when seen from what is left at its margins — not as an act of benevolent inclusion, but as a collective reconfiguration of what counts as knowledge with scientific value.


    11. Work and career in the Neoliberal Edu-factory: Systemic Pressures and Inequities (back)

    Ricky Gee, Nottingham Trent University 

    Daniele Bruno Garancini, University of Salzburg 

    Anastasia Fjodorova, University of Stirling

    Ranier Abengana, University College Dublin 

    Ylva Gustafsson, Åbo Akademi University

    Tristram Hooley, University of Derby

    Dr Miranda Ridgeway, Nottingham Trent University 

    Tom Stuanton, University of Derby

    We live in alarmingly precarious times: the Anthropocene, the spectre of a new Cold War, economic instability, and the rise of AI likely to result in mass unemployment. The rise of authoritarian populism continues to intensify a marketized, credentialised and atomising education sector informed by neoliberal and colonial logic. Such a context blunts the critical function of education where policy diverts funding away from collective solutions that are so important to address the many crises we face. Educators become stuck in a doom loop of endeavouring to meet metrics to justify market position, where metrics, provide a ‘violent quantification of reality’ (Gee, 2020), reducing pedagogy to lustful percentages of ‘satisfaction’, research to star status – mirroring the aspirations of a McDonald’s ‘Diningroom Server’ – and the outcome of education toward the narrow vista of ‘high skill’ destinations in a precarious labour market (Gee et al, 2023).

    As precarious work within educational settings increases and continues its trajectory towards normalisation, there is a continued need for critique and resistance. This includes an acknowledgement of some of its more ‘hidden’ impacts. While precarity is typically associated with younger academic/education workers or those who are early in their career, there is a need to account for the experiences of long-term precarity. Some of the impacts of precarity, as well as the labour of academic/education workers, can often be invisible. This includes fears of being perceived as unemployable if speaking out against exploitative practices. O’Keefe and Courtois contend that those academics who do speak out about their experiences of precarity risk possible retaliation, as they are “in effect, whistle-blowers on their institutions” (2025: 1143). They also emphasise that even when an individual is no longer ‘precarious’, having secured a permanent position, the impacts of “hindered career progression” and the damage to “health and finances” can be long-lasting, if not life-long (O’Keefe and Courtois 2025: 1148).

    This stream welcomes submissions examining and/or resisting academic/education precarity and its multitude of impacts, including but not limited to impact on workers’ mental health and well-being; impact on workers’ sense of self and wider lifeworld; intersections of precarity with race, gender, class, care, disability, migrant status/citizenship, etc.; impact on teaching and learning; as well as resistances and practices of anti-precarity.

    In particular we especially welcome submissions that go beyond analysing the problems of the education system and attempt to make proposals on how to solve these problems. All too often, criticisms of neoliberalism go into great depth to show the harm that this economic model causes but are then superficial when it comes to offering alternatives—Marx, for one, did not lay out a concrete plan to realise his vision. We welcome contributions that do not follow this trend and instead make proposals on how to concretely improve the status quo. Examples of such contributions include policy proposals, outlines for community projects, and programmes for grassroot activism. We also wish to explore what people can do, either individually or collectively, to survive within neoliberalism, expand the critique of it and develop forms of resistance and counter-logics. This might include individual practices, forms of collective and political action and professional interventions and experiments which seek to foster critical consciousness and build people’s capacity to challenge the system.


    12. ‘Beneath the remains’: A critical exploration under and beyond the blinkered rationalities of contemporary civilisational decay (back)

    Romain Chenet, University of Warwick
    Andrew Fergus Wilson, University of Derby.

    Against the university staffing cuts that assault our sector and embed toxic rationalities into our professional and personal lives, this panel prioritises the mythical, magical, and ephemeral as central to exploring worlds beyond the castrated managerialist logics of neoliberal fetishism. Our inspirations are manifold and hope to build on the subtle promise of Fjodorova’s (2025) view to unbinding our critical (and potentially emancipatory) thought and practice: ‘if imagining the end of capitalism becomes delusion, then perhaps all that is left as resistance is a form of “madness” in which you’re invited to take off the mask and stop performing’.

    As alienating violences of dry and soulless bureaucracy continue to be enacted upon us in the name of progress, we invite papers riddled with subjectivities and uncertainty – even in-progress work and imperfect argumentation. The core theme for this panel is thus a willingness to showcase tentative contributions along the following indicative keywords and themes. We are also keen on many additional ideas and suggestions and urge you to consider submitting a paper if you independently feel that your contribution could align into our open explorations.

    Panel themes (indicative): myths, magic, death, decay, rebirth, hauntology, Noosphere, weaponised demonism, disaster capitalism, collective consciousness, collapse/rebirth, supernatural, folklore, culture (inc. music / visual media), horror, arcana, paganism, voodoo, gore / cannibal capitalism, esotery, futurism, fiction, imagination, perversion, transgression, subversion, revolution.

    Theoretical, conceptual, and philosophical interventions are also welcomed, whereas wider themes and discussion nodes not noted above remain warmly invited for consideration.


    13. Bodies in Flux: Reimagining the Human Form in Contemporary Culture (back)
    Michael Rees, Nottingham Trent University

    In contemporary society, the body is a constant site of attention, regulation, and transformation. From wellness trends and cosmetic interventions to algorithm-driven beauty standards and wearable tech, our bodies are increasingly shaped by cultural, political, and technological forces. Media influencers dictate ideals of appearance and performance, while public discourse scrutinizes the bodies of women, racialized individuals, and trans people – often reducing them to symbols in broader ideological battles. Meanwhile, transhumanist visions of bodily transcendence suggest that the physical form may soon be obsolete, replaced by digital consciousness or enhanced through biotechnology.

    Amid these tensions, the body emerges as both a contested terrain and a site of resistance (e.g. Foucault). Critical thinkers and activists are interrogating how norms around embodiment reinforce exclusion and marginalization. Queer, trans, disabled, and racialized bodies are central to these conversations, challenging dominant narratives and expanding the possibilities of representation and agency.

    This stream invites interdisciplinary engagement with the body as a dynamic, politicized, and culturally mediated entity. We welcome contributions that explore how embodiment is experienced, constructed, and contested across diverse contexts. Submissions may draw from disciplines such as philosophy, sociology, media and cultural studies, gender studies, psychology, performance, and the arts.

    We particularly encourage experimental formats – performances, workshops, demonstrations – as well as traditional papers. Please note that sessions will take place in university classrooms, so spatial limitations should be considered.

    Suggested topics include, but are not limited to:

    •             Embodiment and identity in contested terrains Considerations of how bodies become sites of ideological struggle, particularly in relation to race, gender, and sexuality, and how identity is shaped through embodied experience.

    •             Surveillance, regulation, and the political body How bodies are monitored, disciplined, and controlled through technologies, media, and state apparatuses (e.g. via contemporary (self) surveillance culture).

    •             Digital technologies and algorithmic aesthetics Examining how social media, AI, and algorithm-driven platforms shape bodily ideals, influence self-presentation, and reinforce or disrupt normative standards of beauty and behaviour.

    •             Health, wellness, and the commodification of (dis)ability Critiquing wellness cultures, medicalization, and the intersections of health, capitalism, and ableism in shaping bodily norms and exclusions.

    •             Performance, protest, and embodied resistance Considering how bodies are used in performance, activism, and everyday life to resist (or maybe conform to) normative expectations and assert agency.

    •             Trauma, memory, and the somatic archive How is trauma inscribed on and through the body? How is memory embodied?

    •             Gender, sexuality, and bodily autonomy under scrutiny Addressing how bodily autonomy is contested in public discourse, especially for women, trans, and non-binary individuals, and how these bodies challenge dominant narratives.

    •             Posthumanism, transhumanism, and the future of the body Is the body as obsolete? What are the enhanced, digitized, and/or ethical implications of technological futures?

    This proposal was developed with the assistance of generative AI to support idea generation and drafting.


    14. “Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance” (back)

    Renia Korma, Vienna Contemporary Art Space

    Patrick Loan, Vienna Contemporary Art Space 

    Abby Brown, Vienna Contemporary Art Space

    “I use technology in order to hate it properly. You have to become familiar with something before you can develop a genuine antagonism.”

    — Nam June Paik, interview with Calvin Tomkins, 1975

    This stream explores how emerging technologies reshape creative practice, artistic production, and aesthetic experience. From digital tools and immersive media to collaborative software and networked systems, technology increasingly mediates how artists conceive, create, and circulate their work. These developments raise pressing questions about originality, imagination, and innovation in an age when human creativity is increasingly entangled with technological infrastructures.

    Platform aesthetics, standardized toolkits, and algorithmically managed workflows carry the risk of creative homogenization, creating patterns of creative fatigue and normalized practice that may constrain experimentality. At the same time, our deepening involvement with digital technologies also defines the context in which creativity takes place. While the internet offers access to endless sources of inspiration, the incessant stimulation, connectivity, and habitual scrolling of contemporary life mean we rarely sit with our own minds and lose the unstructured, spontaneous moments when flashes of creativity happen. Yet, gamification, data-driven design, and technological collaboration platforms also introduce new types of creative work. Technology, then, both unsettles and expands ideas of authenticity, identity, and cultural perception in creative practice today, as well as challenging inherited models of authorship, work, and value.

    This stream calls for contributions that challenge both the potential and the perils of technology for creative work. We aim to bring performances, participatory formats, workshops, and traditional scholarship into shared conversation, inviting cross-disciplinary responses that explore how technological systems are reshaping the creation, circulation, and cultural value of creative work.

    Potential submission topics:

    •             What new art forms have emerged as a result of new technologies and platforms, and how do these new aesthetics fit within our cultural landscape?

    •             How do contemporary technologies reshape originality, imagination, identity, authorship, and cultural value in creative practice?

    •             With phones giving us access to instant entertainment in our pockets, boredom is a thing of the past. How does this constant stimulation affect our capacity for creative and innovative thinking?

    •             Digital platforms are increasingly flooded with “AI slop”. How does this affect our cultural landscape, and how can artists respond?

    •             How does automation and AI in creative practice navigate the tension between expanding human capabilities and the potential for deskilling by outsourcing essential creative and critical thinking processes?

    •             Is the glitch the last space where the human can still be felt? Can error, friction, noise, and malfunction still mark human presence—or has the machine taken away those too?

    •             How might artists and designers resist or reinterpret the homogenization, fatigue, or formulaic workflows produced by digital systems as opportunities for experimentation and renewal?

    •             What ethical responsibilities do artists, institutions, and audiences have in technologically mediated creative production?

    •             How can slow, reflective, or embodied approaches serve as resistance to efficiency- or metric-driven creation?

    By situating technology within broader debates about contemporary creativity, this stream encourages critical reflection on both the challenges and possibilities of technologically mediated artistic practice.


    15. Autoethnography as Critical Praxis – Lived Experience, Reflexivity, and Identity (back)

    Cat Brice, St George’s University of London

    Denzin (2014: 22) describes autoethnography as “reflexively writing the self into and through the ethnographic text; isolating that space where memory, history, performance and meaning intersect.” This stream proposes to explore autoethnography as both a method and a methodology that values lived experience as knowledge, embraces vulnerability, and opens spaces for reciprocal dialogue between the researcher and researched.

    My own PhD research examines the lived experiences of British Chinese adoptees. By using autoethnography, I have placed my positionality as an adoptee at the centre of my work, using it to contextualise the literature showing how personal experiences intersect with broader discourses. It has also helped me build rapport and trust amongst my participants who have trusted me with their own experiences. Throughout my research this
    approach has highlighted the complexities of identity negotiation, belonging, and cultural difference, whilst also challenging traditional positivist paradigms that privilege “objectivity” over subjectivity. Drawing inspiration from Ellis and Bochner’s (2000) notion of systematic sociological introspection and Ngunjiri’s et al’s (2010: 10) claim that autoethnography becomes an “invisible but inseparable” part of research, I have found that autoethnographic reflection not only informs my fieldwork design and analysis, but also enriches the depth of engagement with participants. In practice, my vulnerabilities and disclosures often opened space for reciprocal sharing, facilitating a richer collective dialogue around adoption, race, and identity.


    I propose a stream which centres this lens at MCCT for 2026 because I feel that it’s impact fits well with the conferences theme and objectives. Autoethnography brings theory to life, situating the personal as political which generates nuance and stimulates critical thought and reflection. To acknowledge one’s feelings and to reflect upon one’s own positionality during research is so important as it strengths critical thought by revealing how personal perspectives and power dynamics shape interpretation and knowledge production. It creates opportunities for researchers to resist generalisations and foreground transparency, whilst recognising and respecting the power and responsibility they hold.


    I invite contributions that use autoethnography to:

    • Engage reflexively with identity, race, culture, gender, migration, or other aspects of lived experience.
    • Demonstrate how autoethnography can shape research design, analysis, and representation.
    • Explore the tensions between vulnerability, reciprocity, and knowledge production.
    • Experiment with narrative to highlight the intersections of personal and political.
      In bringing together scholars who use autoethnography, this stream will highlight how lived experiences
      can serve as a vital lens for understanding and critiquing broader social worlds.

  • MCCT Call for Papers 2026

    MIDLANDS CONFERENCE IN CRITICAL THOUGHT 2026

    University of Warwick | May 21st-22nd 2026

    Call for Presentations – Deadline 21st January 2026

    The Call for Presentation Proposals is now open for the 3rd annual Midlands Conference in Critical Thought (MCCT), which will be hosted and supported by the University of Warwick on May 21st and May 22nd 2026.

    About the MCCT

    Submission details

    List of streams

    The MCCT is an annual interdisciplinary conference that provides a forum for emergent critical scholarship, broadly construed. The conference is free for all to attend and follows a non-hierarchical model that seeks to foster opportunities for intellectual critical exchanges where all are treated equally regardless of affiliation or seniority. There are no plenaries, and the conference is envisaged as a space for those who share intellectual approaches and interests but who may find themselves at the margins of their academic department or discipline. The MCCT is an offshoot of the London Conference in Critical Thought (LCCT) and shares its approach and ethos.

    There is no pre-determined theme for the MCCT. The intellectual content and thematic foci of the conference have been determined by the streams outlined in this document. Please look through the streams to see where your presentation submission will best fit, we welcome presentation proposals via a 500 word abstract – PLEASE SUBMIT VIA A WORD DOCUMENT to midlandscritical@gmail.com. Past programmes of the LCCT, MCCT and examples of stream outlines can be found on the website: http://londoncritical.org

    The accepted presentations will configure the panels that constitute the streams outlined in this document. For more information about the ethos and structure of the conference please visit http://londoncritical.org, and if you have any questions please email us at midlandscritical@gmail.com


    The deadline for presentation submissions is Wednesday January 21st 2026. Abstracts to be submitted via Word and should not exceed 500 words and should be sent to: midlandscritical@gmail.com



    List of Streams (with links to full description)

    1. Creative Health. Can the Arts Aid Health? Susan Hogan, University of Derby, University of Nottingham

    2. Critical Praxes and Black Feminist Thought Erkan Gursel, University of Cambridge and Faustine Petron-Daniels, University of Warwick 

    3. Cultivating Critical Thought in Children and Youth – Art, Creativity and Ethics in Education Irina Katz-Mazilu, Artist, member of the House of Artists, Paris, France.

    4. Beyond the nature/culture divide: Posthuman and New Materialist explorations Victoria Cluley, University of Nottingham; Nick Fox, University of Huddersfield; Alida Payson, Cardiff University; and Katie Powell, University of Sheffield

    5. Studio-ing as Critical, Creative and Interdisciplinary Pedagogy Maggie Ayliffe, Liverpool John Moores University; Andrew Bracey, University of Lincoln; Joanne Lee, Sheffield Hallam University; Danica Maier, Nottingham Trent University; Laura Onions, University of Wolverhampton

    6. Buzzwords and Beyond: Navigating the Terrain Between Individualism and Collectivism Saaliha Lone, University of Bristol

    7. Hegemonies, Counter-Hegemonies, Anti-Hegemonies: The Theory and Politics of Social Control and Resistance Phil Burton-Cartledge, University of Derby

    8. Crime and the Media Hannah Marshall, Department of Sociology, University of Warwick and Silvia Gomes, Department of Sociology, University of Warwick

    9. (trickle, river, flood, wadi) Post-Anthropocene Scenes Andrew Fergus Wilson, University of Derby

    10. Critical Perspectives on Diversity in Science – Resistance, Paradigm Shifts, and the Power of Critical Thinking Camila Infanger, University of São Paulo and Jaquelyne Rosatto, University of São Paulo

    11. Work and career in the Neoliberal Edu-factory: Systemic Pressures and Inequities Ricky Gee, Nottingham Trent University; Daniele Bruno Garancini, University of Salzburg; Anastasia Fjodorova, University of Stirling; Ranier Abengana, University College Dublin; Ylva Gustafsson, Åbo Akademi University; Tristram Hooley, University of Derby; Miranda Ridgeway, Nottingham Trent University; and Tom Stuanton, University of Derby

    12. ‘Beneath the remains’: A critical exploration under and beyond the blinkered rationalities of contemporary civilisational decay Romain Chenet, University of Warwick and Andrew Fergus Wilson, University of Derby

    13. Bodies in Flux: Reimagining the Human Form in Contemporary Culture Michael Rees, Nottingham Trent University

    14. Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance Renia Korma, Vienna Contemporary Art Space; Patrick Loan, Vienna Contemporary Art Space; and Abby Brown, Vienna Contemporary Art Space 

    15. Autoethnography as Critical Praxis – Lived Experience, Reflexivity, and Identity Cat Brice, St George’s University of London


    1. Creative Health. Can the Arts Aid Health? (back)

    Susan Hogan, University of Derby, University of Nottingham

    In a historical moment of ‘poly-crisis’ (Pink 2025) – (multiple crises converging: war, climate instability, an aggressive model of Capitalism which exacerbates inequality and is premised on an impossible model of perpetual ‘growth’ causing environmental destruction and unprecedented species extinction, coupled with the revival of fascism and fears over run-away technologies), can  the arts therapies be more than the handmaiden of neoliberal capitalism, ameliorating the lot of those less able to adapt to precarity? Or, alternatively, will the arts in health be increasingly called upon to provide a sort of disaster relief, mopping up after the destruction caused by neoliberal regimes? (Hogan 2026).

    Can the arts help us to think more critically about healthcare practices? Critical questions might be to think about the systemic problems of healthcare and how the arts may help to elucidate these. Iatrogenic illness is that caused by a physician or medical regime. Practices and procedures which can be counterproductive and illness-inducing form part of professional repertoires of behaviour. 

    Possible questions:

    •             How can the arts help to elucidate systemic problems of healthcare?

    •             How can the arts aid health and healthcare practices?

    •             Practices and procedures which can be counterproductive and illness-inducing form part of professional repertoires of behaviour. Can the arts make a difference in highlighting iatrogenic practices?

    •             How can the arts support public health endeavours – explore examples?

    •             A critical analysis of representations of health and illness across cultures is enlightening for health-care reform in what ways?

    •             Whilst health is a universal concern, the way that different populations relate to their health via the arts and humanities is less well-known – elucidate?

    •             We talk about ‘creative health’ but what does ‘good’ look like?

    •             How can arts engagement help health-care professionals to reflect productively in their practice?


    2. Critical Praxes and Black Feminist Thought (back)

    Erkan Gursel, University of Cambridge

    Faustine Petron-Daniels, University of Warwick 

    This stream explores the many ways Black feminist thought offers a radical, adaptable, and  above all critical praxis for interrogating power, marginality, and resistance across diverse social,  political, and intellectual contexts, while drawing attention to both structures of domination and  possibilities of liberation.

    At its core, Black feminist theory positions lived experience as central to knowledge production.  Patricia Hill Collins (2000, 265) argues that emotion can serve as an indicator of the validity and  credibility of an argument, challenging the conventional view of the academy that emotion is  something inherently negative that undermines the conduct of “good” or “unbiased” sociological  research. According to Hill Collins, what distinguishes wisdom from knowledge is lived  experience, as those who have ‘lived through experiences are considered more credible than  those who have only read or thought about them’ (Hill Collins, 1990,257). In proposing this  stream as an Afro-Arab queer woman and an Arab queer man, we emphasise that researchers’  lived experiences are both academically rigorous and politically vital forms of knowledge and  therefore encourage proposals that place lived experience at the centre of critical inquiry. 

    Black feminist epistemology’s valuation of lived experience poses a challenge to positivist traditions  and the ‘white logic’ (Bonilla-Silva, 2007) that continues to dominate research in elite  institutions in the United Kingdom, a harmful logic we hope to unsettle within this stream. Black feminist theory encompasses ‘theoretical interpretations of Black women’s reality by those  who live it’ (Hill Collins, 2000, 381). Black feminist theory focuses on agency, resistance and  justice for Black women and other marginalised groups. While it is a body of knowledge  produced by and for Black women, it is intellectually mobile and not exclusive to them, meaning  that its insights are valuable in understanding the struggles and resistance efforts of other  marginalised groups. Crucially, as a form of critical social theory, Black feminist thought seeks  to identify ways to ‘escape from, survive in, and/or oppose prevailing social and economic  injustice’ (Hill Collins, 1990,9), rendering it useful as a critical framework for analysing issues  far beyond its original grounding. 

    From abolitionist feminist struggles to queer and trans  liberation, to migrant survival and ecological justice, Black feminist thought is capable of  travelling across contexts while retaining its radical edge. At the same time, this mobility  requires care. Scholars such as Mohanty (2013) and Salem (2018) remind us that theories risk  dilution when abstracted from their roots. Yet, as Edward Said argued, travelling theories can  also unlock new radical potential when applied attentively. This stream takes that tension  seriously, welcoming contributions that both deploy and/or extend Black feminist frameworks  across disciplines and movements.

    We welcome contributions that explore:

    •             Black feminist epistemologies and methodologies in activism, scholarship, and beyond

    •             Intersectionality and the politics of marginalised knowledge

    •             Reflexive accounts of positionality/lived experience in research

    •             Cross-disciplinary applications of Black feminist theory in understanding contemporary  social issues (e.g. carcerality and abolition, gender-based violence, migration and borders,  queer and trans struggles, disability justice


    3. Cultivating Critical Thought in Children and Youth – Art, Creativity and Ethics in Education (back)

    Irina Katz-Mazilu, Artist, member of the House of Artists, Paris, France

    Arts Therapist, Trainer, Supervisor, member of the European Federation of Art Therapy and of the Syndicat Français des Arts-Thérapeutes.

    Our children are so amazing, curious, peppy, creative, rebellious, exhausting, we love them. But what is a child, actually? 

    Historical perspectives show a great diversity of socio-cultural approaches to education, from best to worst. We need to explore the field and support research on innovative ways to help children, adolescents and young adults preserve and develop their capabilities for thinking. Trying to elaborate, define and implement a  ‘good enough’ education is challenging for many reasons. Climatic, social and political conditions are so determinant that often families and education are only allowed to focus on survival. Yet, in any condition a young human needs help for survival – as well as for fostering a resilient way of thinking. Cultivating critical thought is fundamental for autonomy and resilience – which are built on a powerful and balanced self. 

    Recent research in crossed multidisciplinary approaches – with neuroscience meeting arts, anthropology, sociology, philosophy, psychotherapies and ethics – contributes to foster complex and critical thought on multilayers of the human condition. At the era of digital communication and AI development, it is more than ever time to consider education as a crucial element for humans’ future.

    Many questions wait for complex critical answers. Exploring and responding will enable us to transcend the epistemic paradox and the contemporary challenges. Children and youth need and deserve careful  attention and affectionate relationships in fostering and education. Reviewing the human experience with education, planting seeds of hope and innovation, harvest  powerful results will enable our critical thought to spread broadly, to deepen current knowledge  and to offer a positive perspective to humans’ future.

    Possible questions:

    •             How can art making and creative process’ exploration contribute to foster critical thought?

    •             How does aesthetic experience contribute to thinking?

    •             How can we melt rational, scientific, analytic thinking with emotional experiences? 

    •             Does complex thinking contribute to enhance critical thinking?

    •             Is critical thought a mostly individual capability or does it hatch out of interpersonal relationships and social interactions?

    •             How do children think? Is the process similar to adult thinking?

    •             How do adolescents think?

    •             How does critical thought  join ethics?

    •             How can we face the apparent paradox between a socializing and an individualizing education?

    •             What are the main ingredients to find and cultivate for implementing and developing critical thought?


    4.        Beyond the nature/culture divide: Posthuman and New Materialist explorations (back)

    Victoria Cluley, University of Nottingham

    Nick Fox, University of Huddersfield Alida Payson, Cardiff University

    Katie Powell, University of Sheffield

    Posthuman and new materialist inquiry calls into question the binaries of humanist thought. One such binary is the nature/culture divide whereby nature and humans are considered separate and distinct, with humans assuming dominance. This position within the nature/culture divide has been critiqued from a range of perspectives. New materialist and posthuman perspectives re-construct this division, addressing materiality across the divide. From this perspective, matter includes a diverse array of elements inclusive of things associated with both nature and culture. Physical things, spaces, places, organic bodies and material forces such as time and gravity are all considered matter. Additionally, all matter is considered to be relational and imbued with the potential for change. Importantly, the human is de-centred, ever present yet considered equal to other non-human matter.

    In this stream we are interested in exploring the relationality of matter, challenging the distinct boundary between nature and culture and the dominance of human centred approaches. Examples of why this approach is important include the interactions between human activity and the climate, the growing impact of pharmaceuticals and street drugs, and our ambivalent relationships with household and everyday objects as part of a throw away society.

    We invite talks from thinkers, practitioners, artists, academics, and activists across all disciplines to take part in this stream. We encourage the submission of abstracts using posthuman and new materialist inspired approaches to challenge the nature/culture divide across a broad range of issues, including but not limited to:

    •             Climate crisis

    •             Health and inequality

    •             Intersectionality

    •             Race

    •             Social justice

    •             Capitalism

    •             Feminism and care ethics

    •             Place, space, and time

    •             Objects and waste

    •             Substance harms


    5.        Studio-ing as Critical, Creative and Interdisciplinary Pedagogy (back)

    Maggie Ayliffe, Liverpool John Moores University

    Andrew Bracey, University of Lincoln

    Joanne Lee, Sheffield Hallam University

    Danica Maier, Nottingham Trent University

    Laura Onions, University of Wolverhampton

    Smatterings is a collective of UK-based artist-educators committed to exploring Fine Art pedagogy through participatory research and critical reflection. In this stream, we invite participants to investigate the potential of live, ongoing creative and critical practice made possible through ‘studio-ing’.

    ‘Studio-ing’ is the active, process-led practice of learning, thinking, and making within—and beyond—the traditional fine art studio. It describes an unfolding, situated methodology through which creative practitioners engage with materials, ideas, themselves and others. As a verb, ‘studio-ing’ encompasses a constellation of actions—testing, speculating, failing, drifting, conversing, resting, resisting, returning. It values presence and attention, recognises tacit and embodied knowledge, and invites risk, mess, and notknowing as vital components of learning.

    While our roots are in Fine Art, this stream is deliberately interdisciplinary. We propose ‘studio-ing’ as a provocation. We ask: can this way of working exist in other disciplines? Is it welcomed, resisted, or misunderstood (productively or otherwise)? Can ‘studio-ing’ offer a genuine avenue for collaboration across fields—between artists, scientists, educators, technologists, and theorists? Or are there disciplinary boundaries that inhibit such shared agency?

    We invite contributions that explore studio-ing through five interrelated themes:

    i.             Time and Space: Conditions for Attention and Creativity

    What are the temporal and spatial conditions that allow for deep, creative engagement across disciplines? How could institutional structures support or constrain this?

    ii.            Co-Learning: Shared Agency in Knowledge Production

    How can ‘studio-ing’ foster horizontal learning relationships and shared inquiry across disciplinary divides? What does it mean to ‘let learn’ in different contexts?

    iii.           Quality: Fit-for-Purpose Environments for Creative Learning

    What infrastructures—material, social, pedagogic—are needed to support ‘studio-ing’ in diverse disciplines? How do we define quality beyond metrics?

    iv.           Inclusion: Access as a Creative Prerequisite

    Who gets ‘to studio’? What barriers exist across disciplines, and how might ‘studio-ing’ offer inclusive, equitable modes of participation?

    v.            Valuing the Process: Embracing Uncertainty and Speculation

    How do different disciplines engage with uncertainty, failure, and speculation? Can ‘studio-ing’ help us reframe these as strengths rather than weaknesses?

    This stream actively welcomes alternative conference presentation formats including, but not limited to: workshops, provocations, and participatory dialogue. We aim to foster cross-disciplinary conversations that reimagine the studio not as a bounded space, but as a methodology for creative, critical learning and collective transformation. 


    6.        Buzzwords and Beyond: Navigating the Terrain Between Individualism and Collectivism (back)
    Saaliha Lone, University of Bristol

    The collective or the individual? 

    Across both social and academic discourse, these terms are strewn around. This generation is more individualistic; people are more individualistic. It’s a word I’ve caught myself both hearing and saying. Whilst there are still collectivist efforts bridging gaps between state and society, there remains nostalgia for a bygone era of “collectivism” a time when front doors would never be locked and communities looked after one another. In contemporary society, these buzzwords have reached new heights. As groceries become astronomical and families decide between turning on the heating or feeding their children, we might ask: what does it mean to live between individualism and collectivism today?

    There are times when we operate purely within our own interests, yet that does not make us selfish; within other contexts, we selflessly contribute to the bigger picture. Values within both ideologies are simultaneously facing amplification and erosion. Personal autonomy is celebrated autonomy of what we can think, wear, say, and how we use our bodies. Meanwhile, foodbanks and homeless shelters exemplify collectivism: a sense of shared responsibility that community groups and local organisations have assumed to support society’s most vulnerable.

    These ideologies also carry symbolic demographics. Millennials and Gen Z are often labelled as individualistic, protecting self-interest over community, while collectivism is associated with Gen X and Baby Boomers, who “had one another” to rely on. Yet the question that arises is simple: are we shifting toward one ideology, or are these recurring tensions between younger and older generations that reemerge in every decade of history?

    Aim and Scope of the Stream

    This question sits at the core of this stream. The discussion between individualism and collectivism is prevalent across multiple academic subjects: history, sociology, gender studies, anthropology, economics, policy, and politics.

    This stream aims to facilitate open, interdisciplinary dialogue exploring how the primary concepts surrounding this topic: collectivism, individualism, identity politics, neoliberalism, and feminism intersect and shape contemporary social and political realities. It invites contributors to consider how these dynamics play out in different contexts, and how they inform broader questions of power: where are we more powerful as individuals, and where does power reside in the collective? Also, how do social actors negotiate and maintain balance between the two?

    Contribution to the MCCT Ethos

    This stream invites proposals that go beyond simple dichotomies and explore what it means to live between these two worlds. It encourages open-ended, interdisciplinary abstracts that consider how social actors navigate the balance between individual and collective existence.


    7.        Hegemonies, Counter-Hegemonies, Anti-Hegemonies: The Theory and Politics of Social Control and Resistance (back)

    Phil Burton-Cartledge, University of Derby

    In an age marked by climate breakdown, stagnating living standards, and capitalist resilience, what does philosophy and social theory have to say about social stasis and social change? Is the 19th century revolutionary project outlined by Marx and elaborated by the tradition that bears his name exhausted? To the new social movements that emerged in the 1960s still retain their radical force? Has radical politics since been blunted/incorporated by a capitalism of total subsumption that recuperates resistance and repurposes critique as fuel for sign systems, as per the provocations of Jean Baudrillard. Do we live after critical theory, or at this moment of seeming triumph for billionaires, oligarchs, and the states and institutions that serve them, is their system brittle and at the risk of breakdown?

    The nature of our conjuncture, of a world where the old are always dying and the new are struggling to be born requires us to constantly ask questions about power and resistance. Especially as our civilisation is menaced by existential risks, environmental challenges, and an oligarchical ruling class uninterested in social peace and human sustainability. If not this, then what?

    MCCT 2026 offers an opportunity for activists and thinkers from an array of traditions and research interests to address the question of social change, what a better society might look like, what resources and tendencies are already present that point in this direction, and how we could get there.

    This panel welcomes contributions from philosophy, social and political theory, sociology and political science, international relations and social policy, as well as reflections from outside of academia. Papers that engage with the configurations of social control, such as the operation of hegemony, the workings of ideology, the inertia of social momentum and the compulsion of “necessity”, the constitution of governance strategies, and work around social reproduction theory and radical care have a home in this stream. As do contributions on the political economy of class and capital in the age of AI hype, the changing character of party systems, the possibility of cultural and political breakthroughs, capitalist mutations and systemic adaptation, appropriations of radical energies, and engagements within and between different theoretical traditions that grapple with these questions.


    8.        Crime and the Media (back)

    Hannah Marshall, Department of Sociology, University of Warwick

    Silvia Gomes, Department of Sociology, University of Warwick

    Research within criminology and related disciplines has often highlighted the role that the media plays in entrenching punitive attitudes towards crime. This occurs in a variety of ways, including: sensationalised depictions of crime, over-representation of the prevalence of serious offences; reporting that unduly heightens fear of crime; the creation of ‘moral panics’ and other forms of reporting that demonise marginalised groups; and the stigmatisation and scrutiny of victims of crime. A well-established body of research relating to these areas has examined the media as a force for punitivism, but this has overshadowed other explorations of the role that the media does or could play in relation to crime. In particular, comparatively little attention has been paid to the ways in which the media can and does encourage critical, reformist or abolitionist attitudes towards crime and the criminal legal system. This stream will invite contributions from researchers, activists, and artists who seek to address this gap.

    We invite proposals for papers that consider how media representations of crime, justice and the legal system can challenge punitive attitudes and encourage critical reflection on future possibilities, including reformist and abolitionist perspectives. Topics could include, but are by no means limited to, activism against media narratives that stigmatise specific groups as the perpetrators of crime, reflections on pieces of media that advance critical, reformist and/or abolitionist narratives, the role of media in abolitionist organising, or reflections on media representations of ‘lived experience’ of victimisation and criminalisation.

    We conceive the term ‘media representations’ very broadly, including print, broadcasting and internet media. We welcome reflections on any type of media, from podcasts and social media networks, film and television, to newspapers and books. We are open to a range of different presentation formats from across all disciplines, from more ‘traditional’ academic presentations to presentations of devised media pieces that explore and encourage critical approaches to crime and justice.


    9.   (trickle, river, flood, wadi) Post-Anthropocene Scenes (back)

    Andrew Fergus Wilson, University of Derby

    Popular environmental discourse refers to cascading effects and events that take us continually over tipping points, crescendo after crescendo without fulfilment, a state of being continually on the verge of the ecstasy of annihilation. In this deferred apocalypse there is a diminution of risk. “There have always been changes to climate.” “Everything is fine.” “Drill, baby, drill.” The number of humans on the planet continues to grow and passed 8bn in 2022 (UN); meanwhile, in the last fifty years freshwater wildlife numbers have fallen by 85%, terrestrial non-human wildlife numbers by 69% and marine life by 56% (WWF). There is a catastrophic end occurring around us but it is largely unseen and unacknowledged. In England, as of 10th October 2025, Cumbria & Lancashire; Greater Manchester Merseyside & Cheshire; Yorkshire; East Midlands; West Midlands; and parts of Sussex in the South East Water region were all in drought (Environment Agency). Simultaneously, rising seas levels erode English coasts whilst lapping over and drowning Pacific islands: slow violence. The climate crisis is typically understood in human terms and security is frequently framed as the measure of existential risk to humans and human dignity but what does the agonism of a theory of ecological immaterial labour sound like to the Thracian Shad, pushed into extinction by pollution, extraction, and canalisation, and its all too countable counterparts?

    This call for papers asks how the unseen and unacknowledged can be heard, seen, or otherwise represented. It asks for papers that consider resisting anthropocentricism; representing the non-human; extra-human communication; natural scenes that are post-anthropocene; or alternative histories, present, and future fictions that imagine ‘the Real of “nature”’. This raises epistemological and ontological challenges that question anthropocentric traditions in critical thought so approaches to, or ellipses into, post-anthropocentric theories – if they are at all possible – are also welcome: it asks how theory can incorporate the non-human. The call is open to innovative approaches or the considered application of established theoretical frameworks and traditions. Reflections on the production of art – whatever kind of creative production is understood by that term – may be key and are also welcome here. Similar calls have been made and the work grows ever more pressing.

    Papers might consider:

    •             The ‘personhood’ and rights of rivers and other natural bodies

    •             The permeability of ‘bodies’ and the interconnectedness of being(s)

    •             The voices of lost species

    •             Future species

    •             Nature as hyperobject

    •             Causality and affect in climate denialism

    •             Degrowth

    •             Unstable theory in chaotic systems

    •             Chaotic theory in unstable systems

    •             Necropolitics and the anthropocene

    •             Desertification in a drowning world and other metaphors of human exceptionalism

    •             Other-than-human social complexity


    10. Critical Perspectives on Diversity in Science – Resistance, Paradigm Shifts, and the Power of Critical  Thinking (back)

    Camila Infanger, University of São Paulo

    Jaquelyne Rosatto, University of São Paulo

    Through an apparent academic landscape that has been striving for greater epistemological diversity, a strong and deeply rooted ontology remains repellent to changes in the face of science, in nuances of scientific knowledge and variations in the profile of who makes science. Amidst the new entrees in the institution of science, in spite robust ancestrality and grounding in traditional, and community-based knowledges, are Indigenous and native populations alongside groups similarly marginalized by the mainstream knowledge validation structures of science, such as women, racialized groups in general and members of peripheral academic communities. The decolonial approach to scientific production is an urgent matter, whichever angle it is looked through, including the positivist/ productivist perspective: diversity is good for science(Fehr, 2011; Swartz et al.,2019; Potvin et al.,2018), is all interpretations this argument may incur. Equally urgent is to challenge the pillars of privilege that still prevent expansions in knowledge production, in diversity of peoples represented in science making and, moreover, in achievement of effective transformation as result of efforts made from the margins.

    We therefore propose an explicitly interdisciplinary stream dedicated to promote the exchange of experiences that emerge from the margins drawn by scientific discourse itself.

    Our efforts to promote these exchanges are geared in the direction of causing intentional fissures in the totalitarian surface of science as we know it. In other words, we provoke the tension on the dynamics of articulation and production from the various positions where epistemologies may arise from. We truly believe that science benefits from diversity and from a broader open end range of perspectives and epistemologies.

    This stream welcomes contributions that critically reflect on the role of contemporary science, particularly through decolonial and identity-based lenses — including race, gender, disability, sexuality, traditional knowledges and geographic vulnerability.

    We invite both theoretical reflections and practical accounts of local initiatives that foster diversity in science: affirmative action initiatives, quota systems, partnerships between communities and universities, interfaces between activism and public policy, and other forms of resistance from those situated at the edges of disciplines or institutions. We are also interested in interventions that expose the tension between inclusion and colonial epistemology. We welcome works that interrogate the historical inequalities that shape both the subjects and the knowledges they produce, as well as reflections on how to confront and overcome these asymmetries.

    Finally, this stream seeks to foster interdisciplinary dialogues on how science truly reshapes when seen from what is left at its margins — not as an act of benevolent inclusion, but as a collective reconfiguration of what counts as knowledge with scientific value.


    11. Work and career in the Neoliberal Edu-factory: Systemic Pressures and Inequities (back)

    Ricky Gee, Nottingham Trent University 

    Daniele Bruno Garancini, University of Salzburg 

    Anastasia Fjodorova, University of Stirling

    Ranier Abengana, University College Dublin 

    Ylva Gustafsson, Åbo Akademi University

    Tristram Hooley, University of Derby

    Dr Miranda Ridgeway, Nottingham Trent University 

    Tom Stuanton, University of Derby

    We live in alarmingly precarious times: the Anthropocene, the spectre of a new Cold War, economic instability, and the rise of AI likely to result in mass unemployment. The rise of authoritarian populism continues to intensify a marketized, credentialised and atomising education sector informed by neoliberal and colonial logic. Such a context blunts the critical function of education where policy diverts funding away from collective solutions that are so important to address the many crises we face. Educators become stuck in a doom loop of endeavouring to meet metrics to justify market position, where metrics, provide a ‘violent quantification of reality’ (Gee, 2020), reducing pedagogy to lustful percentages of ‘satisfaction’, research to star status – mirroring the aspirations of a McDonald’s ‘Diningroom Server’ – and the outcome of education toward the narrow vista of ‘high skill’ destinations in a precarious labour market (Gee et al, 2023).

    As precarious work within educational settings increases and continues its trajectory towards normalisation, there is a continued need for critique and resistance. This includes an acknowledgement of some of its more ‘hidden’ impacts. While precarity is typically associated with younger academic/education workers or those who are early in their career, there is a need to account for the experiences of long-term precarity. Some of the impacts of precarity, as well as the labour of academic/education workers, can often be invisible. This includes fears of being perceived as unemployable if speaking out against exploitative practices. O’Keefe and Courtois contend that those academics who do speak out about their experiences of precarity risk possible retaliation, as they are “in effect, whistle-blowers on their institutions” (2025: 1143). They also emphasise that even when an individual is no longer ‘precarious’, having secured a permanent position, the impacts of “hindered career progression” and the damage to “health and finances” can be long-lasting, if not life-long (O’Keefe and Courtois 2025: 1148).

    This stream welcomes submissions examining and/or resisting academic/education precarity and its multitude of impacts, including but not limited to impact on workers’ mental health and well-being; impact on workers’ sense of self and wider lifeworld; intersections of precarity with race, gender, class, care, disability, migrant status/citizenship, etc.; impact on teaching and learning; as well as resistances and practices of anti-precarity.

    In particular we especially welcome submissions that go beyond analysing the problems of the education system and attempt to make proposals on how to solve these problems. All too often, criticisms of neoliberalism go into great depth to show the harm that this economic model causes but are then superficial when it comes to offering alternatives—Marx, for one, did not lay out a concrete plan to realise his vision. We welcome contributions that do not follow this trend and instead make proposals on how to concretely improve the status quo. Examples of such contributions include policy proposals, outlines for community projects, and programmes for grassroot activism. We also wish to explore what people can do, either individually or collectively, to survive within neoliberalism, expand the critique of it and develop forms of resistance and counter-logics. This might include individual practices, forms of collective and political action and professional interventions and experiments which seek to foster critical consciousness and build people’s capacity to challenge the system.


    12. ‘Beneath the remains’: A critical exploration under and beyond the blinkered rationalities of contemporary civilisational decay (back)

    Romain Chenet, University of Warwick
    Andrew Fergus Wilson, University of Derby.

    Against the university staffing cuts that assault our sector and embed toxic rationalities into our professional and personal lives, this panel prioritises the mythical, magical, and ephemeral as central to exploring worlds beyond the castrated managerialist logics of neoliberal fetishism. Our inspirations are manifold and hope to build on the subtle promise of Fjodorova’s (2025) view to unbinding our critical (and potentially emancipatory) thought and practice: ‘if imagining the end of capitalism becomes delusion, then perhaps all that is left as resistance is a form of “madness” in which you’re invited to take off the mask and stop performing’.

    As alienating violences of dry and soulless bureaucracy continue to be enacted upon us in the name of progress, we invite papers riddled with subjectivities and uncertainty – even in-progress work and imperfect argumentation. The core theme for this panel is thus a willingness to showcase tentative contributions along the following indicative keywords and themes. We are also keen on many additional ideas and suggestions and urge you to consider submitting a paper if you independently feel that your contribution could align into our open explorations.

    Panel themes (indicative): myths, magic, death, decay, rebirth, hauntology, Noosphere, weaponised demonism, disaster capitalism, collective consciousness, collapse/rebirth, supernatural, folklore, culture (inc. music / visual media), horror, arcana, paganism, voodoo, gore / cannibal capitalism, esotery, futurism, fiction, imagination, perversion, transgression, subversion, revolution.

    Theoretical, conceptual, and philosophical interventions are also welcomed, whereas wider themes and discussion nodes not noted above remain warmly invited for consideration.


    13. Bodies in Flux: Reimagining the Human Form in Contemporary Culture (back)
    Michael Rees, Nottingham Trent University

    In contemporary society, the body is a constant site of attention, regulation, and transformation. From wellness trends and cosmetic interventions to algorithm-driven beauty standards and wearable tech, our bodies are increasingly shaped by cultural, political, and technological forces. Media influencers dictate ideals of appearance and performance, while public discourse scrutinizes the bodies of women, racialized individuals, and trans people – often reducing them to symbols in broader ideological battles. Meanwhile, transhumanist visions of bodily transcendence suggest that the physical form may soon be obsolete, replaced by digital consciousness or enhanced through biotechnology.

    Amid these tensions, the body emerges as both a contested terrain and a site of resistance (e.g. Foucault). Critical thinkers and activists are interrogating how norms around embodiment reinforce exclusion and marginalization. Queer, trans, disabled, and racialized bodies are central to these conversations, challenging dominant narratives and expanding the possibilities of representation and agency.

    This stream invites interdisciplinary engagement with the body as a dynamic, politicized, and culturally mediated entity. We welcome contributions that explore how embodiment is experienced, constructed, and contested across diverse contexts. Submissions may draw from disciplines such as philosophy, sociology, media and cultural studies, gender studies, psychology, performance, and the arts.

    We particularly encourage experimental formats – performances, workshops, demonstrations – as well as traditional papers. Please note that sessions will take place in university classrooms, so spatial limitations should be considered.

    Suggested topics include, but are not limited to:

    •             Embodiment and identity in contested terrains Considerations of how bodies become sites of ideological struggle, particularly in relation to race, gender, and sexuality, and how identity is shaped through embodied experience.

    •             Surveillance, regulation, and the political body How bodies are monitored, disciplined, and controlled through technologies, media, and state apparatuses (e.g. via contemporary (self) surveillance culture).

    •             Digital technologies and algorithmic aesthetics Examining how social media, AI, and algorithm-driven platforms shape bodily ideals, influence self-presentation, and reinforce or disrupt normative standards of beauty and behaviour.

    •             Health, wellness, and the commodification of (dis)ability Critiquing wellness cultures, medicalization, and the intersections of health, capitalism, and ableism in shaping bodily norms and exclusions.

    •             Performance, protest, and embodied resistance Considering how bodies are used in performance, activism, and everyday life to resist (or maybe conform to) normative expectations and assert agency.

    •             Trauma, memory, and the somatic archive How is trauma inscribed on and through the body? How is memory embodied?

    •             Gender, sexuality, and bodily autonomy under scrutiny Addressing how bodily autonomy is contested in public discourse, especially for women, trans, and non-binary individuals, and how these bodies challenge dominant narratives.

    •             Posthumanism, transhumanism, and the future of the body Is the body as obsolete? What are the enhanced, digitized, and/or ethical implications of technological futures?

    This proposal was developed with the assistance of generative AI to support idea generation and drafting.


    14. “Artistic Practice in the Age of Technology: Fatigue, Failure, and Resistance” (back)

    Renia Korma, Vienna Contemporary Art Space

    Patrick Loan, Vienna Contemporary Art Space 

    Abby Brown, Vienna Contemporary Art Space

    “I use technology in order to hate it properly. You have to become familiar with something before you can develop a genuine antagonism.”

    — Nam June Paik, interview with Calvin Tomkins, 1975

    This stream explores how emerging technologies reshape creative practice, artistic production, and aesthetic experience. From digital tools and immersive media to collaborative software and networked systems, technology increasingly mediates how artists conceive, create, and circulate their work. These developments raise pressing questions about originality, imagination, and innovation in an age when human creativity is increasingly entangled with technological infrastructures.

    Platform aesthetics, standardized toolkits, and algorithmically managed workflows carry the risk of creative homogenization, creating patterns of creative fatigue and normalized practice that may constrain experimentality. At the same time, our deepening involvement with digital technologies also defines the context in which creativity takes place. While the internet offers access to endless sources of inspiration, the incessant stimulation, connectivity, and habitual scrolling of contemporary life mean we rarely sit with our own minds and lose the unstructured, spontaneous moments when flashes of creativity happen. Yet, gamification, data-driven design, and technological collaboration platforms also introduce new types of creative work. Technology, then, both unsettles and expands ideas of authenticity, identity, and cultural perception in creative practice today, as well as challenging inherited models of authorship, work, and value.

    This stream calls for contributions that challenge both the potential and the perils of technology for creative work. We aim to bring performances, participatory formats, workshops, and traditional scholarship into shared conversation, inviting cross-disciplinary responses that explore how technological systems are reshaping the creation, circulation, and cultural value of creative work.

    Potential submission topics:

    •             What new art forms have emerged as a result of new technologies and platforms, and how do these new aesthetics fit within our cultural landscape?

    •             How do contemporary technologies reshape originality, imagination, identity, authorship, and cultural value in creative practice?

    •             With phones giving us access to instant entertainment in our pockets, boredom is a thing of the past. How does this constant stimulation affect our capacity for creative and innovative thinking?

    •             Digital platforms are increasingly flooded with “AI slop”. How does this affect our cultural landscape, and how can artists respond?

    •             How does automation and AI in creative practice navigate the tension between expanding human capabilities and the potential for deskilling by outsourcing essential creative and critical thinking processes?

    •             Is the glitch the last space where the human can still be felt? Can error, friction, noise, and malfunction still mark human presence—or has the machine taken away those too?

    •             How might artists and designers resist or reinterpret the homogenization, fatigue, or formulaic workflows produced by digital systems as opportunities for experimentation and renewal?

    •             What ethical responsibilities do artists, institutions, and audiences have in technologically mediated creative production?

    •             How can slow, reflective, or embodied approaches serve as resistance to efficiency- or metric-driven creation?

    By situating technology within broader debates about contemporary creativity, this stream encourages critical reflection on both the challenges and possibilities of technologically mediated artistic practice.


    15. Autoethnography as Critical Praxis – Lived Experience, Reflexivity, and Identity (back)

    Cat Brice, St George’s University of London

    Denzin (2014: 22) describes autoethnography as “reflexively writing the self into and through the ethnographic text; isolating that space where memory, history, performance and meaning intersect.” This stream proposes to explore autoethnography as both a method and a methodology that values lived experience as knowledge, embraces vulnerability, and opens spaces for reciprocal dialogue between the researcher and researched.

    My own PhD research examines the lived experiences of British Chinese adoptees. By using autoethnography, I have placed my positionality as an adoptee at the centre of my work, using it to contextualise the literature showing how personal experiences intersect with broader discourses. It has also helped me build rapport and trust amongst my participants who have trusted me with their own experiences. Throughout my research this
    approach has highlighted the complexities of identity negotiation, belonging, and cultural difference, whilst also challenging traditional positivist paradigms that privilege “objectivity” over subjectivity. Drawing inspiration from Ellis and Bochner’s (2000) notion of systematic sociological introspection and Ngunjiri’s et al’s (2010: 10) claim that autoethnography becomes an “invisible but inseparable” part of research, I have found that autoethnographic reflection not only informs my fieldwork design and analysis, but also enriches the depth of engagement with participants. In practice, my vulnerabilities and disclosures often opened space for reciprocal sharing, facilitating a richer collective dialogue around adoption, race, and identity.

    I propose a stream which centres this lens at MCCT for 2026 because I feel that it’s impact fits well with the conferences theme and objectives. Autoethnography brings theory to life, situating the personal as political which generates nuance and stimulates critical thought and reflection. To acknowledge one’s feelings and to reflect upon one’s own positionality during research is so important as it strengths critical thought by revealing how personal perspectives and power dynamics shape interpretation and knowledge production. It creates opportunities for researchers to resist generalisations and foreground transparency, whilst recognising and respecting the power and responsibility they hold.

    I invite contributions that use autoethnography to:

    • Engage reflexively with identity, race, culture, gender, migration, or other aspects of lived experience.
    • Demonstrate how autoethnography can shape research design, analysis, and representation.
    • Explore the tensions between vulnerability, reciprocity, and knowledge production.
    • Experiment with narrative to highlight the intersections of personal and political.
      In bringing together scholars who use autoethnography, this stream will highlight how lived experiences
      can serve as a vital lens for understanding and critiquing broader social worlds.

  • call for streams | Midlands Conference in Critical Thought

    MIDLANDS CONFERENCE IN CRITICAL THOUGHT 2026
    Hosted by the University of Warwick
    May 21st to May 22nd, 2026


    Call for Stream Proposals – deadline October 27th 2025. Submit to midlandscritical@gmail.com


    The Call for Stream Proposals is now open for the 3rd annual Midlands Conference in Critical Thought (MCCT), which will be hosted and supported by the University of Warwick on May
    21st and May 22nd 2026.


    This will be the third MCCT which is an offshoot of the London Conference in Critical Thought (LCCT). As with the LCCT, the MCCT is an annual interdisciplinary conference that provides
    a forum for emergent critical scholarship, broadly construed. The conference is free for all to attend and follows a non-hierarchical model that seeks to foster opportunities for intellectual
    critical exchanges where all are treated equally regardless of affiliation or seniority. There are no plenaries, and the conference is envisaged as a space for those who share intellectual
    approaches and interests but who may find themselves at the margins of their academic department or discipline.


    There is no pre-determined theme for the MCCT. The intellectual content and thematic foci of the conference will be determined by the streams that are proposed in response to this call and accepted for inclusion. Successful stream proposals form the basis for our subsequent Call for Presentations; therefore, stream proposals should not take the form of pre-established panels. We welcome stream proposals that aim to stimulate a range of cross disciplinary responses and which approach critical thought in an open, non-prescriptive way.


    Past programmes of the 2025 MCCT and examples of stream outlines can be found on https://mcct.margins.org.uk/


    The proposers of accepted streams will become part of the organising collective for the remainder of the annual cycle, taking principal responsibility for their own stream as well as
    contributing to the MCCT organising collective. For more information about the ethos and structure of the conference please visit https://mcct.margins.org.uk/ and http://londoncritical.org, and if you have any questions please email us at midlandscritical@gmail.com


    The deadline for Stream Proposals is Monday 27th October 2025. Proposals should not exceed 500 words

  • Midlands Conference in Critical Thought 2025

    Conference Programme (with abstracts)


    Registration via Eventbrite <click here>


    Thursday 24th April

    9:00-9:30 – Registration  FG101

    9:30 – 11:00 – Parallel Sessions 1

    NeuroD&D: Using Dungeons and Dragons as a mode of neurodivergent personhood exploration

    Shelby Judge

    Can Dungeons & Dragons as a cultural industry be mobilised for neurodivergent identity expression and representation? In partnership with the disability charity Breakthrough UK, the NeuroD&D project ran a series of Dungeons & Dragons sessions for neurodivergent adults, to investigate how self-determined characters and coproduced narratives can be used to express personhood and identity. This project posits that Dungeons & Dragons as a gaming industry provides an innovative means of expression for neurodivergent people due to its imagination mechanic, self-governed narratives, and autonomous characterisation.

    Early literature in the field of Dungeons & Dragons research focused on the mathematical components of dice rolling (McLean 1990). More relevant to this study is more recent research into Dungeons & Dragons that explores the personal (psychological and affective) experience of players engaging in a fantasy game that is driven by players’ intentions and imaginations. NeuroD&D develops on existing research on how players negotiate person(a)hood (Waskull & Lust 2004) and videogames as self-involving interactive fictions (SIIF) (Robson & Meskin 2016). NeuroDND utilises Robson and Meskin’s SIIF framework, applying it to TTRPG fictions instead of videogame fictions.

    Both Shepherd (2021) and Valorozo-Jones (2021) have written on identity exploration in Dungeons & Dragons. In ‘Roll for Identity’, Shepherd investigated how character creation and full in-game autonomy allows players to explore their queer selves, while Valorozo-Jones’ study with neurodivergent Dungeons & Dragons players focused on how game mechanics can be altered to be more accessible. NeuroD&D focuses on neurodivergent players, with an explicit focus on how character creation and in-game autonomy allows them to explore their neurodivergent personhood.

    In this paper, I reflect on the experience of undertaking this creative practice-based research and present the qualitative data gleaned from this study, with a view to answering the question of whether immersive narratives and gaming technologies used by neurodiverse people can explore their concerns regarding identity, representation, and culture.

    Arts in Perinatal Health

    Susan Hogan

    Practices and procedures which can be counterproductive and illness-inducing form part of professional repertoires of behaviour. Taking childbirth as an example, historically, birthing stools have been used in labour to let gravity help, for example. Mobility hastens childbirth and movement can help ease the pain and an example of an iatrogenic practice is that of putting labouring women in beds, or not allowing women to walk around, because of foetal monitoring equipment. There are many iatrogenic practices embedded in hospital regimes, ‘routine’ induction of childbirth is another counter-productive but widespread practice. They are insidious and presented as normal or ‘routine’ and therefore reasonable. They are consequently hard for women to resist. Women’s own intuitive feelings can be negated, but women in this state of vulnerability do not necessarily feel able to challenge the practices they encounter in hospital environments (McCourt 2009). Women can also become caught between different models of giving birth and trapped within power dynamics between obstetrics and midwifery with temporal pressures, caused by underfunding that force midwives to intervene, when non-intervention may be a better course. In practice, some women end up feeling violated by their birth experiences and are left in a state of profound shock.

    Spatializing the Bare Life; The Palestinian Refugee Camp of Bourj el-Barajneh, Beirut

    Andrea Canclini & Aya Jazaierly

    Born in 1960, Samir lives with his family in a one-room apartment in a tall, irregular building in Bourj el-Barajneh, Beirut’s largest Palestinian refugee camp, a ghetto surrounded by poor Shi’a neighborhoods. His parents found shelter here on 28 October 1948 after being expelled from their home in Tarshiha, in the northern Palestine. Bourj el-Barajneh was set up in a sandy piece of land, with a group of scattered tents: for more than ten years there was no electricity, no sewage, only communal toilets without doors, only a few taps in the camp yard.

    Today the alleys Samir walks through all bear the name of the camp: no toponomastic here; underground, an unfinished rainwater collection system was built in 2011 with the help of EU. In the camp, the ‘Mahabba Youth Group’ supplies electricity and water to most of the residential buildings.

    At home, when Samir turns on the tap, the water flows through the pipes installed by the Italian Government in 2014, when the blue plastic valves were replaced; when he turns on the light, the electricity is supplied by a new substation with switches donated by ‘the Japanese people’. In an emergency in the building, the ‘Palestinian Civil Defense’, a local volunteer-run safety management system can be contacted on mobile.

    At school, his younger child’s education is provided by ‘Terre des hommes’, while the ‘Al-Ghad Social Association’ organizes after-school activities in its playgrounds. His grandchildren attend a pre-school in a building equipped by the ‘Turkish Cooperation Agency’ in 2017.

    His family’s health care is provided by the ‘Safety Humanitarian Organisation Agreement’ at the UNRWA Health Centre Building. Haifa Hospital supported by the ‘Palestine Red Crescent’ had its Emergency Unit renovated in 2019 by ‘ANERA’ and ‘from People of Japan’, through the ‘Human Security Programme’. Anyway, the ‘Medicins sans frontier’ clinic is open daily.

    In his spare time, Samir meets his friends to play cards in shelters renovated by the ‘United Nations Agency for Palestine Refugees’.

    As a new floor is added to his building, he notices that the columns of the ground floor, lacking proper foundations, grow larger as they sink into the sandy soil.

    The three traditional solutions are denied to the Palestinians, here: return is denied by Israel, integration is denied by Lebanon, resettlement in third countries is illegal, so the status of refugee without rights and obligations forces them into a space of exception that is both temporary and infinite.

    In response, the political forces that self-govern the camp continue a long tradition of using the camp as a Harveylike body politic, in which the inhabitants are forced to move in the interstices, whose approaches to urban governance have at the same time denied them any possibility of realising and organising their own living spaces.

    The invisible boundaries of the camp have no walls or gates to close: it is the political status of its inhabitants that defines their legal, economic and social status, and therefore only there can they continue to live, without passports, rights or duties, and the emancipatory power of a job.

    Deconstructing Sustainable Architecture

    Yahya Lavaf 

    The prevailing discourse on sustainable architecture remains largely constrained by techno-scientific determinism and reductive materialism that reduce sustainability to metrics of efficiency and carbon performance. This paper challenges such reductive paradigms by proposing a deconstructive approach to sustainability, one that acknowledges the instability, contradictions, and entanglements inherent in the built environment. Drawing on Derridean deconstruction this study argues that sustainability should not be understood as a fixed state but as an ongoing, temporal negotiation between architecture, ecology, and cultural contingencies.

    This paper critiques the assumption that sustainability can be universally defined, advocating instead for a more situated, adaptive, and open-ended architectural practice. By repositioning sustainability as an emergent and relational condition, this paper proposes new methodological approaches to reframe architecture as an open system in dialogue with its ecological and social contexts. This theoretical investigation is accompanied by speculative design strategies that illustrate how sustainability might be reimagined beyond the current fixation on permanence, control, and optimisation. 

    Cities as Spaces of New Human Rights: Children’s Right to Clothing in Nottingham

    Michele Grigolo (PI), Geraldine Brady, Jay Chester, Rachel Harding, Yesmean Khalil

    The paper reports findings from a collective research project examining human rights through the lens of space and the right to the city. The idea advanced by the research is that by connecting human rights to experiences and narratives of users of urban space, new ideas about and perspectives on human rights can emerge. The focus of the presentation will be the right to clothing, discussed during a focus group with children from Nottingham aged 8-10 and 11-14. Participants were recruited via a partnership with Sharewear, a Nottingham-based charity that provide clothing to households from disadvantaged socio-economic backgrounds. The presentation will highlight some important aspects of children’s understanding of clothing in their everyday life, and of clothing as a human right. Different aspects of the human right to clothing will be examined, which exceed the construction of clothing in international law as part of an adequate standard of living, to emphasise aspects of choice, identity, and difference, that cast a new light not only on children’s right to clothing but on the right to clothing more generally. The right to the city lens engaged in the project will also help maintain a critical perspective on the production, consumption and circulation of clothing, while suggesting new perspectives and practices that fulfil this right beyond the market and state provision.  

    Borders a corporeal reality

    Oliver Cloke

    This proposal outlines a creative exploration of the concept of “borders,” moving beyond their traditional understanding as mere geographical lines of separation. I intend to investigate through formulated interactions and experiential games the ideas behind the physical borders that our bodies house and thereby create a greater cognitive understanding of our limits. By imbuing borders with sentience, and cross referencing them with ourselves we can develop a richer and more nuanced understanding of their role in shaping human experience.

    This lecture will investigate the idea that Borders can be mobile entities, dynamic, evolving systems with their own agency and consciousness. They are spaces of transformation and potential. 

    This will be conducted through a set of experiments that utilise the recognised conditions of a lecture in order to introduce viewers to an alternative way to engage with learning and educational formats. 

    Initially introducing  the implications of recognising ourselves as bordered and an examination of how borders are constantly being redefined and reshaped by human activity, technological advancements, and environmental changes. From this point it will quickly dissolve into and activity that investigates how borders continue to shape human interactions and influence contemporary political and social realities.

    This is the jump off point for the audience to become involved in developing their own  artworks, and philosophical inquiries that explore the concept of “the border” using storytelling/poetry and art-making to express physical borders. The idea is to develop in pairs short narratives, poems, to explore the concept of borders and create drawings that visualize the dimensions of borders.

    The insights gained from this project could have several potential applications in addressing contemporary challenges related to migration, conflict, and social justice:

    • Humanitarian Response: Understanding displacement and addressing the psychological impact of displacement
    • Conflict Resolution: Deconstructing the “us vs. them” mentality by reimagining borderlands as zones of exchange
    • Social Justice: Addressing issues of inequality and promoting human rights

    This workshop will end with a discussion on the philosophical implications of border sentience and the ethical considerations of what border ‘crossings’ look like on your own body, incorporating an interpretation of the historical and cultural memory embedded within borders. Importantly the discussion will involve how visual representations can be used to communicate complex or abstract ideas about borders and their impact. There will also be the remnants of production, a collection of creative works exploring the concept of borders and uncovering for participants to take with them.

    The Unity of the Internal and External in Homer

    Andrew Milward 

    There are moments in the epics of Homer where the internal appears to be expressed through the external, moments where emotions are visible through the body, where the manner of the thought of individuals is seen in their person alongside their physical appearance. The way that these moments occur suggests the possibility of an implicit unity between the internal and the external. This unity must be distinguished from the modern view where the internal causes the external through physical mechanisms. This difference can be conceptualised in terms of a divergence in the way that thought is understood, in other words in thought’s relation to being. If the modern view sees only a purely causal mechanism, it understands thought as physical being only, where there is no more than an objectivity of thought that remains outside the subjective; if Homer expresses internal thought and the body together, he understands thought in terms of its unity with external being, where the objective body and the subjectivity of the individual are the same. By developing this Homeric unity, we can elaborate both the abstract possibilities concerning how thought can be understood, and also the practical possibilities concerning how an awareness of the expression of the internal can be used. On the basis of these two aspects, the Homeric unity becomes a guiding idea that concerns not only an ontology of thought’s relationship to being, but also an ontology of the subject itself, where a subject understands itself, not in terms of the elements of a casual mechanism, but as an operative whole.

    Experiences of inner life: Does Interiority Matter?

    Susan Hogan

    With an emphasis on visual culture and theories about imagery and interiority, the topic of interiority will be explored in three potential ways. Firstly, in relation to Interiority and Bodily Signs, this theme will investigate some of the implications of an entrenched enduring link between ideas about interiority and outward bodily signs, and the oft-unfortunate consequences of misinterpretation of such outward signs. Tracing the idea of stigma from its ancient Greek origins, the theme moves on to discuss more recent events, namely witch-hunting and the pivotal nature of bodily signs in the practice of witch detection and determining imagined guilt. Other topics of note could include the doctrine of physiognomy, which was also interested in external bodily signs as denoting internal temperament.  Reflections on the reverberations in the present from such ideas, particularly constraints placed upon the behaviour certain sets of citizens due to bodily signs is another area of potential critical thought.

    A further aspect of this theme is Experiences of Inner Life Revealed, thinking about such topics as apophenia, a general generic tendency of the human mind to find meaningful patterns in random information, and pareidolia as the visual aspect of this general tendency. The section could also critique ideas about psychiatric projective visualisations as a way of harnessing interiority.

    Another aspect of this theme might be to think about interior states and explore how making art, and using techniques from art therapy, can help to make interior worlds visual in a practice of Depicting Experiences of Inner Life. The implications of employing arts-based research methods for anthropologists, sociologists and others can be explored, including highlighting potential pitfalls of such applications, such as theory-driven reductive interpretation. 

    Possible questions:

    • How are ideas about interiority and outward bodily signs linked historically and/or today?
    • How can bodily signs result in limitation of freedoms?
    • The doctrine of physiognomy was interested in external bodily signs as denoting internal temperament. What is the cultural heritage of such schemas?
    • What should we say about psychiatric projective visualisations as a way of harnessing interiority?
    • Can the arts help reveal our inner world?
    • What ontological status should be afforded to inner dialogue, imaginative worlds and emotional reverie ‘without turning them into reified states or static properties’?   
    • How can sociologists and anthropologist best capture our sense of ‘insideness’? What is the value in so doing?

    Break

    11:30 – 13:00 – Parallel Sessions 2

    ‘How Europe(ans) became white’ – tracing the lineages of religious sectarianism, anti-Semitism, anti-Gypsyism, and settler colonial anti-Blackness in the racialization of Europe 

    Teodora Todorova 

    This presentation traces the emergence and racialization of the modern ethno-national ‘white’ European subject during the rise of ethnic nationalism in Europe in the 18th century in conjunction with the consolidation of European settler colonialism in South and North America. Drawing on Benedict Anderson’s (1983) concept of the nation as an ‘imagined community’ the presentation seeks to trace the discursive lineages of earlier discourses of exclusion in the formation of European national identities and nation-states. Particularly, the presentation traces, the role played by the rise of modern anti-Semitism (see Hannah Arendt, 1951) and anti-Gypsyism (see Klaus-Michel Bogdal, 2023) in the 15th century during the rise and consolidation of Christian Imperialism across Europe in the aftermath of its defeat of Arab Muslim Imperialism in the Iberian Peninsula which lasted eight centuries; coinciding with a six centuries-long rivalry between Christian Europe and the Muslim Ottoman Empire which ruled over the Balkans. The geo-political struggle between Christian and Muslim Empires over the lands of Europe gave rise to modern religious sectarianism which has also been shaped by the Protestant Reformation and Western Europe’s schism from the Roman Catholic Empire from the 16th century on. The presentation argues that religious sectarianism in Europe serves as an early prototype for the emergence of racial nationalism in 18th, 19th and 20th century struggles for European nationstatehood. Moreover, the paper argues that the coinciding  advent, expansion and consolidation of European settler colonial nationalism in South and North America rebounds and reverberates across the continent of Europe as a racializing process (see Wolfe, 2016); or in other words a process which racializes Europe(ans) as white.   

    White Muscle: Theology and ritual in the (un)making of an ultranationalist masculinity

    Isabella Gregory

    A decentralised network combining combat training, white ultranationalism, and a love of the outdoors, ‘Active Clubs’ have expanded in recent years across Europe, Oceania, and the Americas (Institute for Strategic Dialogue 2023). With over a hundred cells operating globally, the clandestine masculinist groups meeting under the Active Club umbrella represent one of the newest and most expansive iterations of white supremacist organising today. Drawing on the materials yielded from a digital ethnography across Telegram and TikTok, this paper analyses the Active Clubs through the lenses of theology and ritual. Critical theological accounts of Whiteness understand it as a pseudo-divine power that assures its own divinity through pre-emptively responding to an imagined horizon of loss (Carter 2008, Du Bois 1920, Jennings 2011, Douglas 2015, Krinks 2018, Norris 2020). This project’s first task is to evaluate the Active Clubs’ cultivation of and belief in Whiteness as that pseudo-divine force, as animated by the groups’ diagnostic and prognostic imaginaries for the past, present, and future. It’s tempting to dismiss white ultranationalist organising as far away from mainstream political or collective life. But a critical theological analysis connects the sharp edges of extremism to the blunt forces of structural Whiteness writ large. Through this, we see the Active Club as one particularly potent attempt to grasp onto a more widely dispersed power: Whiteness’ ability to manufacture and claim the divine. 

    Crucially, this is a misogynistic Whiteness that demands and develops specific forms of masculine ideal. The rituals of Mixed Martial Arts (MMA) training are central to how Active Club theologies come to life. Looking to accounts of embodied and ideological formation through combat training (Wacquant 2004), and feminist phenomenologies of Whiteness and masculinity (Ngo 2017, Ahmed 2007, Alcoff 1999), I suggest that this ritual life attempts to correct the misalignment of the present in which the Active Club finds itself with the past and future that it imagines. If the Active Club theology revolves around a semi-apocalyptic horizon of white loss, MMA is an organised and ritualised attempt to prevent the coming of that future. Wendy Brown argues that the incel phenomenon represents a masculinity characterised by ‘raw resentment without the turn toward discipline, creativity and ultimately, intellectual mastery… [with] only revenge, no way out, no futurity’ (2019). The Active Club world is far more constructive; this masculinity stakes a claim on a white future, channels a white sacrality, and suggests the necessary steps to assure their security. By stepping into how this theological and ritualised world is sensed, imagined, and experienced, we learn a great deal about one form of white ultranationalist masculinity. But more critically, we learn about the conditions which make it possible, and to some, necessary.

    Transdisciplinary Plasticity and the Digital Humanities: At The Intersection Of Philosophy, Digital Media, Mathematics, And Art

    Karl Rodrigues

    After presenting Catherine Malabou’s (non-)concept of ‘plasticity’, as described in, Plasticity at the Dusk of Writing: Dialectic, Destruction, Deconstruction (2010 [2005]), the aim shall be to expand upon its nature by unpacking the potentially quantitative dimensions therein, as opposed to its heretofore distinguished qualitative character – gesturing towards a ‘quantitative plasticity’.  Here, references to, The Future of Hegel: Plasticity, Temporality, and Dialectic, are to be made.  To actualise the aim, Basarab Nicolescu’s method of ‘transdisciplinarity’, as related in, Manifesto of Transdisciplinarity (2002), will be used in order to unbound a ‘philosophical plasticity’ towards a digitally humanistic one, that is, moving plasticity towards the digital humanities for the sake of founding a quantitative plasticity.  Here, references to, From Modernity to Cosmodernity: Science, Culture, and Spirituality (2014), along with those from the digital humanities literature, are to be made.

    On the way to quantitative plasticity, a ‘digitally humanistic plasticity’ would involve inhabiting the interstices of disciplines and their sub-fields: between and beside, at the general level, the disciplines of philosophy, digital media, mathematics (and engineering), as well as art on the one hand; and, at the specific level, between and beside the subfields of semiotics, computing, modeling, and design on the other.  The remainder of the presentation shall delve into each respective sub-field, making overtures to disciplines where appropriate.  As a preview, the discussion of the field of: semiotics, would engage with the Saussurian structuralist approach as well as its later more radical Derridean poststructuralist deconstruction; computing, would consider the world of data and algorithms; modeling, would encompass mathematical topology and computer-assisted design (CAD); and design itself, would deal with visually and graphically creative generative AI GPT models.  Thus, from all these threads, it shall be argued that a ‘digitally humanistic quantitative plasticity’ is able to emerge as a viable theoretical and practical (non-)concept and (non-)method.  

    In the words of Stream 7, the boundaries of philosophical research are expanded through transdisciplinarity, making it more creative (i.e. in the sense of art and fiction) as well as more scientific (i.e. in both senses of the mathematical and natural sciences) – digitally humanistic quantitative plasticity is a humanity and a science.  In the words of the Stream 7 specification, digitally humanistic quantitative plasticity engenders collaborative horizons opened through emergent transdisciplinary symbiotic relations, networks, and (group) projects. 

    This presentation is drawn from ideas currently being developed and written for a PhD dissertation at EGS under the supervision of Catherine Malabou.  Multiple articles as well as a subsequent book (Publishers TBA) are to be released in 2026 and beyond.

    Creative Methodologies and the Media Arts Lab: Interrogating Digital Culture through modes of Practice Research

    Martyn Thayne

    This talk will present what I call a ‘media arts lab’ framework for interrogating contemporary digital culture. As I shall illustrate, the ‘media arts lab’ seeks to leverage transdiscplinary modes of co-creation and embodied, media-arts practice in response to critical issues in media culture and society. I will outline a range of creative methodologies, including ‘speculative design’ (Dunne and Raby, 2013), ‘critical making’ (Ratto, 2008) and ‘design fiction’ (Sterling, 2013), highlighting how these approaches can be implemented in an educational setting as part of intensive ‘media lab’ and ‘hackathon’ style workshops. I suggest this represents a novel, practice-based approach for examining the complexity of our contemporary digital world.

    Archive 2023: When the Boundaries Between Humans and Machines Blur

    Ziyao Lin

    In Archive 2023 – Stories of My Life with AI, artificial intelligence (AI) is redefined as an active participant in artistic creation rather than merely a tool or an extension of the human artist. The project consists of two parts: first, AIgenerated visualizations that document daily interactions with AI, and second, a video narrated in the first person from AI’s perspective, which challenges the traditional human-centered narrative framework. This dual narrative blurs the conventional boundaries between humans and machines, making them co-creators of the work. This archive, blending memory and truth, obscures the line between private and public realms, reflecting on the prominence of AI in 2023, its gradual integration into public consciousness, and its influence on human actions. It raises pressing questions about how humanity will coexist with AI technologies in the future.

    At the same time, this art project connects with my academic research. In my study, I propose the concept of “Poor AI,” which examines the hidden digital labor and contradictory forces underlying AI technology. Drawing on Hito Steyerl’s theory of “Poor Images,” I reveal how AI accelerates the exploitation of invisible labor under the logic of capitalism while simultaneously holding potential for resistance against established power structures. AI embodies disruptive power but remains inherently tied to the logic of capitalism. This contradiction runs through every layer of technological development.

    In this presentation, I will focus on the following questions: What kind of artistic experiences arise when AI becomes a narrative subject and creative perspective within a work? In the context of increasingly blurred boundaries between humans and machines, what new social challenges might emerge? Aligned with the 2025 Midlands Conference in Critical Thought’s theme, How art and creativity can cross borders, this presentation explore new possibilities for coexistence between humans and technology while reflecting on the potential issues such coexistence might entail.

    Media/Storm: Navigating Information, Narratives and Borders in the Wake of Hurricane Helene

    Ziegi Boss

    In September 2024, Hurricane Helene devastated North Carolina’s Appalachian Mountains, including my hometown of Boone, transforming a region known for its mild climate into a designated Disaster Area. This presentation will explore the conceptual and theoretical underpinnings of media/storm, an art installation investigating the complex relationship between local experiences and the fractured media narratives surrounding the hurricane. 

    In a world increasingly defined by information overload and polarization, media/storm offers a lens to explore the borders between local experience and online discourse, fact and fiction, and personal and political. This presentation examines how geographic and cultural distance, as well as ideological bias shape coverage and public perception of local events, while addressing broader issues in contemporary media systems.

    My art installation, media/storm, emerged from the experience of navigating an information-saturated online ecosystem in the aftermath of Hurricane Helene. I relied primarily on online media, as well as direct accounts with people I know from the area, to understand the scale of the disaster and evolving recovery response in my home town in North Carolina and surrounding region. Hurricane Helene became a nexus for competing narratives: broadly speaking local outlets focused primarily on personal loss and community recovery while national coverage often framed the disaster within the political discourse leading up the the 2024 US Election. Meanwhile conspiracy theories and misinformation circulated online, undermining efforts to communicate the reality of the disaster and creating difficulties in connecting those impacted to available aid. This project interrogates the ways in which local events are appropriated into existing discourses, often reframed to align with political or ideological agendas. Media/storm not only captures the contradictions, distortions, and biases that characterize modern information ecosystems but also highlights the tension between individual stories and collective narratives.

    At the heart of this project is the question of how information is constructed, framed, and circulated in an age of deeply fractured media systems. This presentation will address several interrelated themes:

    1. Proximity and Perception: How the distance—geographical, cultural, or political—of media outlets shapes their framing of local events.
    2. Media as a Bordered Space: How the digital landscape functions as a border where local stories are filtered, amplified, or distorted.
    3. Art as a Mediator: The potential of art to critically illuminate the multiplicity of narratives and bridge the gaps between personal experience and media representations.

    This presentation will situate media/storm within broader discussions on media studies, epistemology, and the politics of representation. Through visual analysis, personal reflection, and theoretical insights, I will explore how Hurricane Helene serves as an example of how information is mediated across scales—from personal to global. Media/storm acts as both a document and a critique of this fractured media landscape, highlighting the human consequences of the declining trust and reliability in information systems. By tracing the borders that exist between personal experiences and discourse at the local, national and global level, media/storm underscores the urgency of rethinking the ways we represent and engage with information in an era of media fragmentation and mistrust.

    Lunch Break

    14:00 – 15:30 – Parallel Sessions 3

    Folk not Volk: Reimagining whiteness and subjectivity in encounters with ‘tradition’

    Andrew Fergus Wilson

    Within the field, it is generally accepted that the study of folklore is rooted in the cultural dimensions of nation building and empire building during the nineteenth century. This produced a classed, gendered, and racialised intertext of atavistic narratives that extended the deep roots of emergent modern nations into a vague and mythic ‘origin’. Presently, there is a current within folkloristics to unpack and confront these processes and broadening the possibility of folklore’s promise to speak of a people in their relationship with local and cosmological spaces and times. This paper will show how the production of ‘folklore from above’ leant itself to the fascist cultures of the twentieth century and continues to be drawn on by neo-fascist formations today. It will go on to show how, by speaking from and through cultural margins, folkore is capable of unsettling and disordering the essentialist ‘whiteness’ that racism and neofascism draws upon. 

    This paper will therefore progress from providing a detailed analysis of folklore in far right political culture to show how a fuller, more inclusive approach to understanding folklore can be productive in countering narrow, exclusive expressions of national culture and identity. It will do so by showing that the sources of agency within folkloric narratives are frequently figures of marginality. The paper is predominantly concerned with articulating the changing theoretical framing of folklore but will draw on local stories of inland mermaids to demonstrate how the dimensions through which fascistic conceptualisations of ‘the Volk’ are expressed can be seen to be undone by folk narratives.  

    The three upland pools in the Peak District that folklore tells us are inhabited by mermaids are also imbued with indeterminacy and blurred categories. The mermaids themselves, in the heart of the countryside, provoke confrontations with expectations of limited expressions of gender, sexuality, race, and species. In each they challenge and undo the Volkish assertions of delimited, ‘pure’ indigeneity that are drawn on in neofascism and show how expectations of an indigenous ‘whiteness of being’ are undermined by the raw materials of tradition and the imagination of ‘the folk’. The paper will conclude that any attempt to essentialise ‘the folk’ or the people contained within nationalistic expressions of culture and identity will always prove fruitless. ‘The folk’, as an evolving and complex collective, share continually developing and open-ended ‘traditional’ narratives and performances that draw on indeterminate and unfixed figures like the inland mermaids to explore and communicate collectively shared experiences and unseen but felt realities. Through the shared performance and reception of these narratives, fascistic formulations of ‘the Volk’ can be unfixed and disrupted by the plural and unfixed possibilities of ‘the folk’. In doing so, whiteness can be seen to one, varied, strand within the wider social fabric that is involved in the process of doing – but not defining – the culture of ‘the folk’.

    The whiteness of the English folk

    Matthew Cheeseman

    This paper addresses whiteness, folklore, folkloristics (the discipline that looks to folklore), so-called folk revivals and folk horror. It is focused on England. The paper draws its argument, and some of its language, from the AHRCfunded research network Folklore Without Borders, which has met through 2024 to embed greater diversity within UK folklore and folkloristics.

    Firstly it establishes the distinctions that mark folklore and folkloristics in England, where the discipline has not been mobilised as a means to community self-identity in the radical, diverse way that has characterised international folkloristics (Otero and Martínez-Rivera, 2021). Taking an historical perspective it understands this as a symptom of nineteenth-century British imperial power, and the inconvenience of romantic nationalism to the English. As a result Victorian anthropologists and folklorists were less concerned with national folklore and more interested in universal theories (Roper, 2012).

    One such theory, E.B. Tylor’s ‘doctrine of survivals’ suggests that vestiges of the deep past are buried in the customs of the present. Tylor understood culture as progressive and hierarchical, passing through history from the primitive to the civilized. Within this process, ‘vestiges’ of the past survived. Because the theory supposed such ‘rude’ survivals were enacted without volition or knowledge of their heritage, and because there are no corroborating pagan texts, this idea enabled the imaginations of many folklorists in constructing an Edwardian vision of middle England populated by pagans. Sir James Frazer heard them in the folksong ‘John Barleycorn’; Cecil Sharp recognised them sword dancing, whilst Lady Gomme unmasked Father Christmas as a pagan god. 

    This paper underlines how this imagined village (Boyes, 1993) aligned with English imperial power. Pagans gave the English a means to discuss heritage without entertaining religion, Celts or Saxons, quietly emphasising English imperial dominance whilst flattening anything Celtic (Koven, 2007). In so doing it established an understanding of folklore connected to the deep past. As English folk went through a cycle of twentieth-century revivals (Edwardian, 1930s, 1950s/60s, the contemporary moment), the white character of this deep past has become an issue of contention. This is all the more so in the context of the UK’s declining international economic authority, Brexit and devolution. The paper concludes by considering the conceptual risks, and opportunities, that this situation presents. What should be made of the whiteness of the English folk?

    Is there a Phenomenological Gaze? Creating a Dialogue between Human and Non-Humans

    Annie Morad

    ‘Having a natter’.

    This practice-based research asks questions on how non-human and humans have dialogue together that creates a unique language created in the moment of the encounter. This research revealed how dialogue is formed with visual and sound outcomes created with non-human species’ interaction, field recordings, live improvised saxophone playing and digital electron interfaces. This in turn produces a dialogue between the final artwork and receiver. These encounters enable co-productions between non-human avians and myself, exhibited in galleries and discussed in conferences and symposiums. The initial idea from all the contributing beings is the desire for intercommunication through interaction. This is always conducted with respect and empathy. Neither the geese, pigeon, duck nor I speak each other’s language, so how do we communicate with each other?  

    The starting point, for all of us, is watching and observing and listening and hearing; from this, a communication bond is formed throughout our exchanges. Thereby, together we generate a dialogue between us.

    The components of the dialogue are in the texture of their feathers, and the subtle changes in their tonality both in sound and visually. Also there is a visual rhythm created by lines of tonal difference formed in the feathers, and the iridescence of colour that changes through movement. The artwork also may or may not incorporate sound and live improvised saxophone playing. I believe I am both a conduit and translator. I translate from their communications that include texture, rhythm and sound into a video and sound language. Taking one sound from a location and placing this in another location in order to ‘unpack’ the sound. I am using a mutual space as a platform for exploring ideas, taking risks, ‘not-knowing’.   

    Based on my observations, using visual and sound, tones, rhythms, gestures and movement with empathy and respect. I offer an invitation to the receiver to understand the avian voice, and to form their own communication with the non-human, albeit at distance and in the located space of the gallery. The theorist and writer Nicloas Bourriaud, writes that “…art creates a space for the emissions of other species and for coactivities that entangle the human and nonhuman to become visible” (2022, 82). This is achieved without disturbing their (avian) community and thus being respectful of their lives. These outcomes are exhibited in a ‘mutual space’ to facilitate live discussions and debates, amongst humans. Art has always been a platform in which to discuss and produce a variant of ideas. The provision of sound and image into a forum of ideas produces discussion and debate, as shown by such spaces as the Serpentine Gallery with their General Ecology movement. The use of art language sits outside ‘wildlife documentation’ photography or video. This form of language is experienced in live performance gesture, photo and video visuals, sound and observation.

    Performing Eco-Recovery through Participatory Practice-Based Research: A Trial Run in Our Skins (ATRIOS) 

    Alice Bell

    This photo-essay examines A Trial Run in Our Skins (ATRIOS), an arts practice-based research (PbR) project undertaken in 2022 by the artistic partnership Fossey+Bell (Dr. Alice Bell and Dr. Steve Fossey, University of Lincoln). Situated on a rural British estate undergoing rewilding, ATRIOS investigated how relational, embodied, and multimodal creative practices can contribute to ecological recovery. Drawing on a PbR methodology articulated by Candy and Edmonds (2010), expanded by Bell into a Participatory (Part-PbR) framework, in which knowledge is generated through acts of collaborative making and subsequently theorised, this project embraces “thinking through doing” as a critical and reflective research strategy.

    The ATRIOS project evolved through three broad stages of immersion, extraction and distillation and foregrounds participatory practice-based research as a mode of critical inquiry. Through site-responsive performance, collaborative making, and immersive engagement with the land, the project questions dominant narratives of rewilding and explores alternative, co-existential approaches to environmental recovery. It asks: How can we reimagine human and more-than-human relations through creative practice-based research? What might it mean to de-centre the human voice in favour of multispecies collaboration?

    This work positions participatory practice-based research not as illustrative or representational, but as a generative and interrogative mode of knowledge production. By engaging critically with the ecological, ethical, and affective dimensions of rewilding, ATRIOS demonstrates how arts-based methods, when deployed through participatory practice-based research, can both unsettle and reconfigure established ways of knowing. The essay offers a situated case study of Part-PbR as a methodology that not only produces creative outputs but also enacts critical, responsive, and situated research in the world.

    Embodied Constitution of Reality in Genetic Phenomenology.

    Natalia Tomashpolskaia

    For Husserl, apperception could serve as a key to understanding the recognition of living objects. He explains that a child, upon seeing something once, grasps its semantic purpose and subsequently recognises it without requiring detailed reproductions, comparisons, or logical deductions. Such recognition is the ‘work’ of apperception: ‘Yet the manner in which apperceptions arise and consequently in themselves, by their sense and sense-horizon, point back to their genesis varies greatly. There are different levels of apperception, corresponding to different layers of objective sense’ (CM 1982, 111, §50).

    Apperceptions are categorised as belonging either to the first-order sphere or as being endowed with the meaning of the alter ego. Presentation is a particular type of apperception. Here, presentation is initially understood as ‘the presentation of his body as part of nature, given in my own sphere’ (CM, §52). The living body of the ‘other’ manifests as living only through its continuously changing behaviour. We experience the ‘other’ ‘only by means of new appresentations that proceed in a synthetically harmonious fashion, and only by virtue of the manner in which these appresentations owe their existence-value to their motivational connexion with the changing presentations proper, within my ownness, that continually appertain to them’ (CM 1982, 114, §52).

    Another living body derives meaning from my own living body through apperceptive transference. This process eliminates the direct, first-order display of predicates specifically associated with living corporeality, as these are carried out through ordinary perception. In the phenomenological sense, the ‘other’ is a modification of myself, an intentional transformation of my objectified self and my first-order world. As Husserl writes, ‘In other words, another monad becomes constituted appresentatively in mine’ (§52, 115). This means that we endow others with qualities derived from ourselves. However, the ‘other’ is not perceived as a duplicate of oneself but as a distinct being, belonging to another monad with a first-order world similar to, yet distinct from, my own. Through representative apperception, my first-order ego constitutes the existence of another ego. The norm is constituted first, and deviations are then defined in relation to this pre-existing normality. The norm, in this context, is a healthy, living human body free of deviations. Husserl acknowledges deviations from this norm, such as those encountered in individuals with disabilities. Animals, in contrast, are constituted as abnormal modifications of the human condition.

    Husserl addresses the distinction between one’s own ego and that of the ‘other’ through an abstract epochè. By conducting the epochè, one sets the boundaries of one’s ego, clearing the horizon of transcendental experience of everything pertaining to the ‘other’. Husserl writes, ‘We can say also that we abstract from everything “otherspiritual”, as that which makes possible, in the “alien” or “other” that is in question here, its specific sense’ (CM 1982, 95, §44). Within this framework, the individual ego is imbued with the meaning of ‘people’ as psychophysical objects in the world. The intersubjective world itself can be conceived as having a centralised structure, with my ego at its centre. ‘I-am’ occupies the first-order position relative to others, forming the primal monad. From this starting point, ‘I’ constitute others as psychophysical entities. Subsequently, through presenting apperception, we are given not only ‘others’ but also the surrounding world, including culture, society, and additional layers that form concentric circles around my central ego, my monad. Each of us possesses a horizon unique to our sphere. In other words, each person first understands their particular surrounding world, in which they are the centre, with the world’s broader horizon remaining undisclosed.

    Embodied harms of militarisation and war

    Hannah Wilkinson 

    There has been recognition of how militarised identities, cultures and combat roles in war are linked to disproportionate mental health struggles during military-civilian transitions (Gordon et al., 2020). Drawing on indepth visual and narrative interviews with ex-military personnel, I share participants’ experiences of becoming militarised and delivering state violence as a British soldier in the ‘war on terror’. I argue that identity and mental health struggles in post-military life reflect dimensions of trained, embodied state violence, compounded by inadequate social support structures, rather than individual suffering or mental health ‘disorders’. In doing so, I draw attention to the need to develop research, policy and practice around ‘un-training’ militarisation and healing the harms of war through bodily, somatic therapies

    Publish or Perish

    Daniele Bruno Garancini

    Researchers are publishing increasingly many papers because our chances to keep our precarious jobs are tied to the volume of our publication output. The number of papers published by early-career medical researchers on PubMed, for instance, has risen from less than 50 in 2008 to over 300 in 2022 and the average early-career job applicant, depending on specialization, has 2-3 times more publications and presentations in their CV in 2022 than the average applicant in 2008. Indeed, rejected candidates in 2022 tend to have more publications than accepted candidates in 2008 (Elliott and Carmody 2023)

    As the volume of academic publications increased, so did the profits of academic publishers. Elsevier, the market leader, is a subsidiary of RELX plc. In 2008 RELX reported £5.3 billion in revenues and £901 million in operating profits. In 2022, revenues increased to £8.5 billion, and profits increased to over £2.6 billion. That is, between 2008 and 2022, revenues increased by over 50% and profits nearly tripled. The same can be said by considering the reports of other publishers, such as for instance, Taylor & Francis, which is a division of informa plc.

    As publishers got richer, increasingly productive researchers got miserable. From 2000 to 2015, levels of inequality in academia increased much faster than in the general population. 1% of scientists have increasingly high salaries and benefits while the rest struggle to make ends meet (Lok 2016). Science has become a precariat economy—most researchers transition from one underpaid short-term contract to the next—which disproportionately affects people of colour, among other minorities (Albayrak-Aydemir and Gleibs 2023; Arday 2022). 

    Open-access publishing is often referred to as a possible alternative to the costly system that large publishing companies offer (Van Noorden 2013). The idea is that researchers should make their submissions to journals that are not affiliated with the major publishing companies, which publish open access in exchange for fees that they keep as small as possible. That is, researchers should withdraw labour from publishing companies, which eventually will die out, and replace them.

    This proposal has not delivered on its promise to replace large publishing companies. Ever since the open access model was set forth, publishing companies have incorporated the open access model as their revenues continued to increase. The first mention of open access publishing in an informa report is in the 2011 report “[Taylor & Francis] supports a range of business models including site licenses, subscriptions, pay-per-view and open access” (p.17). The 2012 report claims that the company has “steadily built a portfolio of open access journals” (p.8), and in 2013 informa launched its open-access publishing brand OA.

    Why are researchers not withdrawing their labour? One factor that contributes to this is that journals that publish for smaller fees do not make a better offer to researchers. Indeed, these journals follow the tradition that authors, peer reviewers, and editors are not paid for their work. The justification for this is meant to be that researchers are paid by other institutions for these tasks. But this claim in contemporary academia has become nothing more than a convenient lie—although Frankfurt (1986) may prefer a different terminology—a very large number of researchers are not paid to do research at all, let alone being paid to edit and peer review academic journals (Lok 2015; Bonello and Wånggren 2023). 

    In order to change the current situation precarious researchers would need to unionize against the publish or perish policy. But this presents great challenges. Precariat economies set workers to compete, reducing the chances of aggregation. Moreover, in a global economy, unionization would also need to be global. If, say, French researchers collectively stopped publishing, this alone would not undermine publishing companies.

    Dark Academia and its reliance upon progress

    Ricky Gee

    Over the last 40 years Higher Education (HE) policy in the UK, resonating with other contexts, has been shaped by neoliberal logic resulting in continual marketisation, increased tuition fees, rising managerialism and metrics to police behaviour based on a ‘business model’ rather than its civic duty. Such policy asserts how these changes provide material worth for students, promoting human capital via an intensified focus on employability and destination outcomes; persuading students to view themselves as consumers (Gee, 2016; 2019; 2022; Fleming, 2021). This has also intensified academic careers to become focused on metric results rather than the quality of their work and its intended consequences…

    .. even scholars who are ardent critics of the neoliberal university still rejoice when their Google Scholar Citation Score increases and would seemingly run over their next of kin in a small jeep if it meant getting published in a ‘top’ journal.

    (Fleming, 2021: 5)

    Therefore, academic capitalism, results in the university becoming an entrepreneurial organisation to serve capital rather than institutions serving the ‘public good’(Jessop, 2017), with ‘progress’ becoming its main driving force (Gee et al, 2023; Gee, 2022a). This presentation will explore how ‘progress’ is central to the following projects: the combined project of colonialism/modernity; the neoliberal university and ‘career’.  The presentation will briefly critique progress from anthropological, decolonial and post-structural perspectives, illustrating how career discourse promotes progress, which comes with violence, as it provides an ever slipping away telos of achievement, the yearning for a temporary place of safety and atonement, yet where this never arrival comes with constant evaluation and scrutiny and a continual bombardment of images and demands to keep up, providing no time for reflection and the inability of our cognitive functions to keep up with a continually accelerating and augmented reality. The paper will then provide empirical illustrations from a range of projects that has utilised a critique of progress to aid the career development of undergraduate students and staff in Higher Education in the UK (see author 2016; 2019; 2022; 2022a; 2020; 2023; 2021).

    Sustaining Wellbeing and Work Engagement for Academic Staff in the Neoliberal University.

     Roopa Nagori

    This is a time of work transformation for the higher education (HE) sector. The new style of working remotely or in a hybrid manner and the transformed work environment in the neoliberal university place pressure on the well-being of academics. Employees’ mental health and wellness have assumed great significance in current times, and universities need to understand how engagement and well-being in academia can be improved.  This research considers the HE sector in particular and investigates the experiences and events that influence the engagement and well-being of academic staff.

    In addition, sustainability issues related to the well-being of employees are central to hybrid work. The United Nations has proposed 16 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs); goal 3 refers to the workforce’s well-being, mainly ‘Goal 3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages.’ This study aims to offer recommendations to improve employee engagement and well-being for academic staff in HE so that strategies to promote one outcome, such as productivity, do not undermine another, such as improved well-being of employees. In the backdrop of the transformed work environment in HE, the researcher aims to propose a conceptual framework for sustainable engagement and well-being for academics.

    Research Focus: Specifically, the research addresses three questions:

    1. What are the perceptions of academic staff in HE about the factors influencing work engagement and wellbeing in the post-COVID-19 era? 
    2. What interrelations exist in the well-being and work engagement factors that impact this discipline’s current body of knowledge? 
    3. Which factors would significantly impact staff well-being and employee engagement in remote and hybrid work? 

    While progress in the field of HRM has acknowledged the benefits of Employee Engagement to performance outcomes, the search for a link between productivity and performance has been pursued at the expense of a concern for employee well-being. Furthermore, changes in the nature and context of work (remote and hybrid work) support the case for a greater focus on well-being. While previous studies have discussed Employee Engagement and Wellbeing, few have been applied to the context of universities and hybrid work. The research will analyse the key constructs of the existing theoretical frameworks Guest (2017), Jobs Demands-Resources (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017), and Asset Framework (Robertson &Cooper, 2011) to offer theoretical propositions and a framework that adds to the current body of knowledge.

    Break

    16:00 – 17:30 – Parallel Sessions 4

    Beyond the LMS: Open Educational Resources and the DIY University of the Digital Commons

    Paul J Glossop

    This presentation explores how Open Educational Resources (OERs) and decentralised learning platforms are creating a “DIY university” within the digital commons, encouraging virtual fugitive pedagogy outside traditional academic structures. Inspired by Moten and Harney’s (2013) concept of “study” as a fugitive, collective, and improvisational practice, we examine how these digital spaces enable critical learning and knowledge production beyond the Learning Management System (LMS) and formal accreditation.

    While the LMS often reinforces institutional control and standardised curricula (Ball, 2016; Giroux, 2013), the digital commons offers an alternative. Encompassing OER repositories, collaborative platforms, and online communities, it provides a landscape for learning characterised by openness, accessibility, and participatory knowledge creation (Wiley & Hilton, 2018).

    We investigate how individuals and communities leverage OERs for self-directed learning, critical dialogue, and collective knowledge building. Examples include online communities facilitating peer-to-peer learning, such as the Peer 2 Peer University (P2PU, n.d.), and platforms supporting collaborative projects and alternative educational models. Drawing on research about open education and online communities of practice (Kop & Hill, 2008; Knox, 2019), we highlight the potential of these spaces to empower learners, particularly those marginalised within or excluded from traditional settings. We also consider social media and online forums as spaces for virtual fugitive pedagogy, where communities engage in collective study outside formal structures.

    The presentation addresses challenges inherent in building a “DIY university,” including quality control, knowledge validation, and the potential for perpetuating inequalities through unequal access to technology and digital literacy (Warschauer & Matuchniak, 2010). It also explores complexities surrounding intellectual property, inclusivity, and fostering critical engagement in these often-unstructured environments.

    Ultimately, we argue that the “DIY university,” facilitated by OERs and decentralised platforms, represents a significant shift in higher education, with virtual fugitive pedagogy playing a central role. By embracing these principles, these spaces can develop a more democratic and participatory approach to learning, open intellectual exchange, and empowering marginalised voices. This presentation contributes to a broader discussion about the future of education in the digital age, advocating for equitable and sustainable learning ecosystems that prioritise accessibility, critical thinking, and collective knowledge creation. The digital commons, viewed through the lens of virtual fugitive pedagogy, can become a vibrant space for a more inclusive and transformative educational experience, embodying Moten and Harney’s “study” as a radical act of intellectual and social liberation.

    Leadership and culture ‘building’(?) in the cloud: Initial findings of an interpretative phenomenological analysis of the experiences of online-only school leaders in the UK

    Louise Reynolds

    “Online connectivity sharpens focus because… it makes people feel more connected in an online environment, because there’s a, sort of, stricter rules about when you connect.”  

    Anthony, Alphabet School 

    After an explosion in online learning during the COVID-19 pandemic, a return to ‘normal’ has been experienced for most children. However, increasing numbers of learners are now homeschooled, some of whom attend one of 25 new UK-based online-only schools. This coincides with a teacher attraction and retention crisis, and growing concern about professional wellbeing. Online learning research grew in popularity from 2020 onwards, with much focus on technology, student wellbeing, and learning loss. Studies into leadership and culture were typically limited to crisisbased solutions. Few studies have considered more routine leadership or the nature of culture in online-only schools. The personal experiences of leaders relating to leadership and culture in online school environments remain largely unstudied. 

    My work uses interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) to help to understand the unique experiences of being a leader of an online-only school, and how leaders have sought to build (if, indeed, ‘build’ is the correct word) a school culture ‘in the cloud’.  This presentation will share the initial findings of my PhD research as it stands part-way through my data generation phase. Insights from semi-structured interviews centred particularly on the experience of leaders of culture within their own online spaces will be highlighted and discussed. Within these interviews, leaders have discussed their own practices, ideas and experiences relating to culture, including creating their own definitions and how (and if) culture is different for groups across the school. For example, one online-only school leader specifically delineates between three cultural groups – teachers, admin and students, all with their own practices and values which keep them separate. Conversely, a different school leader describes how they actively “build” a culture which brings together all stakeholders in the school, coalescing around a set of virtual values. The variety in interpretation, ‘building’ and experience of digital space is stark.  

    IPA offers a unique opportunity to analyse and explore individual experiences and to describe unique cases. As an initial exploratory study in this field, my research will help to describe the current state of play of leadership and culture in UK-based online-only schools, and what it is like to be working and learning within these spaces. This person-centred, experience-led approach will provide the ability to understand the opportunities online-only school may present for staff and students looking for a viable alternative to face-to-face education within a digital future, and the processes and practices which seem to contribute to the ‘building’ of an online school digital commons.

    Failing Forward

    Rony Efrat

    Failing Forward is a hybrid film project that interrogates the intersections of personal memory, digital technology, and collaborative storytelling, reflecting on how virtual spaces reshape creative practices and communal narratives. Sparked by an uncanny parallel between my language patterns and Google’s advanced language model LaMDA, the project began as an exploration of human-machine communication and evolved into a broader inquiry into digital commons, authorship, and identity. 

    At its heart, Failing Forward examines how generative AI tools can both enhance and challenge traditional storytelling frameworks. These technologies enable new forms of decentralized creativity, mirroring the principles of the digital nomadic commons. Through a narrative that intertwines analog archives and AI-generated media, the ilm investigates how digital platforms foster collaborative creation while raising critical questions about ownership, accessibility, and the ethics of virtual spaces. 

    The film’s narrative follows a fictionalized version of myself—a writer grappling with fragmented memories—who revisits digitized family archives and interacts with an AI that echoes her uncertainties about grief and loss. As human memory collides with digital reconstruction, the boundaries between personal and collective storytelling blur. The process of making the film itself becomes an experiment in collaboration, with AI serving both as an artistic tool and a critical lens to explore the dynamics of shared authorship in virtual environments.

    Teaching the premodern body

    Pan Tome Valencia

    Our body is our first tool, not only of interaction with the world, but also of its analysis. The way in which we understand our body and its positionality–as well as the limits and possibilities of what human bodies are and which bodies deserve to occupy each space—is a fundamental aspect of how we interpret reality. This does not happen merely at a discursive level, but is of course vastly informed by our personal sensorial experience. Bodily metaphors have consequently been a mainstay of the history of thought (the body as microcosm, the body without organs, etc.), but the body itself has been an important site of the expression of intellectual and moral debate–for example, the body as site of purity and impurity. Whose body? And in which ways? 

    The body continuously produces an interpretative act while being a text to be interpreted by others around it and by itself. However, this never happens in an unmediated manner, but rather in a continuous conversation with the physical, social and categorical circumstances in which a body exists. As students of premodern literature and history, it is our duty to engage and study these now lost interpretative acts through records and verbal (re)interpretations of their meaning; each of them part of a dialogue with a “text” attempting to position itself in a network of relations unavailable to us. But how can we engage past experiences of the body as knowledge? Particularly in contexts where our access to material culture is incomplete due to loss or lack of information. Speaking from an academic positionality, how can we teach about it in ways that recognise the critical and dialogical possibilities of this knowledge?

    Using examples from Medieval Japanese texts and focusing on the way in which bodily experience can be used as socio-literary analysis, this presentation will examine the ways in which we can engage premodern bodies as interpretative text through descriptions and depictions of bodily experience and the ways in which we can approach them as an academic subject of study. This examination will make us consider as well the ways in which multiple understandings of what bodies are and can be may serve to inform and reposition our own views both of bodily experience, and of what knowledge is deemed legitimate as literary, academic, and worthy of transmission.

    Willful Machines

    Arwen Rosenberg-Meereboer & Åbo Akademi

    In this article I will examine this kind of affective relationship to malfunctioning or misbehaving objects. I argue that when objects appear to us as willful, that opens up a space for relating to them. In this paper I will use Sara Ahmed’s Willful Subjects (2014) to analyze relationships of affect between humans and malfunctioning, stubborn and otherwise willful objects. Martin Heidegger in Being and Time (1927) describes the way that objects can appear to humans as either ready-to-hand or present-at-hand. An object that is used as a tool will appear as ready-to-hand, it appears to us as useful for a task. The example Heidegger uses is the hammer, the hammer appears as a tool with the task of knocking nails into the wall, we do not instinctively ponder the individuality of the hammer, one hammer is as good as the other as long at the nails get into the wall. The hammer appears here not as an individual object, but as what Sara Ahmed in Willful Subjects calls a part of a whole. The hammer becomes the extension of the human arm and the human will. However, when the hammer breaks Heidegger claims it appears to us as present-at hand, it is no longer usable for the purpose of hammering nails into the wall, and therefor it’s individuality becomes visible to us, this hammer, that is broken in this specific way. It’s lack of usefulness makes it possible for us to see it’s individuality. Ahmed calls this being apart, as opposed to being a part. The hammer no longer conforms to the human will, it has broken away from the human body.

     I am interested to trace the will and willfulness of malfunction, both in and outside of the human body. I analyze malfunction as an interruption in the human will, what Ahmed calls a coming apart. I want to link this interruption to the work of Arseli Dokumacı, who uses interruption as an analysis of the manifestation of disability in the world, where the disabled person disrupts the habitus of the able bodied norm. 

    In this paper I want to trace the idea of breaking and malfunctioning from machines to the human body and analyze the gaps and spaces that emerge resulting from this disobedience, My argument is that these gaps provide spaces for more and different kinds of relationships.  

    The Schizophrenic Word: Passion-Words as Supplement to Precarities

    Josh Jackson

    North American videogame production is a writhing mass of workplace abuse, passionate exploitation, and disjointed, opaque meritocracy (Jackson, 2019, 2020, 2023). This laborform is emblematic of the capitalist socius’ (Deleuze and Guattari, 1984) drive to envelop and overcode once-revolutionary action, media, or protest to turn it into a regulated means of subjectivation (Guattari, 1977). It is also emblematic of the subjectivation cycles that occur within immaterial labor that seeks to maximize overcoding the bodies present to create bodies that are utterly unwilling (or, in cases of passionate exploitation, unable) to change, move, or break out for fear of being dislocated from their object of attachment (Berlant, 2012). This subjectivation suite is referred to as cruel optimism (Berlant, 2012). 

    One area within videogame production that exemplifies cruel optimism is crunch (periods of extreme overwork due to mismanagement, inaction, or poor planning). Williams (2013) presented a seminal overview of crunch in games for what it was: an active degradation of workers’ ability to make sense of their identity and their inculcation in the activities that they sacrificed and pined to be a part of. As ironclad as the autopoietic structure that the capitalist socius has assembled may seem, there is potentiality for disruptive action via schizorevolution (Deleuze and Guattari, 1984), or action so far outside of normativity (action, expectation, affect) that the action itself is utterly at odds with value surplus production. However, we run into the problem of the socius subsuming once-revolutionary acts into forms of capital generation (see: South Park s16, ep 13 “A Scause for Applause” for a very succinct demonstration of how the socius takes causes and consumes them in real time). We are left with videogame production workers adrift in a morass of identity- and meaning-making-politics that do not have an ending and an area of potential schizorevolution.

    This piece utilizes Deleuze’s work in Logic of Sense (1969) to craft an articulation of ‘sense-making’ without the ‘sense’; an outline of the surface tension of the membrane Deleuze mentions that is a sidelong articulation of Guattari’s processual assemblage. There is a clear tension that is not articulated between semiotics and sense – semiotics are wordmeaning; things given rank, file, and sense via epistemological collocation. Semiotics are rote, displaced aspects of interation that outline a skeleton of the experience of aleatory humanity. But herein lies the problem. Schizophrenia denotes an othered body; a hole-y brain cobbling together hole-y interactions and intercessions to stopgap the ways of communication deemed as ‘normal’ which bely the needs for the present body. Therefore, this work seeks to press on exposed nerves by way of articulating precarities (Jackson, 2023) as yet another area of intrigue when thinking about sense-making. Passion has taken on new, further bastardized senses of coercion to further push, further collocate, further find sense in the cruelly optimistic realm of videogames, and I believe at this crossroad there are real, prescient examples of how the operant behavior that lives in cruel optimism and passionate exploitation embeds, hardens, and proliferates precarities in ways that current understandings of labor do not and cannot conceive of.

    Is it possible to build more support for a fairer distribution of resources in the UK?

    Ruth Woolsey

    The rationale behind my PhD is to understand how building more support for more redistributive and egalitarian policy in the UK might be possible. My assumptions were that 1) people needed to be more informed about structural inequalities that might lead to pressure being put on policy makers to act, and 2) this is because structural explanations of poverty are minimised in political and media discourse with neoliberal explanations blaming the behaviour of the most marginalised for their own poverty being prominent and consistent. I interviewed 29 participants from a wide range of socio-economic backgrounds and found out existing views on poverty causes. I then showed information about redistribution and that the more equal a country is the more stable its economy is likely to be. This was to understand if fearmongering political rhetoric suggesting the opposite – that redistribution could cause the economy to collapse, prevents support for redistribution. Similarly, I showed information about regressive tax and tax avoidance to highlight top-down corruption and that funds are available via progressive taxation. Therefore, I also presented information that showed redistribution should not affect those on low and middle incomes to allay any resentment that it has to come from ‘the hard-working taxpayer’. I then presented a scenario of structural barriers to upward mobility someone born into a low-income household would likely face and another scenario of the difference for someone born into a financially secure household who would never likely experience poverty however they behaved. I found that views that previously mirrored neoliberal explanations of poverty did not change to be more supportive of redistribution even if there was some empathy for people experiencing poverty and an understanding about the information presented. Instead, those from this group (around a third of participants) brought the blame directly back on to parents and particularly onto mothers. However, another third of participants were supportive of redistribution previous to the interventions and a further small number had minimal awareness of the information on tax and redistribution and were very interested in the idea that society could be organised more fairly. I analysed the findings through Gramsci’s concept of hegemony that included understanding people often defer to neoliberalism, rather than actively endorse it or because they are not necessarily politically aware, and this is because of how enmeshed we are in systems and structures that we rely on in everyday life. That is not to say it is not worth attempting to produce more awareness and both poverty campaigners and researchers should focus on highlighting how inequality is maintained and not what causes poverty as this leaves room for the behaviour of people experiencing poverty to be scrutinised. At the same time a counter-hegemony should build alliances with diverse groups making it clear how a left project will be in their material interests.

    Breaking the Chains: Redefining Welfare in the Age of Neoliberalism

    Robyn Fawcett

    The Universal Credit system, originally touted as a progressive reform to streamline welfare, has become a symbol of systemic failure and social injustice. Designed under the principles of neoliberalism, this framework not only perpetuates poverty but also punishes the very individuals it claims to assist. With punitive sanctions and bureaucratic red tape, many low-income families find themselves trapped in a cycle of despair, struggling to survive while government policies prioritise austerity over compassion. This is evident in the Labour government bringing forward managed migration for 800,000 people on ESA over to Universal Credit, from 2028/29 to 2026 (Mackley et al 2024). This paper addresses the relationship between neoliberalism, governance and class, through the lens of individuals who have navigated the Universal Credit system. It raises critical questions about what a more equitable welfare system might entail—one that genuinely meets the diverse needs of vulnerable populations and fosters an environment where individuals and families can thrive rather than merely survive. This is not just an economic issue; it’s a moral imperative to create a society where everyone has the opportunity to thrive, free from the shackles of oppressive policies. It is imperative to advocate for a society that recognises and values the intrinsic worth of every individual. The current framework of Universal Credit exemplifies a significant failure of both imagination and empathy, serving as a stark reminder of a societal structure that is failing its most vulnerable members. There is a critical need to envision a welfare system that not only provides essential support but also fosters dignity, agency, and resilience within communities. This paper will explore these considerations.

    Class and knowledge: The epistemic (dis)advantage and the value of limits

    Anna Migliorini

    We live in an era that is at once post-materialist and post-idealist, confused or in transition, where on various front it is gaining ground the idea that the reading of social relations as class relations and conflicts is outdated, obsolete. This post-materialist theoretical position would disqualify centuries of Marxist-materialist theories, basing on and confirming assertions about the realism of capital, the necessary defeat of communism and the condemnation of dictatorial authoritarianism which, for a certain vulgate, would be the natural child of Marxist ideology. This disqualifying position should not be recorded as merely scientific, based on a natural historical law, but must be seen as the result of an intention, and of a pragmatic and political one. On the other hand, and in opposition to monolithic and universal theoretical systems that carry more than a potential risk of conformism, a post-idealist point of view defends the idea that knowledge is always situated. However, in this fundamental corrective, which values plurality, there is perhaps also a risk, the inherent risk of individuality, of the singularity of perspectives and solutions that, far from opposing such a post-materialist symbolic-value vision, end up involuntarily participating in it.

    Within this framework, my analysis moves through a dialectic between inside and outside, in turn internal and economic-social dimensions, as well as dimensions of different cultural-epistemological contexts. In other words, a dialectic of permeability, reflecting both epistemological and cultural complexity, where this talk analyses social behaviour in theoretical terms, identifying an interesting key in the symbol-value vs. material-class polarity. (Returning to) a class reading allows, through critique, to oppose individual action and personal salvations to collective action and systemic solutions, as well as to expose certain problematic issues as structural, relieving the individual of a cruel responsibility towards a variety of problems, choices, and solutions.

    Without making abstraction of intersectionality, this paper conduct its critique by putting at the centre, as a theoretical key, the concept of epistemic (dis)advantage of the subaltern classes and the concept of transclass, as drawn from a few selected (and not exhaustive) thinkers. From the epistemic advantage of the subaltern classes in Karl Marx, to a kind of ambivalent epistemic and moral surplus-ballast as per Chantal Jaquet, via the value, even historical-philosophical, of Walter Benjamin’s “tradition of the oppressed” and thus the epistemology of the defeated, this talk will show a way in which a structural class analysis is not only “still” useful, but also allows for a significant enrichment of knowledge and critique of certain structural phenomena that are still more than relevant today, despite the appearances in which they offer themselves to the eyes in the everyday. This class-based structural approach breaks a short-circuit: it operates and restores a context in which capitalism is seen as a natural presence, thus reducing the thinkability of alternatives, and in which the focus on individual values, motives, actions and solutions not only burdens the individual, but also takes energy away from collective, i.e. structural, approaches.

    Transformations of Career in Academia: The emancipation of career

    Rie Thomsen & Tristram Hooley

    In this presentation Rie Thomsen and Tristram Hooley will attempt to outline a new and critical theory of career. This presentation is part of a longer term project which will hopefully be published 2026. Its aim is to reconceptualise careers in a way that is conducive to the good life and to social justice. 

    People’s lives are made up of a complex mess of working, learning, caring and living. Historically the concept of career has been used to align these different elements of a life project in ways that privilege paid work. The centrality of (the right) employment to the idea of what constitutes a good career has meant that all too often people live to work, rather than work to live. The key metaphor that has underpinned this concept of career has been that of ladder, which suggests that ‘good’ careers should be based in the workplace and be ordered, meritocratic, and move progressively upwards. 

    The concept of the ladder suggest that careers should follow a preordained path in which the individual just has to discern what the next step is, develop their capacity and make the move upwards. Indeed, this idea of finding the right ‘fit’ was central to the emergence of career guidance in the early twentieth century as a technology which could lubricate this process of fitting round pegs into round holes. This a fundamentally social conception of careers as being in service to a greater good (economic efficiency). 

    Yet, since the 1980s and 1990s this traditional vision of career has been problematicised and replaced with the idea that careers are individual projects which have to built alone. Such careers remain important to the functioning of the increasingly global economy, but the concept of finding a fit has gradually been abandoned. Contemporary careers are defined not by fit, but by adaption, and by individuals who have the capacity to adapt and remain resilient in the face of repeated changes of career. 

    Even though its nature has changed alongside wider changes in the political economy, the concept of career has always been important to the operation of the global economy. It has provided an organising structure to link individual’s aspirations and psychology to the global narratives of capitalism. The idea that we are building a career, that we have agency and that we can shape our lives is at once a genuine act of individual meaning making and a story that obscures the fact that our lives are frequently organised for the benefit of capital rather than our own happiness and self-actualisation. 

    This presentation will explore the development of the concept of career and the environment for careers within contemporary capitalism. Through an analysis of contemporary forms and rhetorics of career, it will go on to present a reconceptualisation of career in in which we examine how career can be used to help people to cope in the contemporary world, to rethink their lives and what they derive meaning from, to imagine better worlds, and build and live in new forms of society. 

    We will argue that this reconceptualised idea of career is relevant to the way that people live their lives, to researchers’ attempts to understand this, to policymakers and to those practitioners on the front line in the education and employment system who are trying to help people to build better careers every day.

    The Platformisation of Career

    Tom Staunton

    The platformisation of career refers to the process through which individual career enactment is increasingly dominated by digital platforms. This creates a key site of critical investigation for how we understand career as a social practice. Theoretically, the platform refers to the conceptualisation of digital tools and spaces by authors such as Srnicek (2017) and Van Dijck (2017), who have identified that a particular business model has been developed by technologies that bring actors together in digital spaces to extract profit through surveillance. Furthermore, platformisation refers to the process by which digital platforms come to dominate both institutions and practices through the way that the platforms are imagined. This has led to the adoption and normalisation of digital platforms as a central part of individuals’ career development. I will argue that this process has played itself out on social media platforms for the last decade which are often constructed in the career development literature as sites where individuals can learn about career options, develop their identities, develop social capital and transition to various forms of employment. Furthermore, I will argue that the rapid rise of AI should be seen as a related phenomenon where more aspects of career development are becoming platformised. Theoretically, I will present various themes on the relationship between platformisation and career. 

    1. Individuals are inducted onto digital platforms through intermediaries such as educational institutions as a result of the neoliberal logic at play in these spaces and how they have increasingly turned to digital technologies as a result.
    2. This process represents a form of enclosure where aspects of individual lives (such as social relationships) which has largely existed outside of markets become drawn into market structures and logic.
    3. This involves subjection to the way that platforms have been designed, this if often imagined positively and progressively but nonetheless requires users to operate through logic designed and imposed on them.
    4. Platform participation requires users to subject themselves to surveillance, this process has subjective and objective impacts on individuals whilst at the same time largely rendering invisible and unaccountable the corporations which run these platforms and their social and environmental impacts.
    5. Digital platforms are inherently brittle institutions often subject to processes of Ensh*ttification (Docktrow, 2023), meaning that spaces which argue for their importance and permanence in late-modern life are often unstable structures to build social practices. 

    The recognition of the importance and dominance of digital platforms in the present and future of careers should reshape how we analyse and understand careers as well as open up important questions for what sorts of career enactment are positive for individuals and how these can relate to digital technologies. This can be furthermore related to academic careers which are increasingly intertwined with the processes of platformisation which are occurring on campus.       

    Modern ghosts and old habits. Reflections on neoliberal academic working life and gender inequality

    Ylva Gustafsson

    In his book The Corrosion of Character (1998) Richard Sennett describes how working life changed during the late 20th century because of the tightening of neoliberalism’s grip. One great change concerns the increasingly “flexible” working life where people work continuously on short term contracts or with hourly paid work. This flexible working life is also today an increasingly common part of the structure of universities. In his book Dark Academia Peter Fleming (2021) talks about the “uberification of teaching staff”. Fleming describes the increasing number of university teachers that work on constant short contracts jumping from one short hourly paid teaching assignment to another. Fleming also describes these teachers as ‘ghost employees’ (Fleming 2021 p. 43), they are employees that remain unseen and that are not considered as part of the ‘real staff’ even if they may have worked at the university for years. They become in a way invisible. One aim in this talk will be to discuss how working life for short-time substitute teachers and hourly paid teachers in various ways today is fragmented, and how this is connected with becoming invisible.

    This invisibility also has to do with so-called micro inequities at university. Micro inequities may from the outside often appear as minor or occasional problems, as mere coincidences and not having to do with “serious” injustices. These micro inequities can, however, become parts of long, repeating patterns that affect certain people especially such as hourly paid teachers. However, because of their outer appearance as “minor” and “coincidental”, the problems are overlooked. Micro inequities are also often not illegal, everything is “done by the book”. This is even more complicated by that universities tend to have an outer self-image of excellence and fairness and a strict bureaucratic organization. This makes it difficult for individuals to see and to understand that micro inequities can actually be a matter of huge injustice.

    However, even if neoliberalism is affecting working life at universities deeply, my suggestion will be that there may also be a risk of over-emphasizing neoliberalism as the main problem in today’s working life at universities. This can become a way of ignoring old academic male dominated patterns that persist at universities. For instance, Philosophy is still a highly male dominated academic field. As Sally Haslanger (2008) and Fiona Jenkins (2013) point out, the male dominance in philosophy is reflected in how merits are ranked, it is reflected in policies for publishing articles in philosophical journals, it is reflected in who is chosen for stable teaching positions etc. Jenkins writes: “if what counts as ‘success’ or ‘excellence’ is currently generated and inhabited by a predominantly male cohort, then this constitutes a powerful mechanism of affirmation of subsisting institutional arrangements” (Jenkins 2013, p. 83) My aim in this talk is to try to address both these problems and see how they are entangled. I will discuss the neoliberal fragmented working life at university, but also how a male dominance in Philosophy keeps up an old system of institutional acceptance of gender inequality

    5pm. FG201 Short film showreel ‘Borders’

    Drinks: Dubrek Studios  


    Friday 25th April

    (Please note you can find a programme overview at the end of this document)

    9:00-9:30 – Registration  FG101

    9:30 – 11:00 – Parallel Sessions 5

    ‘Whiteness as a project of deracination’ – tracing the emergence of whiteness as a classificatory system in settler colonial (nation) state formations

    Teodora Todorova

    This presentation brings together settler colonial theory and critical whiteness studies in conversation to trace the emergence of ‘whiteness’ as a classificatory racial category in the emergence of settler colonialism in Turtle Island (North America), Australia, New Zealand, South Africa, and Palestine-Israel. The presentation traces how ‘whiteness’ emerges as a project of ‘deracination’ (Patrick Wolfe, 2016) in European-dominated settler colonial states giving rise to ethno-supremacist ideologies and consolidating governance structures characterised, at different historical junctures, by white supremacy and racial segregation (USA), racial apartheid (South Africa), and theocratic ethnocracy (Palestine-Israel). The presentation draws on the work of Patrick Wolfe, Aileen Moreton-Robinson, Alexander Weheliye, David Theo Goldberg, and Ronit Lentin among others to critique and build upon Lorenzo Veracini’s (2010) taxonomy of settler/native/migrant. The presentation argues that ‘whiteness’ as a concept of racial classification and stratification has been deployed as a project of ‘deracination’ in order to construct a settler colonial taxonomy of settlers, natives, and racialised migrants in the formation of settler colonial national identities. The process of deracination is characterised by a historic incorporation of a diverse range of European settlers in the category of whiteness, alongside a more contemporary push to redefine the settler-citizen category as multicultural while reinforcing exclusionary racial violence against indigenous communities and racialised ethic, national, and migrant groups. To do so the presentation draws on empirical examples related to racial securitisation discourses and policies in contemporary citizenship, migration, bordering, policing and carceral regimes in settler colonial societies across the Anglophone world and in South Africa and Palestine-Israel.        

    White Muslim Studies: An Emerging Research Field

    Jennifer Eggert

    In many parts of the world, being Muslim is seen as synonymous with being black or brown. This is the case within both many white and Muslim communities, which often construct their identity in opposition to the other, to the extent where being Muslim and being white is perceived to be essentially at odds to each other. This can be seen in community narratives but also media portrayals and other public discourses which juxtapose “white people” with “Muslim people”, as if it were not possible to be both. These approaches to whiteness and Muslimness are often based on understandings of religious belonging that are based more on race and ethnicity than faith and theology. 

    White Muslims challenge these boundaries, as they transcend clear-cut boundaries between the two groups. Examining the experiences of white Muslim positionalities and experiences can help us better understand the dynamics between race, ethnicity and faith. It can also provide insights into the roles of race and faith in perpetuating power inequities and processes of marginalisation, often rooted in a colonial logic: Globally white Muslims are both part of a dominant majority (white people) and of a marginalised, racialised minority (Muslims), while nationally and locally these dynamics are often subjected to further specificities. 

    Despite these potentially valuable insights that the study of white Muslims can provide to both critical whiteness studies and Muslim studies, as well as scholarship on race and faith more broadly, there is relatively little academic research that explores white Muslims’ experiences and positionalities. A recent rise in publications on the topic has made insightful contributions to our understanding of white Muslims and their relations to both white and Muslim communities, structures and institutions. 

    This presentation has two aims. First, it will provide a mapping of existing debates in the emerging field of white Muslims studies, outlining trends and areas of focus that scholars have focused on so far. This will include a mapping of specific groups of white Muslims, geographical regions, themes and methodological approaches that have received attention or been neglected in existing scholarship. The presentation then formulates a research agenda for white Muslim studies, outlining avenues for future research and their possible impact on policy, practice, activism and communities.

    Beyond the Binary: Unpacking Whiteness and Racial Identity in Transracial Adoption

    Cat Brice

    Born in China but raised in Britain by two White British parents, my story is one of many who have lost their biological roots as a result of international adoption. With the inability to speak Chinese and growing up in a white family and predominantly white environment, I have often viewed myself as white, forgetting that the Western world still initially views me as Chinese. This double bind has provoked feelings of shame, ambivalence, and unease as I have struggled with looking Chinese but not feeling Chinese inside. These feelings are not uncommon and are reflected in the works of Volkman (2003), Shiao and Tuan (2008), and Blair and Liu (2020), whose studies have documented similar self-perceptions amongst adoptees raised in environments where their ethnic identity was in constant contradiction with their lived experiences. This presentation will unpack the idea of feeling white from someone who is a person of colour, belonging to a country where they have not always been assumed to belong. By drawing on critical whiteness studies and transracial adoption literature, my presentation will critically examine how whiteness has shaped my identity as a transracial adoptee, and how adoptees like myself navigate the dissonance between selfidentification and societal categorisation. In doing so, it will shed light on the emotional and cultural complexities of being a person of colour, yet feeling culturally disconnected from one’s heritage. It will explore questions such as: What does it mean to internalise whiteness whilst visibly embodying a different ethnic identity? How does the concept of white privilege manifest in these scenarios? What are the emotional and cultural consequences of navigating this double bind, and how do these experiences disrupt conventional understandings of race and identity? By examining my own experiences as a British Chinese adoptee, alongside broader theoretical frameworks, this presentation aims to contribute to discussions of race, identity, and belonging, challenging dominant narratives. It will rethink how whiteness and racialised identities are often constructed in opposition to each other, creating harsh divisions that either include or exclude those who are assumed to fit within a prescribed category of whiteness or be defined by their differences. By exploring these complexities, this presentation seeks to contribute to a broader discussion about race and identity, advocating for a more nuanced understanding of how these categories are formed, challenged, and experienced, encouraging greater inclusion and knowledge within both academic and societal contexts.

    Film Synopsis: ‘City Break’ 2024

    Thomas Nicolaou

    From 2001-2004, I worked in Thessaloniki as a graphic designer on English Language materials. My trip in October 2024, was my first to the city since 2015. This return trip was to visit friends and enjoy a ‘city break’. To experience once again the sights, sounds, tastes, smells and the history that made Thessaloniki the unique port city that it is, located in the south east balkans.

    The film is predominantly a meditation on a city that is full of life (both day and night). Through my camera, we glimpse conversations (through friends reuniting) juxtaposed with everyday scenes of café life, musicians busking, people at leisure and protest. In March 2024, the Greek government’s culture minister Lina Mendoni, made headlines with the announcement that “under draft legislation already put to public consultation, more than 45% of all music heard on local radio or in public spaces will in future have to be Greek”.

    Crossing Thresholds: Freud, Personal Journeys and Drawing

    Questioner – Patrick Loan

    This presentation explores the intersections of Sigmund Freud’s psychoanalytic theories, the concept of liminal spaces, and personal encounters with the geography of Freud’s life in Vienna and London. Drawing (literally) from these experiences, it investigates how physical locations and the act of travel influence the understanding of the unconscious, inspire artistic creation, and contribute to a psychogeographic mapping of my own experience.

    JOURNEY___________________________________________________________________________________ DRAWING

    Freud’s work reveals the mind as a bordered landscape, with the conscious and unconscious existing as distinct yet

    permeable realms. Liminal spaces—thresholds where these realms meet—are marked by ambiguity, transformation, and potential. This presentation extends Freud’s theoretical framework to physical spaces, considering how his former practice in Vienna and the Freud Museum in Hampstead, London, embody and reflect these psychological borders. By engaging directly with these sites, through drawing in each location, I found the physical locations of Freud’s life to act as portals into his theories, and to explore my own memory, personal history, and unconscious.

    In Vienna, Freud’s former consulting room—where the iconic couch once invited patients to traverse the boundaries of their psyches—still echoes with the energy of exploration and discovery. Walking in the streets around his former practice in the 9th district, where I now live, I reflected on how this layered history intersects with Freud’s narratives, revealing a psychogeography that links personal memory to collective cultural identity. The act of tracing Freud’s footsteps in Vienna became an artistic inquiry into how location shapes thought and how the physical environment influences our unconscious perceptions.

    The journey continued to Hampstead, where in Freud’s final home the Freud Museum is located, and preserved much as it was during his last years. Here, the transition from Freud’s Viennese past to his British exile highlights themes of displacement, identity, and continuity. Psychogeographic exploration of the area around Freud’s house and the borough of Hampstead made me consider my own exile and cultural displacement from my country and my own creative processes.

    Art became a means to process my experiences, using drawings to explore how the tangible elements of Freud’s environments symbolically extend liminal spaces and capture the fluid boundaries between conscious impressions of travel and unconscious memories. This process reflects the broader implications of psychogeography and travel in making art, where movement through space mirrors the mind’s navigation of its own landscapes, transforming journeys into a form of self-exploration. Locations imbued with historical or personal significance, like Freud’s homes, serve as anchors for this creative process, turning physical borders into divides of thought and creativity.

    By sharing this personal exploration, I aim to demonstrate how engaging with Freud’s former locations in Vienna and London, through the medium of drawing can create a dialogue between psychoanalysis, location, and artistic practice. This also offers a compelling lens through which to explore the borders of the mind, the meaning of place, and the power of creative inquiry.  I also invite members of the audience to draw their own memories of place and location during this presentation.

    A difficult conversation and a call to action: understanding the career barriers and enablers of ethnicallyminoritised professional services staff in UK Higher Education Institutions

    Louise Oldridge & Jessey Pswarayi

    Whilst there is important work being undertaken to promote diversity and inclusion within academic roles, the issues faced by those in professional services throughout the UK’s higher education institutions remains ‘largely unexplored’ (Harrison, 2023; Nangia, 2024). 

    In 2024 AHUA commissioned Nottingham Business School to run a research project exploring the barriers and enablers for ethnically minoritised professional staff in senior roles in UK HE institutions. 

    Certainly, the evidence base  has produced specific insights into the career development of students (Arday et al., 2021; Kauser et al., 2021: Bradbury & Van Nieuwerburgh, 2022), various works focusing on more academic roles (Bhopal et al., 2018; Deane, 2019; Bhopal, 2019), plus studies encompassing multiple or combined focus on academic and professional services roles (Arday, 2021), and those which are applied generally throughout broad sectoral and/or disciplinary contexts (i.e. STEM – see Rincon & George-Jackson, 2016, and Omotola McGee, 2020, for example). There are also notable works which have grown around specific occupations such as academic librarians (Brookbank & Haigh, 2021; Ishaq, & Maaria Hussain, 2021), and some scholarly attention paid to the journeys of board members/leadership (Hale, 2023; Nwosu, 2024). However, there is a clear and concerning lack of material which can claim to focus on and capture the experiences and career development of ethnically minoritised professional services staff within the UK HE context. 

    This is further evidenced by recent calls for collaborative efforts to address these gaps, including ongoing work from the Higher Diversity Coalition (2023), who have identified the need to: 

    • Address the lack of data collection and analysis as a key driver for change 
    • Identify best practice and examine the barriers that exist in recruitment, progression, and retention policies and practice 
    • Tell the real lived experience stories of professional services staff 
    • Develop a coherent approach to development programmes that build, develop/advance and support the talent pipeline to grow and flourish. 

    This session shares some of the research findings, taking account of extant literature, and using both the institutional data and the voices of ethnically minoritised people who have had firsthand experience of barriers, inequities and challenges despite the skills and talent and diversity of thought they might bring to senior roles. The workshop will share the early indicative findings and key themes and start to discuss the ‘so what’ – considering how the Association might use the research to unlock a generation of tangible change.

    Invisible careers: barriers and opportunities for marginal roles in academia

    Tanja Ninkovic & Lisanna Paladin

    Academia has long measured success through traditional metrics, with written publications originating from research serving as the principal currency for career progression, even after the definition of publication has been significantly broadened by DORA and CoARA. However, with technological revolution in sciences in the last two decades, complexity of instrumentation and methods became so high that academia needed new roles of highly qualified experts who are the go-to point for knowledge for classical researchers – research infrastructure scientists operating cutting edge technologies and trainers teaching other researchers about novel methods and tools. 

    Despite these roles being vital, they produce contributions that are not measurable by traditional metrics of personal publications, making those who perform them invisible and preventing their career progression.

    This presentation critically examines the systemic barriers faced by these individuals. Precarious employment conditions of temporary contracts and time limits in academia, coupled with a lack of recognition for non-publicationbased contributions, force many researchers as well as their management and funders to deprioritize these vital roles. This is reducing the pool of skilled professionals willing to engage in scientific training and research infrastructure management, ultimately undermining knowledge transfer, excellence in usage of advanced technologies, collaboration, and thus institutional growth and scientific progress.

    We invite dialogues on actionable solutions to these inequities, including:

    1. The development of alternative KPIs tailored to measure and reward non-traditional contributions, such as training outcomes, infrastructure reliability, funding secured, and innovations achieved.
    2. Institutional policies empowering RI and training professionals to produce results that can be and are measured, as well as to independently apply for funding, and dedicate a fraction of time to innovate on methods and technologies.
    3. Organizational strategies that integrate RI and training staff into decision-making processes, inspired by frameworks like the Technician Commitment, to ensure their contributions are systematically acknowledged.

    By addressing these systemic challenges, we aim to foster a more inclusive and dynamic academic environment where all roles are valued. This talk invites dialogue on how academia can implement systemic changes that empower professionals to pursue these critical roles without compromising their career trajectories, creating a resilient and sustainable academic landscape.

    Break

    11:30 – 13:00 – Parallel Sessions 6

    Groundbreaking ‘socialism in one clause’ or a toothless ‘tick box exercise’? Interpretive Policy Analysis (IPA) of the dormant Socio-Economic Duty (SED) in England

    Vanessa Boon

    Overview

    Sitting quietly on the statute book is a dormant duty (Section 1, Equality Act, 2010) to reduce socio-economic inequalities through public policy-making, with screening for social harm (Fredman, 2010). This challenges the Conservatives’ austerity agenda, welfare cuts and harsh consequences of peak neoliberalism reflected in stigmatisation, rising child poverty and even austerity-related deaths among marginalised groups (Institute of Health Equity, 2024; Mills & Pring, 2024; Joseph Rowntree Foundation, 2023; Walsh, D. et al., 2022). In this context, suppression of the SED is a significant injustice and an example of necropolitics (Mbembe, 2019); however, there is a gap in the literature and public awareness. New participatory research engaging expert stakeholders to awaken this slumbering clause brings the insidious meaning of its non-commencement into the light of day, extending academic analyses of austerity (Dorling, 2019; Howard, 2016) and the social reproduction of class stratification (Nunn, 2016) to a potentially disruptive solution lying in waiting.   

    Background

    The SED requires government, statutory agencies, and local authorities to consider reducing socio-economic disadvantages when making strategic decisions. This places poverty alleviation and socio-economic inequalities at the heart of public policy-making, enforced by the Equality & Human Rights Commission (EHRC) and Judicial Review. The SED was passed under Labour but was suppressed by the Coalition government in 2010 (Casla, 2019). However, it has not been repealed, and the governments of Scotland and Wales have activated it in 2018 and 2021, respectively. With Labour now back in power, pledging to resurrect the Duty, it is timely to revive the discourse.

    An Unexamined Injustice

    The SED is under-researched and largely omitted from literature addressing austerity and social inequalities. Amid rising child destitution, with increasing publications on widening inequalities (Dorling, 2019) and austerity-related deaths, this research explores whether this overlooked legal provision could be part of the solution. Few papers address the SED directly, therefore this study draws on adjacent literature on the promise of social mobility juxtaposed with the widening rich-poor gap. A UN special rapporteur on extreme poverty (Alston, 2019) criticised the UK’s position as the world’s fifth-largest economy, with one-fifth of its population living in poverty. They condemned the government’s failure to commence the SED and concluded that austerity policies were punitive and politically driven and linked with excess deaths. This contrasts with Westminster’s narrative of social mobility, highlighting the need for critical research.

    Contribution to Knowledge

    This presentation will explore results and policy recommendations from critical discourse analysis of a multi-modal sample, including media frames and parliamentary debate, interviews with 16 expert stakeholders, and practitionerresearcher reflections. This 2024 research brings together perspectives from barristers, civil society organisations, public policy practitioners, and academics in law, sociology, social policy, and political economy for the first time. This IPA examines the SED’s meaning, claims that it could make austerity unlawful (Casla, 2019 & 2022) and what is required for effective implementation. The findings have been presented to the Cabinet Office and have informed an alliance campaigning for the SED’s meaningful application. The MCCT is an opportunity to empower attendees to incorporate and leverage this socio-economic dimension of forthcoming law across academia, practitioners, and activism.

    The Affective Turn in Political Philosophy and the Social Management of Emotions

    Letizia Konderak

    In the last decades, an affective turn in political philosophy occurred: several philosophers tried to counter the excessive rationalism in political and ethical philosophy by appealing to emotions. These authors from the continental (Deleuze) and Anglo-Saxon (Nussbaum) traditions considered emotions to be more authentic than rationality, as the latter is subjected to capture through ideological and rational discourses, promoting social and political compliance. 

    The affective turn defines human authenticity as irrationality: against the coercive force of rationalizing discourses, summoning reasonability, cooperation, and consensus, emotions seem to contribute to political struggles through an “unconscious” intelligence or the irreducible conatus sese servandi. 

    Nonetheless, are emotions refractory to social and political (super)structures? Sociological research on the social management of emotions revealed that communities enact social patterns of emotional management – predominantly to manage negative feelings. For example, the social patterns before compassion for the “poor” and “victims” do not respond to this emotion by addressing their deep political and economic causes yet neutralizing this feeling through indifference or charity. Concerning anger, nowadays, its syntax tends to disappear from the left-wing discourse, as the latter recognizes irrational hate as a prerogative of right-wing aggressivity (e.g., rage about immigrants, globalization, and poverty ideologically structured as a moral guilt). Anger does not belong anymore to the political left-wing lexicon. However, this disappearance also mirrors the current “medicalization” of negative emotions that longs for their suppression for the sake of production and functionality at all costs. Indeed, sociological research on climate activists from the Global North showed the prevalence of positive emotions, while Global South activists focused on anger and fear. Especially activists from the Global South brought about climate justice and politicized their struggles, fueling them with anger, fear, and hope in collective action.

    However, the structure and condition that cause anger have pivotal political relevance: first, anger responds to a suffered wrong, an injustice for which one requires compensation. Second, it denotes that someone has wronged us. Contrarily, the social management of emotions neutralizes the political potential of anger in apathy and powerlessness, also due to social isolation and dismantling of political aggregations. In the Italian context, the political stigmatization of left-wing anger reveals the endeavor to repress and forget the violent past of the workers’ avant-garde. Similarly, there is a broad tendency in Western countries to criminalize dissensus – even by politically and legally extending the label “terrorism”.

    Nevertheless, left-wing thinking could imagine another pattern for a facund use of negative emotions: instead of erasing anger, they could ally to activate anger through political hope. The positive loop promoted by hope – hope in collective action – could transform the negativity of anger into activism for societal and political change while suppressing the despair of powerlessness. When socialized, the awareness of the moral wrong that a group suffered and the recognition of those who systematically perpetrated injustice could lead to a different pathway for politicizing negative emotions and even a growing class/group awareness. Thereby, left-wings movements and organizations could enhance the political fruitfulness of negative feelings and counter their medicalization.

    Liquid belief and watery beings: Indeterminacy and living political folklore

    Andrew F. Wilson

    This paper is concerned with exploring the continuing folklore of land haunted by ghosts and mythic creatures. The analysis offered here is a wider reflection on the popularity of folklore motifs in contemporary culture. In the Midlands of England, mermaid pools continue to be visited and the legend tripping that leads visitors to them is entwined with the growing awareness of folklore as one dimension of the intangible cultural ‘assets’ of national parks and other popular tourist areas. However, the pools are not simply one stop on a ‘weird walk’ or a fresh vector on a psychogeographic dérive: they vary from overt legend tripping to ‘uncanny’ encounters on country walks. It will be argued that these contribute to an ongoing re-enchantment of nature and the landscape. Rod Giblett’s Postmodern Wetlands and Veronica Strang’s work (e.g. Water Beings, 2023) rearticulate the human relationship with water and its lifeworlds. Both make clear that water is political and its control is symbolic of power: economic, ideological, and cultural. Both, too, draw attention to the gendered articulation of belief; Giblett especially provides a useful figurative dichotomy between a domesticated ‘Mother Earth’ and a wilder, more primal ‘Great Goddess’.

    This paper will demonstrate the ecological undercurrent explicit in the mermaid pools today. It will draw out the watery language of hybridity through which the pools and their folkloric inhabitants undo humanity’s conceit of their separation from nature. The wetlands they are situated in refuse to offer solid ground to stand on. Nature as a hyperobject that will endure dankly in ways unfathomable to dry land-dwelling humans unprepared for their own ecocide: polluting humans confronted by wrathful polluted pools that offer sustenance but threaten flood and drowning. Thus, folklore provides a means of examining our current fears of the consequences of our broken relationship with Nature in the guise of the Great Goddess.

    Researching Death as a Social Construct

    Annie Harpham-Brown

    Resoundingly, the sociological approach to death centres the biological at its theoretical core. Even those which attempt to move beyond medical theorisations and toward an analysis of social construction, often end up conceptually struggling against death’s obscurity or ‘unknowability’ (Carpentier and Van Brussel 2012). In turn, sociological thought is left to consider a social response to death; to theorise how we respond to its unknowable ‘nature’ (see: Becker 1973; Elias 1985). This captures a view of dying, the dead and bereavement, drawing attention to the ways in which we navigate human bonds (see: Valentine 2008; Bennet and Bennet 2000), physical agency (see: Glasser and Strauss 1965; Turner 1995) and the experience of suffering (see: Meir et al 2016; Car et al 2020). However, conceptualising death as primarily ‘unknowable’, makes room for unattended notions of ‘other-than’, ‘more-than’ or ‘beyond’ human (see: Sullivan 2012). Here, arguably, lies the possibility of a sociology which reproduces the social by filling in the conceptual gaps with that which is deemed already socially equivocal. Alternatively, I argue that with a methodological focus on social relations as the ‘constructors’ of reality, researchers can dislodge and reconfigure death’s ‘unknowability’ and begin to conceptualise it as an inherently socially constructed, and therefore, socially negotiable phenomenon.

    Underpinned by the view that reality is materially produced by what we do in relation to one another (i.e. social relations) (Smith 2005), my PhD thesis discovers and documents a local authority’s social relations of death during the COVID-19 pandemic. Conducting an institutional ethnography, and undertaking interviews, observations and document analysis, my fieldwork focuses on empirically capturing the actualities of the social relations of death (i.e. what they are and what arises from them). Following this, I theoretically examine how the reality of death both arises from and is characterised by the processes of social construction.

    In presenting my research, I will outline my methodological approach and establish one of the ways in which sociology can produce empirically informed theoretical research regarding death’s social construction. Furthermore, by drawing on the key findings of my fieldwork, I seek to demonstrate how such an approach supports a distinct characterisation of death, and one that, in turn, helps make the ‘unknown’ more knowable. Here, I speak to the conference stream of ‘From Oblivion to Re-Enchantment: Exploring and Actualising Diverse Knowledge via Faiths and Ontologies’, where I will express how, through a social constructionist re-evaluation and re-imagining of key ontological issues, the profound energy of the social and its apparent malleability is necessarily encountered. Speaking beyond the implications for socio-theoretical thought, I argue that this encounter has very real potential for social change. 

    Attuned to Coincidence: Enactive sense-making and the Tibetan Buddhist concept of tendrel (rten ‘brel)

    Llew Watkins

    Within Tibetan Buddhism, tendrel – often translated as auspicious coincidence – is an important, complex and subtle concept, expressing the deep interdependence of all phenomena. According to the tantric Buddhist view, tendrel is considered to be a natural aspect of a deeply meaningful cosmos. Coincidence is significant because it connects to the process of awakening: reality has aliveness from its own side, providing feedback through coincidence.

    Enactivism is an influential approach within cognitive science that theorizes cognition as the enactment or bringing forth of a world. Rather than considering an organism and its environment as separate, enactivism holds that the two are radically mutually entwined or ‘structurally coupled.’ Both enactivism and the Tibetan Buddhist understanding of tendrel claim that due to the interdependent co-emergence of mind and world, phenomena are groundless rather than fundamentally existent; it is because of this groundlessness that phenomena emerge.

    The recognition of a coincidence can be a powerful experience, occuring at the connecting membrane between self and external reality. A coincidence is dependent on a conjunction of external phenomena, and at the same time is interpreted through the personal, according to what is meaningful for an individual. Enactivism provides a useful framework to investigate coincidence because the enactive approach holds meaning-making to be foundational for cognition. ‘Sense-making’ is a natural response to uncertain internal and external conditions, and depends upon a person’s unique history of structural coupling. Furthermore, in its articulation of ‘participatory sense-making,’ enactivism also allows an investigation of coincidence as an environmental process that includes other agents, enabling exploration of meaning as a shared social process.

    For the Buddhist tantric practitioner, a deep understanding of tendrel serves as a feedback mechanism demonstrating the degree of attunement between the practitioner and their environment. Failing to attune oneself to the environment, due to a rigid and fixed sense of identity, obstructs this flow. This raises interesting questions about the importance of openness and flexibility in the process of sense-making. The personal, practical and cultural understanding of tendrel then is a valuable phenomena to explore from an enactivist point of view because it is directly connected to the process of feedback between the internal and the external, the personal and the transpersonal. This paper uses the enactive framework to analyse the capacity of mind to attune to an environment. Aligning with the wider topic of this stream, I argue that both how we understand our relationship to the world as either an expression of radical interdependence or one of fundamental separation, and whether we see reality as alive and magical from its own side or as inert and lacking meaning, has enormous cultural, environmental and political implications. 

    A Site of Collisions: Brownian Motion in Artist Collectives

    Pragya Bhargava, Sally Stenton & Svetlana Atlavina

    Brownian motion describes the motion of a particle suspended in a fluid. This motion is a result of rapid, instantaneous collisions of the particles with smaller particles in the medium, resulting in a trajectory characterised by a series of irregular and random displacements.  

    This interactive presentation activates a site for exchange between participants engaging in collective activity. Beginning with an introduction to Project Potpourri’s international digital publication, Artist Collectives: conversations, methods and practices, we invite participants into the energetic void, to explore how concepts from physics can help expand ideas and experiences of collectivity and collaboration.  

    Project Potpourri started and developed through conversations. A collision of ideas led to an open call in 2023 that invited artist collectives to submit a page which reflected their collaborative working methods. The act of sending a prompt into the digital unknown led to an unexpected gain in momentum as Project Potpourri accidentally fell into facilitating a creative form of action research with a global reach. The hierarchical mode was broken when the 23 Collectives with members in over 17 countries posed questions to each other and then responded with enthusiasm, generosity and an eagerness to interact. Digital connection, ecological concerns and quiet subversion emerged as key themes through the exchanges within and beyond the publication. The conversations that ensued crossed many geographical and ideological borders.  

    We, the team of Project Potpourri, are practising artists with backgrounds in physics, engineering and social psychology and through our collaborative reflections on the project these paradigms collided. This transfer of ideas and energy lead us to probe associations between the behaviour of microscopic particles and the dynamic qualities of artist collectives. For this session, we take the notion of Brownian motion from the domain of physics and cross it with processes of human collaboration. From the stirring of this mix, a potent vapour of possibilities arises.  What if each member of an artist collective acts as a “particle” in constant interaction with other particles? What is the role of cohesion and adaptability in these random encounters? What particles facilitate global collaborations via digital channels? How can a microscopic view break the human/non-human divide and expand ideas of collectivity? 

    For this session at MCCT, we propose an experiment where attendees of the session become particles emulating Brownian Motion. We invite you to shift your listening from head to body and experience the intra-active possibilities, human and beyond. You will be invited to interact with audio prompts that will accompany you as you mingle and weave in amongst each other. For those online, we have a crafty plan to enable you to move around too.

    If the proposal is accepted Sally Stenton and Svetlana Atlavina will be present in the space. Pragya Bhargava hopes to be there as well, but otherwise will be online.

    Mapping Borders: Transforming 2D Maps into 3D Structures with Q_plus_I                                                                                                                                  Q_plus_I

    This workshop, led by the artistic duo Q_plus_I, invites participants to explore the boundaries between twodimensional cartography and three-dimensional physical structures. Rooted in the themes of borders, map-making, and spatial storytelling, the session offers a hands-on opportunity to reimagine maps as dynamic, tactile representations of personal and collective experiences. By using thread, wool, and tape, participants will create threedimensional maps that connect physical structures with the narratives of their journeys and connections to the location of the conference in Derby. This is a continuation of the workshop Q_plus_I did in July 2024 with a group from NECE (Network for European Civic Educators about the changing history of Austria, the Austro-Hungarian Empire and how those borders changed over the centuries. A short visual introduction of the workshop last year will be given to demonstrate how it worked.

    Maps serve as tools to navigate, define, and understand the world. Yet, they are often seen as flat, static representations of complex, multidimensional realities. This workshop challenges this perception by treating maps as fluid and interactive, blurring the lines between geography, memory, and physical space. Participants will begin by selecting a map (which will be given out) and has a connection to the local region – both contemporary and historical maps of county boundaries, routes of canal systems, rail routes etc in the Derby and Midlands area. Participants may also choose a map that represents their journey to the location and can use the printer provided to print maps, ensuring a visual reference to help their creative process.

    Participants will transform their 2D maps into 3D creations, employing thread, wool, and tape as their primary materials. These fibers will act as both literal and metaphorical tools for connection, representing the physical structures, boundaries, and relationships embedded in the maps. Participants will be encouraged to think beyond traditional cartographic techniques, considering how elevation, texture, and movement can be integrated into their designs.

    The workshop emphasizes the interplay between the physical and the abstract. As participants recreate their maps in three dimensions, they will reflect on how borders—whether geographic, emotional, or cultural—shape their understanding of space. They will explore questions such as: How do we experience borders in our daily lives? How do physical structures, like roads, rail, canals and rivers, intersect with our personal narratives? What happens when we disrupt the flatness of traditional maps to reveal hidden layers of meaning?

    Q_plus_I will guide participants through these explorations by sharing insights from their own artistic practice, which often examines the intersection of spatial design and storytelling. Through collaborative discussions and individual experimentation, participants will gain a deeper understanding of how to use artistic methods to visualize and embody connections between places, structures, and stories.

    The workshop will culminate in a collective installation where participants’ 3D maps are shown in a communal space, creating a shared tapestry of journeys and connections to Derby and the local region. This final act of assembly not only celebrates the creative process but also highlights the collective nature of mapping as an act of shared meaningmaking.

    Open to artists, designers, and anyone curious about the relationship between maps, borders, and physical space, this workshop provides a unique opportunity to rethink how we represent and interact with the world around us. Participants will leave with a deeper appreciation for the area of cartography, and fresh perspectives on the intersections of geography, memory, and artistic expression.

    Lunch

    14:00 – 15:30 – Parallel Sessions 7

    Hope Now. Future Imaginaries in Times of Political and Ecological Transitions

    Magda Schmukalla & Liene Ozoliņa

    Climate change triggers a deep fear of losing an essential part of present life, namely a future towards which life can develop. Living under the conditions of climate catastrophe means living a life which pulls towards ‘no-time’ (Baraitser 2020). In Eastern Europe this existential fear and the traumatic collapse of known identities and temporalities is not new. It was acutely present in societal life and collective moods during the 1980s when a knowledge of the failure of Soviet-type communism was becoming apparent without there being any future alternative to easily replace the failing system. This paper presents a psychosocial approach to studying the practices of hope and imagination in communist and post-communist Europe, with an empirical focus on artists and art collectives and their aesthetic and conceptual tools for capturing and enacting alternative futures. Drawing on case studies of dissident and artistic-ecological movements in Poland and Latvia from the 1980s, we examine how hope and collective desires were expressed in art in the context of these transitions, how these transitions were eventually experienced as unjust and inequitable, and how post-communist sites can therefore help us identify new forms of imagining and working towards just futures. Such a theoretical and empirical perspective shifts the status of Eastern Europe away from its usual position of the marginal, less-developed object of European history to the position of an experienced subject holding rich knowledge of how Western institutions and global society will have to change for just transitions and sustainable futures to become possible.

    Tell me about us: epistemic solidarity as activism

    Giulia Russo & Gabriele Nanino

    Recent and growing attention has been given to epistemic injustice (Fricker 2007): broadly speaking, this term refers to the phenomenon of being harmed as a knower, and its theoretical framework. These practices are based on, or can result in, forms of epistemic marginalization, where the oppressed are substantially disregarded as epistemic contributors: while it is widespread among different vulnerable groups, its specific manifestations are produced by the dominant epistemic resources at work in the distinct domains of knowledge. Subsequently, the collective counteracting practices have been based on the group-specific differences as distinctive and demarcating attributes of emancipatory enterprises, as well as on advocacy for giving voice to the oppressed.

    However, some consequences of these politics are undesirable from the point of view of the oppressed: first, the fragmentation of the social body (up to the point of theoretical essentialisation of the marking attributes); second the so-called “elite capture”, i.e. the cooptation of the emancipatory narrative by the dominant elite (Táíwò 2022).

    Parallel efforts in social epistemology have tried to give attention to individual strategies to minimize, counteract or prevent epistemic injustice: epistemic solidarity, for example, is starting to get some attention. It is characterised as a form of support to produce knowledge that implies an individual burden and is based on a relevant similarity among the participants to the epistemic exchange, and aims at a sociopolitical transformation (Pot 2022).

    While this characterization is generally sound, our opinion is that it can be further expanded to ground collective political action in order to avoid the fragmentation that brings about both elite captures, as well as the individualised and isolating forms of resistance. In particular, we are interested in distinguishing between “acting epistemically in solidarity with someone” and “acting epistemically in reciprocal solidarity”: in the first case (that might include the above-mentioned problematic phenomena) the burden to contrast oppressive structures in the epistemic exchange is mostly individualised and unidirectional, while in the second case all the parties share collectively the effort of resistance.

    Situating the analysis in the context of neurodivergent activism, we propose a further distinction between “intergroup epistemic solidarity” and “intragroup epistemic solidarity”. Our argument is that both should take the form of “acting epistemically in reciprocal solidarity”, however is the second kind that must benefit the most from this framework, given that through the relevant shared feature of oppression we can avoid the fragmentation of the social body and the distinctive forms of testimonial isolation that can facilitate elite captures. In particular, recognizing that other kinds of bodies and minds are disabled and oppressed by similar normative structures can work as a positive limit for the affirmative action at group level, while simultaneously constitutes the reciprocal shared burden that allows both inter-group and intra-group relations as mutually solidaristic action.

    The relevant political effect of this idea is that of enhancing the group coalition on the basis of the recognition of a communal belonging to a single class: such classes are built on the awareness of being oppressed by similar epistemic corpora and normative structures – that nonetheless produce different kind of group-specific oppressive norms.

    Fugitive Knowledge and Food Sovereignty: Reinforcing Territorial Markets through International Environmental Law

    Samuel D. Holder

    Global food governance is predominantly shaped by neoliberal trade policies and corporate agribusiness interests that marginalise localised, small-scale farming systems. These dominant structures prioritise economic efficiency and scalability, often at the expense of traditional, place-based agricultural practices that sustain food sovereignty and environmental resilience. This project explores how international environmental law can serve as a vehicle for legitimising and protecting the fugitive knowledge embedded in territorial farming models. By proposing a Territorial Markets Protocol, this research aims to institutionalise legal protections that recognise and incentivise localised food systems over the corporate-driven frameworks that currently dominate agricultural policy. In the pursuit of food sovereignty, smallholder farmers and local communities rely on adaptive, knowledge-rich farming systems that resist industrial agricultural paradigms. These systems, rooted in cultural heritage and ecological stewardship, embody forms of subaltern knowledge that international trade regimes often disregard or suppress. The Territorial Markets Protocol seeks to reclaim this knowledge by embedding it within legally binding international frameworks under institutions such as the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and the UN Committee on World Food Security. Drawing inspiration from the European Union’s support for territorial farming initiatives, the protocol proposes legal instruments that visibilise and prioritise local food networks and ensure the equitable access of smallholder farmers to resources. This project will critically engage with the epistemic hierarchies that perpetuate the erasure of smallholder farming knowledge in global governance frameworks. It will analyse how existing international environmental agreements, including the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and the Paris Agreement, offer strategic entry points for integrating territorial markets as a mechanism for climate adaptation and socio-economic resilience. Additionally, the research will explore how bottom-up, community-driven advocacy efforts can influence international policy discourse to foster a more inclusive and pluralistic food governance system. Finally, this project interrogates the political and institutional barriers that impede the formalisation of fugitive food knowledge in global legal instruments. It will present insights from stakeholder engagements with smallholder farmers, legal experts, and policy advocates, offering a roadmap for embedding alternative knowledge systems within mainstream governance structures. It ultimately argues that the recognition of territorial farming models through legal frameworks is a critical step toward fostering a more just, sustainable, and sovereign global food system.

    Shifting Paradigms, Shifting Narratives: From Sovereignty to Solidarity for the Climate Refugee Subject

    Irene Sacchetti

    Who are “climate refugees,” and what protections they are entitled to remain vexed questions in international law. Refugees’ subjectivities are shaped by the interplay between law and dominant narratives, making it critical to interrogate how law and dominant narratives mutually reinforce each other. Refugee law plays a profoundly paternalistic and disempowering role, framing individuals through the lens of victimhood and otherness while imposing idealised identities. Existing narratives respond in line with such legal framing, reinforcing the dual threat/victim construction of climate refugees. This symbiotic relationship between law and narrative directs legal protection efforts toward maintaining state sovereignty and border control and exclusion, at the expense of genuine assistance to people.

    To challenge this status quo, I argue for a paradigm shift away from state-centric protection mechanisms that perpetuate victimization and passivity. Instead, my argument explores venues to contest and remake legal subjectivities of climate refugees, reframing them as active political subjects. Grassroots movements led by refugees themselves or ‘host’ communities exemplify transformative alternatives, disrupting the epistemological trap of framing refugees as “problems” to be managed, through subversive acts of solidarity, rooted in hospitality and altruism. By transcending state-imposed moral boundaries, refugees become empowered subjects rather than passive recipients of protection, disrupting othering and dystopian narratives.

    This bottom-up approach situates protection as a process negotiated from below, creating a space of resistance within existing legal frameworks. By challenging hegemonic power-knowledge dynamics, grassroots movements produce counter-narratives that subvert exclusionary practices of protection and foster transformative change. A shift from sovereignty to solidarity enables climate refugees to reclaim agency and contribute to shape protection responses. Protection thus emerges not as a paternalistic imposition but as an act of mutual care, reshaping the concept of protection under the existing legal paradigm.

    Ultimately, exploring how solidarity-driven grassroots movements challenge dominant power-knowledge dynamics invites us to imagine protection as a tool that contributes to the production of counter-hegemonic narratives—one that navigates the constraints of law and dystopian discourses to secure meaningful forms of protection for climate refugees. This shift holds the potential in both conceptual and practical realms of refugees’ protection.

    Delusional Order

    Tomáš Havlíček

    Henri Lévy-Bruhl once proclaimed that justice has the the property of bringing disputes to an end. Justice and its various interpretations are central to how we perceive law and the legal order, as well as the role of courts and judges – the arbiters of a world brimming with conflict. In my presentation, I aim to delve into the core of our understanding of modern law. Fundamentally, modern law can be seen as a tool for seeking equilibrium between competing interests, whether collective or individual. Law acts as an instrument capable of adjudicating these disputes and, more importantly, justifying its decisions – typically by appealing to some notion of universally accepted good.

    I intend to explore the mechanisms through which this justification is constructed and examine the various appeals that judicial decision-making employs to convince us that its resolution is the most appropriate and just. “Take it to court; the court knows the law” is a common refrain, reflecting an unshakable faith in the judiciary’s ability to find the proper balance in society – an equilibrium that politics, by its nature, cannot achieve. Politics is the domain of perpetual antagonism, characterized by constant struggles over which group or principle will prevail. We hope for political change to rectify dysfunctions, but can a change of regime truly bring an end to this endless conflict? Of course not; such a belief would be naive. Antagonism is inherent in politics and serves as its defining mode.

    But what about judicial decision-making? Do we trust that the legal system, embodied by the judiciary, can provide the much-desired balance? Why does this trust not strike us as similarly naive? The central thesis of my presentation is to reflect on how the legal system helps obscure social antagonism through its decisions, creating a “delusional order” – an illusion of fairness and justice. This constructed order promises that everyone can succeed, regardless of class, material conditions, or social standing. It offers the image of a society where one’s origins do not determine their opportunities, presenting the law as a neutral arbiter of disputes.

    My work explores the intriguing paradox of modern law: its capacity to resolve conflicts and foster social order, while simultaneously presenting an image of justice that may obscure the complexities of deeper societal divisions. Rather than dismissing this as a flaw, I aim to understand how this dual role of law contributes to its enduring authority and its ability to function as a stabilizing force in a world marked by competing interests and structural inequalities.

    Oversights and institutional inequality with intersectional studies

    Bingji Li

    This essay offers a critical examination of intersectionality studies, with a particular focus on the conceptual vagueness and the significant oversights present in current academic discourse. Intersectionality, while a pivotal framework in feminist academia for understanding the complex interplay of social stratification axes, has been criticized for its tendency to marginalize certain racial and gender groups. Specifically, the essay highlights the underrepresentation of Asians, Middle Easterners, and other non-dominant racial categories within intersectional discussions.

    The research posits that these oversights are not merely coincidental but are deeply intertwined with the conceptual vagueness of intersectionality and the broader context of institutional inequality in academia. It argues that the dominance of Anglophone countries and Western societies, particularly the United States, has led to a racial discourse that centers primarily on black and white experiences, often at the expense of a more diverse racial narrative.

    A key factor in this marginalization is the predominance of the English language and American perspectives in intersectionality studies. The essay suggests that the global influence of English has further marginalized those who cannot effectively communicate in this language, pushing them to the periphery of academic and social recognition. This linguistic dominance, coupled with existing power structures, results in a discourse where white and black narratives dominate, rendering other voices nearly invisible.

    Furthermore, the essay critiques the field of intersectionality for its implicit assumption of the English language and certain cultural narratives as the standard, thereby overlooking the inherent privileges associated with nationality and language. It calls for a more nuanced approach to intersectionality that acknowledges and critically examines these privileges, moving beyond a singular focus on race and gender to include a broader spectrum of identities and experiences.

    In conclusion, the essay advocates for a reevaluation of intersectionality studies to address these oversights and to develop a more inclusive and comprehensive understanding of social stratification. By doing so, it aims to contribute to a more equitable and representative academic discourse that recognizes the full spectrum of racial, gender, and cultural identities.

    On the Echoes of Decolonizing the Pedagogical Systems of Doing International Law Education In India

    Arunava Banerjee

    The present pedagogy of international law is based on a normative system which is premised on the post-colonial narratives of the global north. This resulted in leftover colonial imprints in the syllabi, context, and philosophy of the subject. Doing international law from different critical lenses has been seen as the emancipatory reaction to this positivist pedagogy of international law. However, the present pedagogical practice of doing international law in India continues to have a positivist recurrence. Such a practice in turn has produced an epistemic inequality in understanding of the subject itself and continues to befit the narratives of the global north. Academic reaction to this pedagogical dilemma has been subsumed within the echoes of bringing forth critical theories such as TWAIL as a part of the teaching curriculum. However, this author argues that the present literature fails to highlight how this movement towards doing critical theories is based on a false equality premised on the disposition of social ascriptions in understanding international law. Further, building on the first premise this paper tries to situate the ‘other’ who this author coins as the “subaltern student” amidst this praxis of teaching international law. Doing so this paper essentially questions, if the calls for decolonisation of the pedagogy are backed by democratisation. Additionally, it also asks if the revolution in pedagogies of doing international resonates as a revolution of the voices of the geographical south. Or is it still the legacy of the generations of the post-colonial master, a ‘lyuten’ or a ‘bhodrolok’. Lastly, it merits questions such as, does critical international law really speak to the socially backward, economically backward, and historically oppressed, in the geographical south? Or can a subaltern ever speak or do international law?

    Addressing the postgraduate mixed ethnic satisfaction gap in UK higher education

    Rhianna Garrett & Maranda Ridgeway

    Between 2010-2023, mixed ethnic postgraduate research (PGRs) and postgraduate taught (PGT) students have held the lowest satisfaction rates out of any ethnic group in British higher education, yet this is paired with a limited understanding as to why. This paper will address these nationwide institutional survey findings exposing the on-going low satisfaction gap for mixed ethnic PGRs and PGT. We argue the academy must begin to move away from monoracial anti-racism into more inclusive multiethnic approaches. Without this, universities cannot pursue the goal of becoming anti-racist institutions. 

    Previous research has shown that there are unique experiences mixed ethnic PGRs have within their doctoral degrees compared to their monoracial counterparts (Garrett, 2024), but we require more knowledge on how mixed ethnic populations with unique intersectional identities are navigating monoracial higher educational spaces. It is important to situate mixed ethnic educational understandings in Britain as the predominance of literature on this subject has originated from the US. For example, Combs, Johnston-Guerrero & Malaney-Brown (2022) argue universities must move into more multiethnic spaces of thinking because universities are increasingly becoming more multiethnic and multicultural in a globalised world. This research is indicative of an overall dearth of knowledge of the lived experiences of mixed ethnic Britain as a whole, which has wider social implications regarding racism, belonging, and community.

    We conducted a content analysis of AdvanceHE data, using 2010-2023 student statistical data, the Postgraduate Research Experience Survey (PRES), and the Postgraduate Taught Experience Survey (PTES) to outline current statistical understandings of mixed ethnic student populations. We searched for how often ‘Mixed’ was mentioned as an area of significant interest when data was analysed to see where and why the authors became interested in mixed ethnic concerns. We then discuss they survey findings in relation to wider literature. 

    The paper presents three main findings to situate the on-going problem of low satisfaction rates faced by mixed ethnic PGT and PGR students and suggests new research directions for scholars to take to effectively address the problem. First, we located that there is a sporadic mention of mixedness as an area of concern despite the consistency of low satisfaction rates. Second, we found the shifts in linguistics from AdvanceHE could have influenced the responses to surveys found for mixed ethnic populations, and comment on the overall limitations of quantitative data collection and mixed ethnic lived experience. Third, we found even after the prominent warnings of mixed ethnic satisfaction drops in 2019, there was limited mention of mixed ethnic concerns since. 

    We express a call to action for policymakers, practitioners, and scholars concerned with ‘race’, ethnicity and identity to begin paying attention to their mixed ethnic populations on campus, as it is currently influencing their higher educational experiences in ways we cannot empirically explain. 

    Break

    16:00 – 17:30 – Parallel Sessions 8

    Productions of the limit. The concept of scarcity as a problem in the Marxian critique of Malthus

    Alvise Capria

    In an era marked by ecological, social, and geopolitical crises, the concept of scarcity has resurfaced as a central framework for interpreting global uncertainties (BRETTHAUER 2016; DE CASTRO 2013). From debates on resource depletion and overpopulation to the austerity measures shaping economic policies, the discourse on scarcity permeates both scientific theory and public imagination. Yet, the question arises: are these perceived limits intrinsic to human existence, or are they socially constructed and strategically deployed? This paper addresses these questions by critically examining the foundational role of scarcity in economic thought, focusing on the theories of Thomas Malthus (understood as the ‘inventor of the modern economic-political concept of scarcity’, cf. VALENZ 2023) and their critique by Karl Marx.

    The first part of this paper will focus on the famous Essay on the Principle of Population (MALTHUS 2015), which offers one of the most influential articulations of scarcity as a natural and unavoidable condition. Malthus’ central thesis posits that while population grows geometrically, resources increase only arithmetically, creating an inevitable tension that leads to poverty, famine, and societal collapse unless population growth is curbed. Scarcity operates as both a scientific principle and a moral imperative, justifying the unequal distribution of resources and legitimizing policies that maintain the social hierarchy. Poverty, then, is not a product of economic structures but of an immutable natural law. I will briefly show how Malthusians ideas, despite criticisms, have demonstrated remarkable persistence among economists and politicians over the centuries, particularly in the context of austerity measures and reductions in public spending, perpetuating a narrative that legitimizes economic inequalities and undermines efforts to address the root causes of poverty (EHRLICH 1968; RAWORTH 2017; SCHELLNHUBER 2004).

    The second part will address Marx’s critique of Malthus, seen as a radically different understanding of scarcity. For Marx, scarcity is not an inherent characteristic of human existence, but a social construct produced and perpetuated by capitalist modes of production. In Das Kapital, Marx dismantles the Malthusian premise by demonstrating that the capitalist system deliberately manufactures scarcity to sustain its operations. The creation of a “reserve army of labor” – a surplus population of unemployed or underemployed workers – is a key mechanism through which capitalism maintains low wages and secures profits for the ruling class (MARX 1962;1963;1964), making scarcity a tool for social control rather than a natural limit. Moreover, Marx emphasizes the transformative potential of human productivity and technological innovation. He argues that the capacity to produce resources is not constrained by arithmetic laws but is contingent on the organization of social and economic relations. Far from being outdated, Marx’s insights offer valuable tools for interrogating the ideological underpinnings of modern economic policies and for imagining alternatives that transcend the artificial limits imposed by capitalism by situating the concepts of scarcity and limits within the “margin” – not as static boundaries, but as dynamic spaces for critical reflection and transformative action. By challenging the presumed inevitability of scarcity, this analysis seeks to reclaim the margins as sites of epistemological and political renewal.

    Alienated Present and Precarious Futures: Three Studies on the Ideology of Academic Hope Labour 

    Ranier Abengana

    This presentation uses the concept of ‘hope labour’ (Kuehn & Corrigan, 2013) to interrogate the exploitative and precarious types of work that take place within neoliberal academia. Hope labour refers to un- or underpaid work performed in the present for the sake of gaining experience and visibility, with the expectation that such investments can pay off, leading to greater opportunities for professional development. In the context of academia, activities such as underpaid teaching, peer reviewing, conference organisation and participation, grant application, and professional networking often count as hope labour as they are performed with the expectation of future career advancement or professional recognition, despite offering little or no compensation. Its future-oriented nature means that hope labour is generally undertaken by already precarious academics such as PhD researchers and early career researchers (ECRs), but more significantly, it often falls to those who cannot but work—those coming from working-class backgrounds who face additional barriers in securing stable academic positions. Despite the everyday rhetoric of these activities as ‘rites of passage’, ‘works of passion’, ‘stepping stones’, or ‘learning opportunities’, I argue that hope labour should be viewed through the same lens as any form of labour under capitalism. Contrary to the perception that academia is insulated from capitalist dynamics, academic hope labour must be considered ‘doubly unfree’ (see Hester & Srnicek, 2023)—both in the sense of selling one’s labour power and the necessity of working for survival. Rather than simply argue for a blanket compensation of these forms of work—however important—I suggest that a more critical approach is needed, one that interrogates the structural conditions enabling this exploitation, thus allowing the possibility for collective resistance. I proceed in three parallel steps. First, to complicate the conservative rhetoric about academic hope labour, I draw on Jaeggi’s (2014) theory of alienation to challenge the notion that such activities are freely chosen, arguing instead that they represent a loss of agency. This crucially opens a critical question with emancipatory intent: what does it mean to have autonomy in academia? Second, rather than hypostasising hope by framing academic hope labour as a necessary function of one’s calling, I unpack the ‘structurally ideological’ component of hope (Stahl, 2024; cf. Jütten, 2018), arguing that this form of hope, while seemingly rational (e.g., projected towards a ‘better’ future), can nonetheless function ideologically, binding academics to distorted self-understandings and reinforcing continued exploitation within the neoliberal academic structure. Third, I argue that ideology is not simply false belief but is instead embedded in practices that structure reality (Žižek, 1989; Adorno, 2022). Precarious academics from working-class backgrounds tend to internalise the necessity of undertaking free work, as part of their self-improvement and career development. A critical analysis of this leads to the crucial idea of how the line between voluntary self-exploitation and coercion is increasingly blurred (Han, 2017; Chung, 2022), further reinforcing the ideological framework. By underscoring these interconnected concepts, I seek to uncover how the current system of academic hope labour is not only exploitative but functions to structure neoliberal academia itself, thus invoking the need for collective resistance to challenge the broader systems at play.  

     Acknowledgments: 

     This presentation builds on the thought-provoking insights of Anastasia Fjodorova and Amy Morrell Allen, as shared in the stream “Rethinking Work and Career: Continued Resistance to the Neoliberal Order” during the 2024 MCCT. Anastasia, in her presentation, highlighted how passion is instrumentalised to sustain capitalism, luring those in need of stable employment into exploitative and precarious working conditions under the guise of fulfilment and selfactualisation. The widespread ridicule of this ubiquitous rhetoric is summed up in the statement, “I’ve always felt passionate about not starving to death.” Amy Morrell, on the other hand, in response to one of the presentations, spoke about how a significant component of academic labour is built on the soft coercion that underpins the phrase, “could you please …?”—a phrase that can be used to disguise exploitative requests as collegial favours. Drawing inspiration from these insights, my presentation seeks to examine the ideological function of ‘hope labour’ within neoliberal academia, interrogating the mechanisms that allow for precarious work conditions under the illusion maintained by the ‘myth of meritocracy.’

    Burnout and alienation in neoliberal academia

    Anastasia Fjodorova

    Drawing on Marx’s concept of ‘alienation’ and Fisher’s ‘capitalist realism’, this paper analyses how voicing claims of the incompatibility of late capitalism with humanity is regarded either as unthinkable and in need of pathologisation, or as a foregone inevitability correlating with “rising rates of mental distress” (Fisher 2009: 19). It is not just that a critique of capitalism is viewed as ‘delusional’—based on the assumption that it is inherently good—but that such critiques become even more delusional if capitalism is accepted as the only possible reality. After all, critique of reality is delusion. Mental distress becomes a response to both an unliveable present and towards the inability to resist the destruction of the future. For example, Roberts (2015) argues that,

    If, in a moment of awareness, a person claims that they are a puppet merely responding mechanically and obediently to ‘alien’ orders – that their body is in fact an empty shell controlled by external alien powers – they are likely to find themselves summoned to the nearest psychiatric authority, declared out of touch with reality and diagnosed with paranoid schizophrenia … The possibility that such claims – statements expressing one’s predicament – might actually be accurate descriptions, albeit laced with a dash of metaphor, of one’s present relationship to the wider world and the dominant system of production is simply not up for consideration (37). 

    However, Han (2021) would argue that neoliberalism “does not even exhibit the famous ‘alienation’ from work”; instead, “we throw ourselves enthusiastically into our work until we burn out” (18 – 19). Where does this burnout come from? Han continues, “the pressure to perform produces a psychological pressure that can burn out the soul, even if the amount of work actually being carried out is not all that great” (2021: 77).  

    Academic capitalism prioritises productivity and competitive logic, leading to a culture of over-working and exhaustion. However, viewing academic work as a “labour of love” (Hall 2021), promotes a tendency to embrace, or even valorise, over-work and exhaustion as a demonstration of one’s commitment to their profession. Academics are often held responsible “for their own emotional and intellectual well-being” (Poutanen 2023: 85), with increasing levels of stress, anxiety, and other forms of mental ill-health, seen as individual failings rather than the symptoms of structural problems. It follows then that solutions to worsening mental health among academic staff—instead of addressing structural issues—are also individual in nature, with universities paying lip service to mental health awareness through the organising of workshops for staff on topics such as “managing stress” and “developing resilience”.

    I say all this to illustrate the profound disconnect between the policy and discourse around UK higher education and the lived experience of UK higher education. This then leads us to the contradiction between the stated aims and ideals of the university and the precarious reality of academic labour and existence. Ultimately, what is valued is what can contribute to production, to profit, and to capitalism. This is at odds with the simultaneous discourse around sustainability, equity, social justice, etc. Is it any wonder that there has been an increase in mental distress amidst all of this gaslighting? Neoliberal discourse constructs and forces an artificial reality that masks the exploitation propping it up. According to Han, “burnout and revolution are mutually exclusive” (2021: 19). If our current society is one where “it’s easier to imagine the end of the world than the end of capitalism” (Fisher 2009) and imagining the end of capitalism becomes delusion, then perhaps all that is left as resistance is a form of ‘madness’ in which you’re invited to take off the mask and stop performing.

    Roundtable Discussion

    Convened by Ranier Abengana, Anastasia Fjodorova, Ricky Gee & Ylva Gustafsson

    Opportunity to discuss all presentations within the stream and consider future connections and activity

    End of conference drinks (Dubrek Studios)

  • Call for papers now open

    University of Derby
    April 24th to April 25th, 2025

    Call for Presentations – deadline January 7th 2025

    The Call for Presentation Proposals is now open for the 2nd annual Midlands Conference in Critical Thought (MCCT), which will be hosted and supported by the University of Derby on April 24th and April 25th 2025.

    The MCCT is an annual interdisciplinary conference that provides a forum for emergent critical scholarship, broadly construed. The conference is free for all to attend and follows a non-hierarchical model that seeks to foster opportunities for intellectual critical exchanges where all are treated equally regardless of affiliation or seniority. There are no plenaries, and the conference is envisaged as a space for those who share intellectual approaches and interests but who may find themselves at the margins of their academic department or discipline. The MCCT is an offshoot of the London Conference in Critical Thought (LCCT) and shares its approach and ethos.

    There is no pre-determined theme for the MCCT. The intellectual content and thematic foci of the conference has been determined by the streams outlined in this document. Please look through the streams to see where your presentation submission will best fit, we welcome presentation proposals via a 500 word abstract – PLEASE SUBMIT VIA A WORD DOCUMENT to midlandscritical@gmail.com. Past programmes of the LCCT, MCCT and examples of stream outlines can be found on the website: http://londoncritical.org.

    The accepted presentations will configure the panels that constitute the streams outlined in this document. For more information about the ethos and structure of the conference please visit http://londoncritical.org, and if you have any questions please email us at midlandscritical@gmail.com. The deadline for presentation submissions is Wednesday January 7th2025. Abstracts to be submitted via word and should not exceed 500 words and should be sent to: midlandscritical@gmail.com

    Full details of the streams and stream conveners is available here: